Technicolor Thomson Network Router ST516 User Manual

Power  
Etherne
DSL  
Internet  
Thomson ST516/536/546  
CLI Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Thomson ST516/536/546  
CLI Reference Guide  
R6.2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copyright  
Copyright ©1999-2007 THOMSON. All rights reserved.  
Distribution and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents is not permitted without written authorization  
from THOMSON. The content of this document is furnished for informational use only, may be subject to change without notice,  
and should not be construed as a commitment by THOMSON. THOMSON assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or  
inaccuracies that may appear in this document.  
Thomson Telecom Belgium  
Prins Boudewijnlaan, 47  
B-2650 Edegem  
Belgium  
Trademarks  
The following trademarks are used in this document:  
>
>
>
>
DECT is a trademark of ETSI.  
Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc.  
Ethernet™ is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.  
Wi-Fi® and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance. "Wi-Fi CERTIFIED", "Wi-Fi ZONE", "Wi-Fi Alli-  
ance", their respective logos and "Wi-Fi Protected Access" are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.  
>
>
UPnP™ is a certification mark of the UPnP™ Implementers Corporation.  
Microsoft®, MS-DOS®, Windows® and Windows NT® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corpo-  
ration in the United States and/or other countries.  
>
Apple® and Mac OS® are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Incorporated, registered in the United States and  
other countries.  
>
>
UNIX® is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Incorporated.  
Adobe®, the Adobe logo, Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Incor-  
porated, registered in the United States and/or other countries.  
Other brands and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.  
Document Information  
Status: v2.0 (May 2007)  
Reference: E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003  
Short Title: CLI Reference Guide ST516/536/546 R6.2  
Software Build: R 6.2.H.5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
ii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xiv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xvi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xvii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
xviii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
About this CLI Reference Guide  
About this CLI Reference Guide  
Used Symbols  
A note provides additional information about a topic.  
i
A caution warns you about potential problems or specific precautions that need to be taken.  
!
Terminology  
Generally, the Thomson ST516/536/546 will be referred to as Thomson ST in this CLI Reference Guide.  
Typographical Conventions  
Following typographical convention is used throughout this manual:  
>
>
>
Sample text indicates a hyperlink to a Web site.  
Example: For more information, visit us at www.thomson-broadband.com.  
Sample text indicates an internal cross-reference.  
Example: If you want to know more about guide, see “1 Introduction” on page 7”.  
Sample text indicates an important content-related word.  
Example: To enter the network, you must authenticate yourself.  
> Sample textindicates a CLI command to be input after the CLI prompt.  
Example: To obtain a list of all available command groups, type helpat the top level.  
> Sample textindicates input in the CLI interface.  
> Sample textindicates comment explaining output in the CLI interface.  
Documentation and software updates  
THOMSON continuously develops new solutions, but is also committed to improving its existing products.  
For suggestions regarding this document, please contact [email protected].  
For more information on THOMSON's latest technological innovations, documents and software releases,  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
About this CLI Reference Guide  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Root Commands  
1 Root Commands  
From the root prompt, you can choose one of the following commands:  
Command  
help  
Description  
Displays the help information.  
?
menu  
exit  
Displays the menu.  
Exits the shell.  
..  
Exits group selection.  
saveall  
Saves current configuration.  
Send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets.  
Send ICMP/UDP packets to trace the ip path.  
To obtain help on a specific command group:  
i
>
>
type help, followed by the name of the command group, and then press ENTER, or  
type the name of the command group, press ENTER, and then type help.  
EXAMPLE:  
<Administrator>=>help firewall  
Following commands are available :  
config  
list  
clear  
: Display/Modify firewall configuration.  
: Display firewall configuration.  
: Clear firewall configuration.  
Following command groups are available :  
chain debug level rule  
<Administrator>=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Root Commands  
ping  
Send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets.  
SYNTAX:  
ping  
proto = <{ip|atm}>  
addr = <ip-address>  
dest = <string>  
[count = <number{0-1000000}>]  
[size = <number{28-20028}>]  
[interval(ms) = <number{100-1000000}>]  
[DF-bit = <{disabled|enabled}>] [srcaddr = <ip-address>]  
where:  
proto  
The interface type to be used.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
ip  
atm  
addr  
dest  
The destination IP address.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The destination address for the request.  
count  
A number between 1 and 1000000.  
Represents the number of pings to send.  
The default is 5.  
size  
A number between 0 and 20000.  
Represents the size of the ping payload(s).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
interval  
A number between 100 and 1000000.  
Represents the interval in milliseconds between packets.  
The default is 100.  
DF-bit  
Set the Don't Fragment bit (or leave unset) in the IP header of ping.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
scraddr  
The IP source address to use.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>:ping proto=ip addr=192.168.1.70  
Legend : Ping successful(!)  
Ping Timeout(.)  
Hit ctrl-g to abort...  
!!!!!  
--- ping statistics ---  
5 packet(s) transmitted, 5 successful, 0% loss  
rtt min/avg/max = 1 / 2 / 4 ms  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Root Commands  
traceroute  
Send ICMP/UDP packets to trace the IP path.  
SYNTAX:  
traceroute addr = <ip-address>  
[count = <number{1-10}>]  
[size = <number{1-20000}>]  
[interval = <number{1000-60000}>]  
[maxhops = <number{1-255}>]  
[dstport = <number{1-65535}>]  
[maxfail = <number{0-255}>]  
[type = <{icmp | udp}>]  
[utime = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
addr  
The destination IP address.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
count  
A number between 1 and 10.  
Represents the number of times to reissue a traceroute request with the  
same TTL.  
The default is 3.  
size  
A number between 1 and 20000 (bytes).  
Represents the size of the traceroute packet(s).  
The default is 1.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
interval  
A number between 1000 and 60000 (milliseconds).  
Represents the intermediate interval between two packets.  
The default is 1000.  
maxhops  
A number between 1 and 255.  
Represents the maximum number of routers through which a packet can  
pass.  
The default is 30.  
dstport  
maxfail  
A number between 1 and 65535.  
Represents the UDP destination port number to send to.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Represents the maximum number of consecutive timeouts allowed  
before terminating a traceroute request.  
The default is 5.  
type  
The type of traceroute packet(s).  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
icmp  
udp.  
The default is icmp.  
utime  
Display time in useconds (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Root Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>traceroute addr = 192.193.195.250 count=3 size=1 interval=1000 maxhops=30 dstport=33433  
maxfail=5 type=icmp utime=yes  
:traceroute addr=192.193.195.250  
ttl=1  
192.193.195.250 676 us 1351 us 648 us  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ADSL Commands  
2 ADSL Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the adslcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Show/set the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)  
configuration.  
Display the ADSL statistics and information about the DSL line  
status.  
Displays the number of bits per tone.  
Enable/disable the Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT)  
Displays the modem options bitmap  
Configure the modem options bitmap  
Configure the ADSL tracelevel.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ADSL Commands  
adsl config  
Show/set the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
adsl config  
[opermode = <{multimode | multi_adsl2 | multi_readsl2  
| multi_adsl2plus}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
opermode  
The operational mode of the Thomson ST.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
multimode  
multi_adsl2  
multi_readsl2  
multi_adsl2plus  
The default is multi_adsl2plus.  
trace  
Enable or disable ADSL tracing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
The example below shows the default configuration for a Thomson ST ADSL/POTS variant:  
=>adsl config  
ADSL configuration:  
opermode = multi_adsl2plus  
trace = on  
modemoption = 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ADSL Commands  
adsl info  
Display the ADSL statistics and information about the DSL line status.  
Although the same command is used for both Thomson ST ADSL/POTS and Thomson ST ADSL/ISDN  
variants, the command features specific output parameters and counters per variant.  
SYNTAX:  
adsl info  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ADSL Commands  
EXAMPLE (for a Thomson ST ADSL/POTS variant):  
=>adsl info  
Modemstate  
: up  
Operation Mode  
Channel Mode  
Number of resets  
: G.992.1 Annex A  
: interleaved  
: 1  
Vendor  
Country  
Vendor  
VendorSpecific  
Local  
Remote  
00  
:
:
:
0f  
TMMB  
0000  
00  
0000  
00  
StandardRevisionNr :  
Downstream  
26.0  
Upstream  
18.0  
2.0  
Margin  
Attenuation [dB]  
OutputPower [dBm]  
[dB]  
:
:
:
0.0  
4.0  
11.5  
Available Bandwidth  
Downstream  
Upstream  
Cells/s  
14490  
1509  
Kbit/s  
6144  
640  
:
:
Transfer statistics  
Errors  
Received FEC  
Received CRC  
Received HEC  
Transmitted FEC :  
Transmitted CRC :  
Tranmsitted HEC :  
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
Near end failures since reset  
Loss of frame:  
Loss of signal:  
Loss of power:  
Errored seconds:  
0 failures  
0 failures  
0 failures  
0 seconds  
Near end failures last 15 minutes  
Loss of frame:  
Loss of signal:  
Loss of power:  
Errored seconds:  
0 seconds  
0 seconds  
0 seconds  
0 seconds  
Near end failures current day  
Errored seconds:  
0 seconds  
Near end failures previous day  
Errored seconds:  
0 seconds  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ADSL Commands  
adsl debug bitloadinginfo  
Displays the number of bits per tone.  
Syntax  
adsl debug bitloadinginfo  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ADSL Commands  
adsl debug deltconfig  
Enable/disable the Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT)  
Syntax  
adsl debug deltconfig  
[state = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
enable or disable DELT  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ADSL Commands  
adsl debug deltinfo  
Display Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT) results  
Syntax  
adsl debug deltinfo  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ADSL Commands  
adsl debug modemoptioninfo  
Displays the modem options bitmap  
Syntax  
adsl debug modemoptioninfo  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ADSL Commands  
adsl debug modemoption  
Configure the modem options bitmap  
Syntax  
adsl debug modemoption [config = <hexbitmap>]  
where:  
config  
The modem options bitmap  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ADSL Commands  
adsl debug traceconfig  
Configure the ADSL tracelevel.  
Syntax  
adsl debug traceconfig [level = <number{0-2}>]  
where:  
level  
Trace Level:  
REQUIRED  
>
0=disable tracing;  
>
>
1=enable dsl manager tracing;  
2=enable dsl driver tracing)  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ATM Commands  
3 ATM Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the atmcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Flush all Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces.  
Create a new ATM interface.  
Attach a ATM interface.  
Configure an ATM interface.  
Delete an ATM interface.  
Detach an ATM interface.  
Display the ATM interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ATM Commands  
Add a new phonebook entry.  
Show the auto PVCs.  
Delete an existing phonebook entry.  
Flush all the phonebook entries.  
Display the current phonebook.  
Add a new QoS book entry.  
Modify the QoS book configuration.  
Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).  
Delete a CTD.  
Display all CTDs.  
Flush all the QoS book entries.  
Display the QoS book.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ATM Commands  
atm flush  
Flush all Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
atm flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm ifadd  
Create a new ATM interface.  
SYNTAX:  
atm ifadd  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name for the new ATM interface.  
REQUIRED  
Note If not specified, the destination parameter must be specified. In this  
case the name of the destination will double as interface name.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
=>  
=>atm ifadd intf = RtPPPoA_atm  
=>  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : (none)  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : ip  
Connection State : not-connected  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete an ATM interface.  
Display the ATM interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm ifattach  
Attach a ATM interface.  
SYNTAX:  
atm ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ATM interface to be attached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : not-connected  
=>atm ifattach intf=RtPPPoA_atm  
=>  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : connected  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Detach an ATM interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm ifconfig  
Configure an ATM interface.  
The interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this should be  
the case, use the command :atm ifdetachbefore using the command :atm ifconfig.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[dest = <string>]  
[qos = <string>]  
[clp = <{0|1|classification}>]  
[clpthresh = <number{0-15}>]  
[encaps = <{llc | vcmux}>]  
[retry = <number{0-65535}>]  
[fcs = <{disabled | enabled | auto}>]  
[ulp = <{ip | mac | ppp}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ATM interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
dest  
The WAN destination for this ATM interface.  
Typically, an ATM phonebook entry.  
qos  
The name of the Quality of Service (QoS) book entry to apply on this ATM  
OPTIONAL  
interface.  
The default is default.  
clp  
The mode used to determine the CLP bit value  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
clpthresh  
Priority class threshold where CLP becomes 0 (for all classes >= threshold)  
encaps  
The type of encapsulation to be used for this ATM interface.  
Choose between:  
>
>
llc: Logical Link Control (LLC) / Sub Network Access Protocol (SNAP)  
vcmux: Virtual Channel MUltipleXing (VCMUX).  
The default is llc.  
fcs  
Enable or disable the inclusion of the Ethernet Frame Check Sequence  
(FCS) in the packet header on the WAN side (only used for llc  
encapsulation for mac).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
Note This parameter is normally left disabled.  
retry  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
Represents the number of times the Thomson ST retries to set up a WAN  
connection before giving up.  
The default is 10.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
ulp  
Select the Upper Layer Protocol (ULP) for this interface.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
ip (for a Routed IPoA interface).  
mac (for a Bridged Ethernet, Routed ETHoA, Bridged PPP over  
Ethernet (PPPoE), Routed PPPoE or a PPPoE Relay interface).  
>
ppp (for a Routed PPP over ATM (PPPoA) interface).  
The default is ip.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
atm_8_35 : dest : atm_pvc_8_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac  
Connection State : not-connected  
=>  
=>atm ifconfig intf=atm_8_35 dest=atm_pvc_8_35 encaps=vcmux ulp=ppp  
=>  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
atm_8_35 : dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : disabled Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : not-connected  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ATM Commands  
atm ifdelete  
Delete an ATM interface.  
SYNTAX:  
atm ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ATM interface to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : connected  
=>  
=>atm ifdelete intf=RtPPPoA_atm  
=>  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Create a new ATM interface.  
Display the ATM interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm ifdetach  
Detach an ATM interface.  
SYNTAX:  
atm ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ATM interface to be detached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : connected  
=>  
=>atm ifdetach intf=RtPPPoA_atm  
=>  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : not-connected  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Attach a ATM interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm iflist  
Display the ATM interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
atm iflist  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ATM interface to be shown.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the ATM interfaces are shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm iflist  
atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac  
Connection State : connected  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : connected  
=>atm iflist intf=RtPPPoA_atm  
RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp  
Connection State : connected  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Create a new ATM interface.  
Delete an ATM interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm bundle add  
Add a new bundle of interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle add  
where:  
name  
name = <string>  
The name of the new bundle.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm bundle add name=myBundle  
=>atm bundle list  
myBundle: Connection state : not-connected  
Retry: 10  
TX requested bytes: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
Policy: priority Propagate: disabled  
requested frames: 0  
frames: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle attach  
Attach a bundle of interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle attach  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the bundle to be attached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm bundle attach name=myBundle  
=>atm bundle list  
myBundle: Connection state : connected  
Retry: 10  
TX requested bytes: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
Policy: priority Propagate: disabled  
requested frames: 0  
frames: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle config  
Modify a bundle of interfaces.  
The bundle of interfaces to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this  
should be the case, use the command :atm bundle detachbefore using the command :atm  
bundle config.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle config  
name = <string>  
[policy = <{priority | connection}>]  
[propagate = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[retry = <number{0-65535}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the bundle to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
policy  
The traffic handling policy of the bundle.  
Choose between:  
>
priority: lower layer ATM interfaces can be configured for a certain  
priority range, marked packets will be sent on the corresponding  
interface.  
>
connection: all the packets of the same connection will be sent via  
the same interface.  
The default is priority.  
propagate  
retry  
Enable or disable propagation of packets.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
When propagation is enabled, packets are sent via the first interface  
configured for that traffic. If the interface goes down, the next interface in  
the bundle will be used.  
The default is disabled.  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
Represents the number of connection setup retries before giving up.  
The default is 10.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm bundle list  
myBundle: Connection state : not-connected  
Retry: 10  
Policy: priority Propagate: disabled  
requested frames: 0  
frames: 0  
TX requested bytes: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
=>atm bundle config name=myBundle policy=connection retry=15  
=>atm bundle list  
myBundle: Connection state : not-connected  
Retry: 15  
Policy: connection Propagate: disabled  
TX requested bytes: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
requested frames: 0  
frames: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle clear  
Clear the bundle statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle clear  
[name = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the bundle for which the statistics must be cleared.  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all the bundles will be cleared.  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle delete  
Delete a bundle of interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the bundle to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle detach  
Detach a bundle of interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle detach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the bundle to be detached.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle flush  
Flush all bundles.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle ifadd  
Add an interface on a bundle.  
Up to 8 interfaces or (sub-)bundles can be added to one bundle.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle ifadd  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
[index = <number{0-6}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the bundle to which an ATM interface must be added.  
The name of the ATM interface to be added.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
intf  
index  
A number between 0 and 6.  
Represents the index of the ATM interface.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm bundle ifadd name=myBundle intf=myATMintf  
=>atm bundle list  
myBundle: Connection state : not-connected  
Retry: 15  
Policy: connection  
TX requested bytes: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
requested frames: 0  
frames: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
Interface: myATMintf  
TX bytes: 0  
State: enabled  
Selector: 0-15  
frames: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
RX discarded bytes: 0  
Disconnects: 0  
discarded frames: 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle ifconfig  
Configure an interface from a bundle.  
The interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this should be  
the case, use the command :atm bundle ifdetachbefore using the command :atm bundle  
ifconfig.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle ifconfig  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[low = <number{0-15}>]  
[high = <number{0-15}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the bundle from which an ATM interface must be configured.  
The name of the ATM interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
intf  
state  
Enable or disable the ATM interface.  
The default is enabled.  
low  
A number between 0 and 15.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the low selector value.  
Note This parameter must only be configured when the policy of the  
bundle is set to priority (see “ atm bundle config” on page 29).  
high  
A number between 0 and 15.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the high selector value.  
Note This parameter must only be configured when the policy of the  
bundle is set to priority (see “ atm bundle config” on page 29).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle ifdelete  
Remove an interface from a bundle.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle ifdelete  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
where:  
name  
intf  
The name of the bundle from which an ATM interface must be removed.  
The name of the ATM interface to be removed.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm bundle iflist  
Test  
: dest : (none)  
Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : off Ulp : ip  
Connection State : not-connected  
=>atm bundle ifdelete intf=Test  
=>atm bundle iflist  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm bundle list  
Display the current bundles.  
SYNTAX:  
atm bundle list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm bundle list  
Test  
: Connection state : not-connected  
Retry: 10  
Policy: priority  
requested frames: 0  
frames: 0  
TX requested bytes: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
Interface: Test  
State: enabled  
Selector: 0-15  
frames: 0  
TX bytes: 0  
RX bytes: 0  
frames: 0  
RX discarded bytes: 0  
Disconnects: 0  
discarded frames: 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm cac config  
Configure the ATM connection admission control.  
SYNTAX:  
atm cac config  
config port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or  
number>  
state = <{disabled|enabled}>  
where:  
config  
port  
The port for which CAC is configured.  
Enable/disable CAC for an ATM port.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
state  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>atm cac config  
port = dsl0  
state = enabled  
:atm cac config port=dsl0 state=enabled  
{Administrator}=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm cac list  
Display all the CAC parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
atm cac list  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}[atm cac]=>list  
CAC: port: dsl0 state: enabled  
CAC: port: dsl1 state: enabled  
CAC: port: atm2 state: enabled  
CAC: port: aal5 state: disabled  
CAC: port: atm5 state: disabled  
Overbooking: realtime: 0% non-realtime: 0%.  
{Administrator}[atm cac]=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm cac overbooking  
Configure ATM overbooking parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
atm cac overbooking  
rt = <number{0-1000}>  
nrt = <number{0-1000}>  
where:  
rt  
A number between 0 and 1000.  
The realtime overbooking percentage.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
nrt  
A number between 0 and 1000.  
The non-realtime overbooking percentage.  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}[atm cac]=>overbooking rt 20 nrt 500  
{Administrator}[atm cac]=>list  
CAC: port: dsl0 state: enabled  
CAC: port: dsl1 state: enabled  
CAC: port: atm2 state: enabled  
CAC: port: aal5 state: disabled  
CAC: port: atm5 state: disabled  
Overbooking: realtime: 20% non-realtime: 500%.  
{Administrator}[atm cac]=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm debug aal5stats  
Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) port specific ATM statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
atm debug aal5stats  
port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number>  
vpi = <number{0-15}>  
[vci = <number{0-511}>]  
[clear = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
port  
The port number for which statistics will be retrieved.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
>
>
>
>
DSL0  
DSL1  
ATM2  
ATM3  
AAL5  
ATM5  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
vpi  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) number for which statistics will  
be retrieved.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
vci  
A number between 0 and 511.  
Represents the Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) number for which statistics  
will be retrieved.  
clear  
Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm debug gstats  
Display ATM global statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
atm debug gstats  
[clear = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
clear  
Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
{admin}[atm debug]=>gstats  
# of received octets = 1802.  
# of transmitted octets = 4346.  
# of received cells = 34.  
# of transmitted cells = 82.  
# of unknown cells = 0.  
# of errors on the input = 0.  
# of errors on output = 0.  
{admin}[atm debug]=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm debug portstats  
Display port specific ATM statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
atm debug portstats  
port = <{dsl0} or number>  
[clear = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
port  
The port number for which statistics will be retrieved.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
>
DSL0  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
clear  
Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm debug portstats port=dsl0  
# of received octets = 1961.  
# of transmitted octets = 4717.  
# of received cells = 37.  
# of transmitted cells = 89.  
# of unknown cells = 0.  
# of errors on the input = 0.  
# of errors on output = 0.  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam config  
Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance (OAM) settings.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam config  
[clp = <number{0-1}>]  
[loopbackid = <string>]  
where:  
clp  
A number (0 or 1).  
Represents the Cell Loss Priority (CLP) bit value of the OAM cells.  
The default is 1.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
loopbackid  
A hexadecimal string.  
Represents the loopback ID for processing of segment loopback cells.  
The default is 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam list  
Display the ATM OAM settings.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam list  
OAM config dump  
-------------------  
CLP bit value : 1  
Loopback id : 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a  
OAM data blocking mode  
--------------------------  
Port dsl0: blocking  
Port dsl1: blocking  
Port atm2: blocking  
Port atm3: blocking  
Port aal5: blocking  
Port atm5: blocking  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam modify  
Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam modify  
port = <{dsl0} or number>  
blocking = <{disabled | enabled}>  
where:  
port  
The port for which OAM blocking is configured.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
>
DSL0  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
blocking  
Enable or disable the OAM data blocking mode on this port.  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam list  
OAM config dump  
-------------------  
CLP bit value : 1  
Loopback id : 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a  
OAM data blocking mode  
--------------------------  
Port dsl0: blocking  
Port dsl1: blocking  
Port atm2: blocking  
Port atm3: blocking  
Port aal5: blocking  
Port atm5: blocking  
=>atm oam modify port=dsl1 blocking=disabled  
=>:atm oam list  
OAM config dump  
-------------------  
CLP bit value : 1  
Loopback id  
: 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a  
OAM data blocking mode  
--------------------------  
Port dsl0: blocking  
Port dsl1: non blocking  
Port atm2: blocking  
Port atm3: blocking  
Port aal5: blocking  
Port atm5: blocking  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ATM Commands  
atm oam ping  
Send ATM loopback cells.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam ping  
dest = <string>  
[count = <number{1-1000000}>]  
[interval = <number{100-1000000}>]  
where:  
dest  
The destination address for the request.  
This can be any ATM phonebook entry.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
count  
interval  
A number between 1 and 1000000.  
Represents the number of pings to send.  
A number between 100 and 1000000 (milliseconds).  
Represents the interval between packets.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam ping dest=atm_ph_8_35 count=10 interval=1000  
loopback: successful, sequence: 1 time: 37890 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 2 time: 39118 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 3 time: 39116 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 4 time: 39187 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 5 time: 38605 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 6 time: 38764 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 7 time: 38752 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 8 time: 38813 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 9 time: 38848 usec  
loopback: successful, sequence: 10 time: 38941 usec  
--- loopback statistics ---  
10 loopbacks transmitted, 10 successful, 0% loss, time 1390 ms  
rtt min/avg/max = 37890/38803/39187  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam cc list  
Display Continuity Check (CC) configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam cc list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam cclist  
PORT = 0 VPI = 15 VCI = 16 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 35 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto  
PORT = 0 VPI = 8 VCI = 35 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 16 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam cc modify  
Modify CC on the connection.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam modify  
port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number>  
vpi = <number{0-15}>  
[vci = <number{0-511}>]  
[transmit = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[receive = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[auto = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[span = <{segment | end2end}>]  
where:  
port  
The ATM port number.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
>
>
>
>
DSL0  
DSL1  
ATM2  
ATM3  
AAL5  
ATM5  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
vpi  
vci  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the VPI.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 511.  
Represents the VCI.  
Note For a Virtual Path (VP) cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.  
Enable or disable transmission of CC cells.  
transmit  
receive  
auto  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable loss of continuity.  
Enable or disable remote CC activation/deactivation.  
span  
Select the CC span.  
Choose between:  
>
end2end: monitoring occurs on the entire VC between two ATM end  
stations.  
>
segment: monitoring occurs on a VC segment between the Thomson  
ST and a first-hop ATM switch.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam cc send  
Send CC activate/deactivate to connection.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam cc send  
port = <{dsl0} or number>  
vpi = <number{0-15}>  
[vci = <number{0-511}>]  
[span = <{segment | end2end}>]  
[action = <{activate | deactivate}>]  
[direction = <{source | sink | both}>]  
where:  
port  
The ATM port number.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
DSL0.  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
vpi  
vci  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the VPI.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 511.  
Represents the VCI.  
Note For a VP cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.  
span  
Select the CC span.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
end2end: monitoring occurs on the entire VC between two ATM end  
stations.  
>
segment: monitoring occurs on a VC segment between the Thomson  
ST and a first-hop ATM switch.  
action  
Activate or deactivate CC.  
The default is deactivate.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
direction  
Indicates the direction of CC activity.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
source  
sink  
both.  
The default is both.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam vclb add  
Create a loopback connection for VC.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam vclb add  
port = <{dsl0} or number>  
vpi = <number{0-15}>  
[vci = <number{0-511}>]  
where:  
port  
The ATM port number.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
DSL0  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
vpi  
vci  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the VPI.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 511.  
Represents the VCI.  
Note For a VP cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam vclb add port=dsl0 vpi=0 vci=36  
=>atm oam vclb list  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36  
=>atm oam vclb add port=dsl1 vpi=0 vci=37  
=>atm oam vclb list  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36  
PORT = 1 VPI = 0 VCI = 37  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam vclb del  
Delete a loopback connection for VC.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam vclb del  
port = <{dsl0} or number>  
vpi = <number{0-15}>  
[vci = <number{0-511}>]  
where:  
port  
The ATM port number.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
DSL0  
Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).  
vpi  
vci  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the VPI.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 511.  
Represents the VCI.  
Note For a VP cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam vclb list  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36  
PORT = 1 VPI = 0 VCI = 37  
=>atm oam vclb del port=dsl1 vpi=0 vci=37  
=>atm oam vclb list  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm oam vclb list  
List all VC loopback connections.  
SYNTAX:  
atm oam vclb list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm oam vclb list  
PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36  
PORT = 1 VPI = 0 VCI = 37  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm phonebook add  
Add a new phonebook entry.  
SYNTAX:  
atm phonebook add  
name = <string>  
addr = <atmchannel : PVC syntax is [port.]vpi.vci  
port=dsl0 | ...>  
where:  
name  
The name of the new phonebook entry.  
This name can be freely chosen, however two limitations apply:  
REQUIRED  
>
The name of a phonebook entry intended for the Relayed PPPoA  
(PPPoA-to-PPTP Relaying) packet service may not start with capital P or  
capital T  
>
The name of a phonebook entry intended for the PPP-to-DHCP  
spoofing packet service must start with DHCP (for example  
DHCP_Spoof01).  
addr  
The ATM address for this destination.  
REQUIRED  
It is composed of a VPI and a VCI identifying ATM virtual channels. In most  
cases the values are provided by the Service Provider.  
Accepted VPI: a number between 0 and 15.  
Accepted VCI: a number between 0 and 511.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
Use Address  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
0.35  
=>atm phonebook add name=RtPPPoA addr=8.35  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
Use Address  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
0.35  
8.35  
RtPPPoA  
=>  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete an existing phonebook entry.  
Display the current phonebook.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm phonebook autolist  
Show the auto PVCs.  
Auto PVCs are only shown if they are supported by the Central Office DSLAM.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm phonebook autolist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm phonebook autolist  
8.35  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the current phonebook.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm phonebook delete  
Delete an existing phonebook entry.  
This command is only applicable for phonebook entries that are not used (in other words, not  
configured for any packet service).  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm phonebook delete  
where:  
name  
name = <string>  
The name of the phonebook entry to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :atm phonebook listto check whether the  
entry is in use (Use=1) or not (Use=0).  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
Use Address  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
0.35  
8.35  
RtPPPoA  
0
=>atm phonebook delete name=RtPPPoA  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
=>  
Use Address  
0.35  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new phonebook entry.  
Display the current phonebook.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm phonebook flush  
Flush all the phonebook entries.  
1. Phonebook entries that are in use, cannot be flushed.  
2. This command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm phonebook flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
Use Address  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
RtPPPoA  
=>  
=>atm phonebook flush  
0.35  
0
8.35  
Some phonebook entries are still in use. Entries that are in use cannot be deleted.  
=>  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
Use Address  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
=>  
0.35  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm phonebook list  
Display the current phonebook.  
SYNTAX:  
atm phonebook list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm phonebook list  
Name  
Use Address  
atm_pvc_0_35 1  
0.35  
8.35  
RtPPPoA  
=>  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new phonebook entry.  
Show the auto PVCs.  
Delete an existing phonebook entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook add  
Add a new QoS book entry.  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook add  
name = <string>  
[txctd = <string>]  
[rxctd = <string>]  
where:  
name  
txctd  
The name of the new QoS entry.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The name of the Conformance Traffic Descriptor (CTD) for the transmit  
(upstream) direction.  
rxctd  
The name of the CTD for the receive (downstream) direction.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook list  
Name  
default  
=>  
Ref Tx CTD  
default  
Rx CTD  
default  
3
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the QoS book.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook config  
Modify the QoS book configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook config  
[format = <{bytes | cells}>]  
where:  
format  
The input/output format of the QoS book.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
bytes: the output is shown in Kbits or bytes.  
cells: the output is shown in cps or cells.  
The default is bytes.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name Ref Conf  
Peak  
Sust  
Burst  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
0
RT  
FD  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 2  
led  
UBR  
linerate 0  
0
0
0
disabled  
disab  
=>atm qosbook config format=cells  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name  
Ref Conf  
Peak  
(cps)  
Sust  
(cps)  
Burst  
(cells) (cps)  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
0
RT  
FD  
(cells)  
default 2  
UBR  
linerate 0  
0
0
0
disabled  
disab  
led  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook ctdadd  
Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook ctdadd  
name = <string>  
conformance = <{UBR | CBR | VBR }>  
[peakrate = <number{0-27786}>]  
[sustrate = <number{0-27786}  
[maxburst = <number{0-12240}>]  
[realtime = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the new CTD.  
The ATM service conformance definition.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
conformance  
peakrate  
A number between 0 and 27786.  
Represents the peak rate (in kilobits per second).  
The default is 0 (indicates linerate for UBR).  
sustrate  
maxburst  
realtime  
A number between 0 and 27786.  
Represents the sustainable rate (in kilobits per second) (VBR only).  
The default is 0.  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 48 and 12240.  
Represents the maximum burst size (in bytes) (VBR or GFR).  
The default is 0.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable realtime traffic (VBR only).  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook ctdadd name=High conformance=CBR peakrate=27786  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name  
Ref Conf  
Peak  
Sust  
Burst  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
RT  
FD  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 2  
led  
UBR  
CBR  
linerate 0  
27786 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disab  
disab  
High  
led  
=>  
0
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
IMPORTANT NOTE:  
The Thomson ST always rounds up specified burst sizes to a multiple of 48 bytes (a multiple of ATM cells).  
Example:  
In the example below a burst size of 100 bytes is specified (maxburst=100). The Thomson ST will round up  
the burst size to the closest matching multiple of 48 bytes, as can be seen when displaying the profile via the  
command :atm qosbook ctdlist(burst=144).  
=>atm qosbook ctdadd name=Medium conformance=VBR peakrate=27786 sustrate=20000 maxburst=100  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name  
Ref Conf  
Peak  
Sust  
Burst  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
RT  
FD  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 2  
Medium 0  
=>  
UBR  
VBR  
linerate 0  
27786 20000  
0
144  
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled disabled  
disabled disabled  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a CTD.  
Display all CTDs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook ctddelete  
Delete a CTD.  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook ctddelete name = <string>  
[force = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the CTD entry to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
force  
Enable or disable to force delete the entry even when it is still in use.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name Ref Conf  
Peak  
Sust  
Burst  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
RT  
FD  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 2  
led  
UBR  
CBR  
linerate 0  
27786 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disab  
disab  
High  
led  
0
=>atm qosbook ctddelete name=High  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name  
Ref Conf  
Peak  
Sust  
Burst  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
0
RT  
FD  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 2  
UBR  
linerate 0  
0
0
0
disabled  
disab  
led  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).  
Display all CTDs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook ctdlist  
Display all CTDs.  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook ctdlist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook ctdlist  
Name  
Ref Conf  
Peak  
Sust  
Burst  
Minrate Frame  
Cdvt  
RT  
FD  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 2  
led  
UBR  
CBR  
linerate 0  
27786 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disab  
disab  
High  
led  
=>  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).  
Delete a CTD.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook delete  
Delete a QoS book entry.  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook delete  
name = <string>  
[force = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
force  
The name of the QoS book entry to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable to force delete the entry even when it is still in use.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook list  
Name Ref Type  
TX peak sust  
burst  
RX peak sust  
burst  
framediscard  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 3  
TestVBR 0  
ubr  
vbr-nrt 1500  
linerate 0  
1000  
0
144  
linerate 0  
0
144  
disabled  
enabled  
1500  
1000  
=>atm qosbook delete name=TestVBR  
=>atm qosbook list  
Name  
Ref Type  
TX peak sust  
burst  
RX peak sust  
burst  
framediscard  
disabled  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes)  
linerate 0 linerate 0  
default 3  
=>  
ubr  
0
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new QoS book entry.  
Display the QoS book.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook flush  
Flush all the QoS book entries.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ATM Commands  
atm qosbook list  
Display the QoS book.  
SYNTAX:  
atm qosbook list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>atm qosbook list  
Name  
Ref Type  
TX peak sust  
burst  
RX peak sust  
burst  
framediscard  
(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes)  
default 3  
TestVBR 0  
=>  
ubr  
vbr-nrt 1500  
linerate 0  
1000  
0
144  
linerate 0  
1500 1000  
0
144  
disabled  
enabled  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new QoS book entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AutoPVC Commands  
4 AutoPVC Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the autopvccommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AutoPVC Commands  
autopvc config  
Configure autopvc.  
SYNTAX:  
autopvc config [mode = <{pseudo | passive | active}>]  
[type = <{bridge | pppoerelay | ipoa | ethoa | pppoa | pppoe  
}>]  
[overwrite = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[peakrate = <number{0-27786}>]  
where:  
mode  
Select the autopvc mode:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
pseudo: only pseudo-ILMI (VP/VC 15/16) is enabled. When the  
connection parameters are written to the MIB, this information is  
displayed on CLI or web interface but these parameters are not used  
for configuration.  
passive: both ILMI (VP/VC 0/16) and pseudo-ILMI (VP/VC 15/16) are  
enabled. When the connection parameters are written to the MIB, this  
information is displayed on CLI or web interface but these parameters  
are not used for configuration.  
active: both ILMI (VP/VC 0/16) and pseudo-ILMI (VP/VC 15/16) are  
enabled. When the connection parameters are written to the MIB,  
these parameters are used to configure phonebook entries, qosbook  
profiles and bind bridge or PPPoE interfaces on top.  
The default is passive.  
type  
Select the type of autopvc.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
bridge  
pppoerelay: an ETHoA interface will be created, will be bound to the  
ILMI Permanent Virtual Channel (PVC) and will be added to the PPPoE  
relay as relay port.  
>
>
>
>
ipoa  
ethoa  
pppoa  
pppoe.  
overwrit  
e
Enable or disable UBR peak rate overwrite.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
peakrate  
A number between 0 and 27786.  
Represents the UBR peak rate (in kilobits per second).  
The default is 0 (indicates the linerate).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AutoPVC Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>autopvc config  
Autopvc mode  
Autopvc type  
: passive  
:
Autopvc standard: unknown  
Autopvc pseudo : unknown  
UBR overwrite  
UBR peak rate  
=>  
: disabled  
: linerate  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AutoPVC Commands  
autopvc list  
Show the retrieved information.  
SYNTAX:  
autopvc list [table = <{Port | AtmLayer | Vpc | Vcc | Address  
| AddressRegistrationAdmin | AtmServiceType  
| AtmServiceConnectionInfo | AAL1Profile |  
| AAL34Profile | AAL5Profile | AAL2CommonProfile  
| AAL2TrunkingProfile | AAL2LESProfile  
| AtmServiceConnInfoExtension |  
| AtmServiceTypeExtension |  
AAL5ProfileExtension}>]  
where:  
table  
Select the autopvc table for which the information must be shown.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Port  
AtmLayer  
Vpc  
Vcc  
Address  
AddressRegistrationAdmin  
AtmServiceType  
AtmServiceConnectionInfo  
AAL1Profile  
AAL34Profile  
AAL5Profile  
AAL2CommonProfile  
AAL2TrunkingProfile  
AAL2LESProfile  
AtmServiceConnInfoExtension  
AtmServiceTypeExtension  
AAL5ProfileExtension.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>autopvc list  
Address Type  
BestEff  
Par1  
Par2  
Par3  
Par4  
Par5  
8.35  
ubr  
Enabled Tx: 451  
Rx: 7923  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Config Commands  
5 Config Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the configcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Delete a user configuration file.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Config Commands  
config delete  
Delete a user configuration file.  
SYNTAX:  
config delete  
[filename = <string>]  
where:  
filename  
Name of the user configuration file to be deleted.  
Note If not specified, all the user configuration files that were saved in  
OPTIONAL  
the Thomson ST permanent storage will be deleted.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Config Commands  
config dump  
Show the saved configuration file.  
SYNTAX:  
config dump  
where:  
sections  
[sections = <string>]  
Sections to be dumped  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a user configuration file.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Config Commands  
config flush  
Flush the loaded configuration.  
1. This flush command combines all the possible flush commands.  
2. This command does not affect saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
config flush  
where:  
flush_ip  
[flush_ip = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
Flush IP settings (enabled) or not (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
Note Not keeping the IP settings could cause lost IP connectivity in the  
LAN.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Config Commands  
config list  
Show the current configuration set.  
SYNTAX:  
config list  
where:  
templates  
[templates = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
List the template files (disabled) or not (enabled).  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Config Commands  
config load  
Load complete saved (backup) or default configuration file.  
Use the command :config flushbefore loading a configuration file.  
i
SYNTAX:  
config load  
[load_ip = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
[defaults = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
[flush = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
[echo = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[filename = <string>]  
where:  
load_ip  
Load IP settings (enabled) or not (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
Note Not keeping the IP settings could cause lost IP connectivity in the  
LAN.  
defaults  
flush  
Load default configuration (enabled) or saved configuration (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the saved configuration will be loaded.  
Flush the current configuration before loading a new configuration  
(enabled) or not (disabled).  
echo  
Echo each command string when loaded (enabled) or not (disabled).  
Name of the configuration file to be loaded.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
filename  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Config Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination  
10.0.0.0/24  
172.16.0.5/32  
10.0.0.140/32  
127.0.0.1/32  
172.16.0.0/24  
Source  
Gateway  
Intf  
eth0  
cip1  
eth0  
loop  
cip1  
Mtrc  
10.0.0.0/24  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
10.0.0.140  
172.16.0.5  
10.0.0.140  
127.0.0.1  
172.16.0.5  
0
0
0
0
1
=>config load flush_ip=no  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination  
Source  
Gateway  
Intf  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Mtrc  
10.0.0.0/24  
10.0.0.140/32  
127.0.0.1/32  
10.0.0.0/24  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
127.0.0.1  
0
0
0
=>config load flush=yes  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination  
10.0.0.0/24  
10.0.0.140/32  
172.16.0.5/32  
127.0.0.1/32  
172.16.0.0/24  
Source  
Gateway  
Intf  
eth0  
eth0  
cip1  
loop  
cip1  
Mtrc  
10.0.0.0/24  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
0.0.0.0/0  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
172.16.0.5  
127.0.0.1  
172.16.0.5  
0
0
0
0
1
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Config Commands  
config save  
Store the current configuration in a backup file.  
All the existing configurations and modifications entered by the user are saved.  
The backup file is saved in the Thomson ST permanent storage. This file can be downloaded via the Thomson  
ST web pages or via an FTP session.  
SYNTAX:  
config save  
where:  
filename  
filename = <string>  
The filename for the backup file of the current configuration.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
6 Connection Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the connectioncommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.  
Kill all the connections.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Connection Commands  
connection appconfig  
Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.  
SYNTAX:  
connection appconfig application = <string>  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[timeout = <number{0-32000}>]  
[floating = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[childqos = <{DSCP|Interactive|  
Management|Video|VoIP|default}>]  
[tracelevel = <number{1-4}>]  
[SIP_ALG = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[RTP_predict_for_term_SIP_ALG =  
<{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
application  
The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :connection  
applistto obtain a list of CONN/NAT  
application helpers.  
trace  
Enable or disable CONN/NAT application helper  
traces.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
timeout  
A number between 0 and 32000 (seconds).  
Represents the maximum timeout to keep  
predicted child connections around.  
floating  
Enable / disabled floating port for IKE helper.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
childqos  
tracelevel  
Used QOS label for the predicted child connections.  
A number between 1 and 4.  
Represents the SIP trace level.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
1: feature errors  
2: feature traces  
3: all errors  
4: all traces.  
The default is 1.  
SIP_ALG  
SIP only: enable/disable traditional sip alg  
behaviour  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
RTP_predict_for_term_SIP_ALG  
Enable/disable RTP connection prediction for  
terminated SIP  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Connection Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection applist  
Application Proto DefaultPort Traces  
Timeout  
IP6TO4  
PPTP  
ESP  
IKE  
SIP  
6to4 0  
enabled  
enabled  
unavailable 15' 0"  
disabled  
disabled  
unavailable  
unavailable  
tcp  
esp  
udp  
udp  
1723  
0
500  
5060  
15' 0"  
6 0"  
FLOATING  
trace level 1  
...  
LOOSE(UDP)  
FTP  
udp  
tcp  
0
21  
enabled  
enabled  
5' 0"  
unavailable  
=>connection appconfig application=SIP trace=enabled  
=>connection applist  
Application Proto DefaultPort Traces  
Timeout  
IP6TO4  
PPTP  
ESP  
IKE  
SIP  
6to4 0  
enabled  
enabled  
unavailable 15' 0"  
disabled  
enabled  
unavailable  
unavailable  
tcp  
esp  
udp  
udp  
1723  
0
500  
5060  
15' 0"  
6 0"  
FLOAATING  
trace level 1  
...  
LOOSE(UDP)  
FTP  
udp  
tcp  
0
21  
enabled  
enabled  
5' 0"  
unavailable  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connection Commands  
connection appinfo  
Display CONN/NAT application specific info.  
SYNTAX:  
connection appinfo  
where:  
application = <{string}>  
application  
The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :connection  
applistto obtain a list of CONN/NAT  
application helpers.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection appinfo application=SIP  
SIP ALG session SIPALG: pool=138, in use=0, bottom=138  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection applist  
List the available CONN/NAT application helpers.  
SYNTAX:  
connection applist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection applist  
Application Proto DefaultPort Traces  
Timeout  
IP6TO4  
PPTP  
ESP  
IKE  
SIP  
JABBER  
CU/SeeMe  
RAUDIO(PNA) tcp  
RTSP  
ILS  
H245  
H323  
IRC  
6to4 0  
enabled  
enabled  
unavailable 15' 0"  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
unavailable 5' 0"  
unavailable 5' 0"  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
unavailable  
unavailable  
tcp  
esp  
udp  
udp  
tcp  
udp  
1723  
0
500  
5060  
5222  
7648  
7070  
554  
389  
0
15' 0"  
6 0"  
2' 0"  
unavailable  
unavailable  
unavailable  
FLOATING  
trace level 1  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
udp  
tcp  
1720  
6667  
0
unavailable  
5' 0"  
5' 0"  
unavailable  
LOOSE(UDP)  
FTP  
21  
=>  
For some CONN/NAT application helpers, either traces or timeout are unavailable.  
i
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection bind  
Create a new CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.  
SYNTAX:  
connection bind  
application = <string>  
port = <port-range>  
where:  
application  
The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :connection  
applistto obtain a list of CONN/NAT  
application helpers.  
port  
The port number or port range this application  
handler should work on.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection bindlist  
Application Proto Portrange  
Flags  
JABBER  
JABBER  
FTP  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
15222  
5222  
21  
IRC  
6660  
...  
IP6TO4  
6to4 0  
=>connection bind application = IRC port = 6750  
=>connection bindlist  
Application Proto Portrange  
IRC  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
6750  
15222  
5222  
21  
JABBER  
JABBER  
FTP  
IRC  
6660  
...  
IP6TO4  
=>  
6to4 0  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection bindlist  
List the current CONN/NAT application helper/port bindings.  
SYNTAX:  
connection bindlist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection bindlist  
Application Proto Portrange  
Flags  
LOOSE(UDP)  
JABBER  
JABBER  
FTP  
IRC  
H323  
ILS  
ILS  
RTSP  
udp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
67  
15222  
5222  
21  
6660-6669  
1720  
1002  
389  
554  
RAUDIO(PNA) tcp  
7070  
7648  
5060  
500  
CU/SeeMe  
SIP  
IKE  
udp  
udp  
udp  
esp  
tcp  
ESP  
0
PPTP  
IP6TO4  
=>  
1723  
6to4 0  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection clean  
Clean the connection database by forcing timeouts.  
SYNTAX:  
connection clean  
[level = <number{0-9}>]  
where:  
level  
A number between 0 and 9.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the desired scrubbing level.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection list  
ID  
--  
8
proto state  
----- -----  
substate  
--------  
flags timeout  
----- -------  
tcp  
ACTIVE  
192.168. 1. 64: 1377 192.168. 1.254:  
192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1377 [R..]  
[TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 15' 7"  
INIT: 16  
RESP: 17  
tcp  
23 [...] LocalNetwork  
1390 tcp  
951 tcp 0  
0
0
loop  
34  
ACTIVE  
[TCPS_CLOSE_WAIT-TCPS_FIN_WAIT_1] [I.....] 57' 16"  
INIT: 68  
RESP: 69  
192.168. 1. 64: 1417 192.168. 1.254:  
192.168. 1.254: 21 192.168. 1. 64: 1417 [R..]  
21 [...] LocalNetwork  
11 tcp  
loop 10 tcp  
0
=>connection clean  
=>connection list  
ID  
--  
8
proto state  
----- -----  
substate  
--------  
flags timeout  
----- -------  
tcp  
ACTIVE  
192.168. 1. 64: 1377 192.168. 1.254:  
192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1377 [R..]  
[TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 14' 59"  
23 [...] LocalNetwork  
loop  
INIT: 16  
RESP: 17  
1417 tcp  
0
967 tcp  
0
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection clear  
Kill all the connections.  
SYNTAX:  
connection clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection clear  
Connection to host lost.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Connection Commands  
connection config  
Configure the connection handling.  
SYNTAX:  
connection config  
[configchangemode = <{immediate | delayed}>]  
[probes = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[udptrackmode = <{strict | loose}>]  
where:  
configchangemode  
Select how configuration changes are handled.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
immediate  
delayed.  
The default is immediate.  
probes  
Enable or disable live probes on idle connections.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
udptrackmode  
Select the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)  
connection tracking mode.  
Choose between:  
>
strict: replies to a request from a client must be  
in a specific window to the client.  
>
loose: inbound packets are allowed on the port  
that was first used to start the communication  
with the server (for example to allow a client of  
an online game to obtain peer-to-peer  
information from other clients of that same  
online game).  
The default is strict.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection config  
config change mode : immediate  
alive probes  
: disabled  
udp tracking mode : loose  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection debug  
The connection debug commands  
SYNTAX:  
connection debug  
[trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
trace  
Enable or disable traces.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection debug  
connection traces : disabled  
=>  
=>connection debug trace enabled  
=>  
=>connection debug  
connection traces : enabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection describe  
Describe the streams of a connection.  
SYNTAX:  
connection describe  
[id = <number{0-2048}>]  
where:  
id  
A number between 0 and 2048.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the ID of the connection to be  
described.  
Note If not specified, the connection with ID 0  
will be described.  
Tip  
Use the command :connection list  
to obtain the IDs of the  
different connections.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection list  
ID  
--  
62  
proto state  
----- -----  
substate  
--------  
flags timeout  
----- -------  
tcp  
INIT: 124 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 192.168. 1.254:  
RESP: 125 192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 [R..]  
=>connection describe id=62  
ACTIVE  
[TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 15' 8"  
23 [...] LocalNetwork  
loop  
548 tcp  
0
0
396 tcp  
ID  
--  
proto state  
----- -----  
substate  
--------  
flags timeout  
----- -------  
62  
FW  
tcp  
ACTIVE  
[TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 14' 59"  
: cache = valid; FP  
IDS  
NAT  
: ...  
: cache = valid; No translation  
INIT: 124 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 192.168. 1.254:  
23 [...] LocalNetwork  
576 tcp  
0
ROUTING  
LABEL  
IPQOS  
: cache = valid; FP (gateway 127.0.0.1)  
: cache = valid; FP (no route label); FP (QoS label Interactive)  
: cache = valid; FP (label <no meter>, intf <no meter>)  
: cache = valid; FP (no trigger)  
TRIGGER  
RESP: 125 192.168. 1.254:  
23 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 [R..]  
loop  
412 tcp  
0
ROUTING  
LABEL  
IPQOS  
: cache = valid; FP (gateway 192.168.1.254)  
: cache = valid; FP (no route label); FP (QoS label default)  
: cache = valid; FP (label <no meter>, intf <no meter>)  
: cache = valid; FP (no trigger)  
TRIGGER  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection flush  
Flush the current connection configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
connection flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection info  
Show all the registered modules with some info.  
SYNTAX:  
connection info  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection info  
Registered connection modules :  
- Module : FW, holds private data (F:10264 S:6592).  
- Module : IDS, holds private data (F:0 S:0).  
- Module : NAT, holds private data (F:0 S:0).  
Registered stream modules :  
- Module : ROUTING, holds private data (F:10199 S:6657).  
- Module : LABEL, holds private data (F:22546 S:19870).  
- Module : IPQOS, holds private data (F:10202 S:6653).  
- Module : TRIGGER, holds private data (F:10202 S:6659).  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection list  
Display the currently known connections.  
SYNTAX:  
connection list  
[nr = <number{1-2048}>][string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
nr  
A number between 1 and 2048.  
Represents the number of connections to be  
displayed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the connections will be  
displayed.  
string  
string matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIIONAL  
beginstring  
beginstring matching condition  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection list  
ID  
--  
58  
proto state  
----- -----  
substate  
--------  
flags timeout  
----- -------  
tcp  
INIT: 116  
RESP: 117  
ACTIVE  
10. 0. 0. 1: 1106 10. 0. 0.138:  
[TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 15' 7"  
23 [.]  
eth0  
loop  
331 tcp  
229 tcp  
0
0
10. 0. 0.138:  
23 10. 0. 0. 1: 1106 [R]  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection refresh  
Invalidate all the cached decisions.  
SYNTAX:  
connection refresh  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection stats  
Display the connection and stream statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
connection stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection stats  
Connection statistics:  
-------------------------------------------  
Maximum number of connections  
Maximum number of halfopen connections  
: 1024  
: 1024  
-------------------------------------------  
Number of active connections  
Number of halfopen connections  
Number of expected connections  
Number of closing connections  
Number of idle connections  
: 3  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 1  
-------------------------------------------  
Number of TCP connections  
: 2  
Number of UDP connections  
Number of ICMP connections  
Number of non TCP/UDP/ICMP connections  
: 1  
: 0  
: 0  
-------------------------------------------  
Number of TCP open connections  
: 0  
Number of TCP established connections  
Number of TCP closing connections  
: 1  
: 1  
Stream cache statistics:  
-------------------------------------------  
Maximum number of hash collisions  
% of hash entries with collisions  
% of hash entries unused  
: 0  
: 0.00  
: 0.00  
CONN/NAT application helper statistics:  
-------------------------------------------  
Maximum number of helper bindings  
: 24  
Maximum number of connections with helper : 128  
-------------------------------------------  
Number of helper bindings  
: 16  
Number of connections with active helper : 0  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection timerclear  
Clear the connection timeout to default.  
SYNTAX:  
connection timerclear  
[timer = <{tcpidle|tcpneg|tcpkill|udpidle|udpkill|  
icmpkill|ipidle|ipkill}>]  
where:  
timer  
The name of the connection idle timer to be reset.  
REQUIRED  
Note If not specified, all the timers will be reset  
to their default values.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection timerconfig  
tcpidle  
tcpneg  
udp  
icmp  
ip  
: 10' 30"  
: 3' 0"  
: 1' 19"  
: 2' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
=>connection timerclear  
=>connection timerconfig  
tcpidle  
tcpneg  
udp  
icmp  
ip  
: 15' 0"  
: 2' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure the connection timeout handling.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection timerconfig  
Configure the connection timeout handling.  
SYNTAX:  
connection timerconfig  
[timer =  
<{tcpidle|tcpneg|tcpkill|udpidle|udpkill|  
icmpkill|ipidle|ipkill}>]  
[value = <number{0-86400}>]  
where:  
timer  
The name of the connection idle timer to be  
configured.  
OPTIONAL  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
tcpidle  
tcpneg  
tcpkill  
udpidle  
udpkill  
icmpkill  
ipidle  
ipkill  
value  
A number between 0 and 86400 (seconds).  
Represents the timer expire value.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection timerconfig  
tcpidle  
tcpneg  
udp  
icmp  
ip  
: 15' 0"  
: 2' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
=>connection timerconfig timer=tcpidle value=360  
=>connection timerconfig  
tcpidle  
tcpneg  
udp  
icmp  
ip  
: 6' 0"  
: 2' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
: 1' 0"  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Connection Commands  
connection unbind  
Delete an existing CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.  
SYNTAX:  
connection unbind  
application = <string>  
port = <port-range>  
where:  
application  
The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :connection  
applistto obtain a list of CONN/NAT  
application helpers.  
port  
The port number or port range this application  
handler should work on.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>connection bindlist  
Application Proto Portrange  
IRC  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
6750  
15222  
5222  
21  
JABBER  
JABBER  
FTP  
IRC  
6660  
...  
IP6TO4  
6to4 0  
=>connection unbind application=IRC port=6750  
=>connection bindlist  
Application Proto Portrange  
JABBER  
JABBER  
FTP  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
15222  
5222  
21  
IRC  
6660  
...  
IP6TO4  
=>  
6to4 0  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
CWMP Commands  
7 CWMP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the cwmp(CPE WAN Management Protocol) command group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CWMP Commands  
cwmp config  
Configure the cwmpd as seen from the ACS.  
SYNTAX:  
cwmp config  
[state = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[mode = <{readonly|full}>]  
[periodicInform = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[periodicInfInt = <number>]  
[sessionTimeout = <number>]  
[noIpTimeout = <number>]  
[maxEnvelopes = <number>]  
[connectionRequest = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[connectionReqPath = <string>]  
[connectionReqUserName = <string>]  
[connectionReqPsswd = <string>]  
[connectionReqAuth = <{none|basic|digest}>]  
where:  
state  
The state of the cwmp daemon.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
enabled  
disabled.  
The default is disabled.  
mode  
Set the operation mode of the cwmp daemon.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
readonly  
full.  
The default is readonly.  
periodicInform  
periodicInfInt  
Set the periodicInform flag of the cwmp daemon.  
Choose between:  
>
>
enabled  
disabled.  
The default is enabled.  
A number (of seconds).  
Represents the interval between two periodicInform  
messages.  
The default is 3600.  
sessionTimeout  
noIpTimeout  
Set HTTP session-timeout in seconds.  
The default is 60.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Set time (in seconds) ip may be 0 after uploading new  
config file.  
The default is 10.  
maxEnvelopes  
Set the maximum number of SOAP envelopes sent  
within one HTTP message.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is 2.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
CWMP Commands  
connectionRequest  
Set the connection request flag of the cwmp daemon.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
enabled  
disabled.  
The default is enabled.  
connectionReqPath  
Set the path where the cwmp daemon can be reached.  
Set the username the ACS must use to log in.  
Set the password the ACS must use to log in.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
connectionReqUserName  
connectionReqPsswd  
connectionReqAuth  
Set the digest authentication flag of the cwmp  
daemon.  
Choose between:  
>
>
enabled  
disabled.  
The default is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>cwmp config  
State  
: disabled  
Mode  
: readonly  
Max Envelopes  
: 2  
Session Timeout  
: 60  
No Ip Timeout  
: 10  
Connection Request Port  
Periodic Inform  
: 80  
: enabled  
Periodic Inform Interval  
Connection Request  
Connection Request UserName  
Connection Request PassWord  
Connection Request Path  
: 20000 ms  
: enabled  
:
:
:
Connection Request Authentication : enabled  
Qos class  
Boot delay range between 0 and  
=>  
: 12  
: 0s  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CWMP Commands  
cwmp server config  
Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS.  
SYNTAX:  
cwmp server config  
[url = <string>]  
[username = <string>]  
[password = <string>]  
where:  
url  
Set the HTTP URL used to contact the ACS server.  
Set the username for ACS Digest Authentication.  
Set the password for ACS Digest Authentication.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
username  
password  
EXAMPLE:  
=>cwmp server config  
ACS url  
: 10.11.10.248  
ACS username  
ACS password  
=>  
:
:
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Debug Commands  
8 Debug Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the debugcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Debug Commands  
debug exec  
Execute a 'Trace & Debug' command.  
This command is for qualified personnel only.  
!
SYNTAX:  
debug exec cmd = <quoted string>  
where:  
cmd  
A quoted 'Trace & Debug' command string.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
9 DHCP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) command group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Delete all the DHCP leases.  
Clear the DHCP client statistics.  
Print the DHCP client statistics.  
Modify the DHCP client trace configuration.  
Show the DHCP relay statistics.  
Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration.  
Set the DHCP relay configuration settings.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DHCP Commands  
143  
Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.  
Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries.  
Clear the DHCP server statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client flush  
Delete all the DHCP leases.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client ifadd  
Create a DHCP client.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client ifadd  
intf = <string>  
[defrqoptions = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface for which a DHCP lease  
must be created.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
defrqoptions  
Enable/Disable the creation of the default Parameter Request  
List.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client iflist  
No dynamic interfaces defined.  
=>dhcp client ifadd intf=myPPP_ppp  
[dhcp client]=>iflist  
DHCP Client Info :  
Interface  
: myPPP_ppp  
DHCP Client State : [INIT]  
HW address  
Client ID  
: 00:0e:50:91:26:5a  
:
IP Address  
p-t-p IP  
Default Gateway  
: 0.0.0.0  
: 0.0.0.0  
:
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 68, in use: 1, free: 98 %=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client ifattach  
Activate a DHCP client.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface for which a DHCP client  
was created.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client iflist  
myPPP_ppp : [INIT]  
flags = bc dns rt  
IP address : 0.0.0.0  
HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00  
DHCP server: 255.255.255.255  
metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %  
=>dhcp client ifattach intf=myPPP_ppp  
=>dhcp client iflist  
myPPP_ppp : [SELECTING]  
flags = bc dns rt  
IP address : 0.0.0.0  
HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00  
DHCP server: 255.255.255.255  
metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1  
trying to get a lease for 1 sec  
transmission of DISCOVER in 0 sec  
retransmission timeout: 4  
nbr of retransmissions: 2  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client ifconfig  
Configure a DHCP client.  
Use the command :dhcp client ifreleasebefore configuring the dhcp client.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[label = <label name>]  
[metric = <number{0-255}>]  
[dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>]  
[broadcast = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[serverroute = <disabled|enabled>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
label  
metric  
Label for default gateway and static routes.  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Represents the route metric for default gateway and static  
routes.  
The default is 1.  
dnsmetric  
A number between 0 and 100.  
Represents the DNS route metric.  
The default is 1.  
OPTIONAL  
broadcast  
Operate client in unicast/broadcast mode.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
serverroute  
Insert a route for the DHCP server IP.  
The default is enabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client ifdelete  
Delete a DHCP client.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface for which the DHCP lease  
must be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client iflist  
myPPP_ppp : [INIT]  
flags = bc dns rt  
IP address : 10.0.0.1  
HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1  
DHCP server: 10.10.1.1  
hostname : myHostName  
client identifier : [00] myClientID  
user class identifier : myUserID  
metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %  
=>dhcp client ifdelete intf=myPPP_ppp  
=>dhcp client iflist  
No dynamic interfaces defined.  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client ifdetach  
De-activate a DHCP client and releases its lease.  
SYNTAX:  
ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
REQUIRED  
intf  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client iflist  
List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client iflist  
[intf = <string>]  
[expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
Expand enabled/disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
expand  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client iflist  
myPPP_ppp : [INIT]  
flags = bc dns rt  
IP address : 10.0.0.1  
HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1  
DHCP server: 10.10.1.1  
hostname : myHostName  
client identifier : [00] myClientID  
user class identifier : myUserID  
metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %  
=>  
EXAMPLE INPUT/OUTPUT IN A NETWORKED ENVIRONMENT:  
The Thomson ST is configured as DHCP client disabled its Ethernet interface eth0.  
=>dhcp client iflist  
myPPP_ppp : [INIT]  
flags = bc dns rt  
IP address : 10.0.0.1  
HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1  
DHCP server: 10.10.1.1  
hostname : myHostName  
client identifier : [00] myClientID  
user class identifier : myUserID  
metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1  
lease renewal in  
lease rebinding in  
lease expires in  
5 days, 1 h, 26 min, 45 sec  
8 days, 20 h, 34 min, 15 sec  
10 days, 2 h, 56 min, 45 sec  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client ifrenew  
Renew the DHCP lease.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client ifrenew  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface for which the DHCP lease  
must be renewed.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE 1:  
=>dhcp client iflist  
NewETHoA  
: [BOUND]  
flags= uc  
IP address  
HW address  
: 10.0.0.10  
: 00:90:d0:01:47:f1  
DHCP server  
hostname  
: 255.255.255.255  
: NewLease  
req.leasetime = 10800 s  
lease renewal in  
lease rebinding in  
lease expires in  
5 days, 58 min, 48 sec  
8 days, 20 h, 6 min, 18 sec  
10 days, 2 h, 28 min, 48 sec  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 19,  
=>dhcp client ifrenew intf=NewETHoA  
=>dhcp client iflist  
in use: 1,  
free: 94 %  
NewETHoA  
: [SELECTING]  
flags= uc  
IP address  
HW address  
DHCP server  
hostname  
: 10.0.0.10  
: 00:90:d0:01:47:de  
: 255.255.255.255  
: NewLease  
req.leasetime  
= 10800 s  
trying to get a lease for 12 sec  
transmission of DISCOVER in 24 sec  
retransmission timeout: 64  
nbr of retransmissions: 11  
Number of leases: 1  
Total size of table: 19,  
=>  
in use: 1,  
free: 94 %  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
EXAMPLE 2:  
The Thomson ST is configured as DHCP client disabled its Ethernet interface eth0.  
=>dhcp client stats  
DHCP client statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
OFFERs  
ACKs  
NAKs  
recv  
recv  
recv  
Pure BOOTP REPLIES  
Other message types  
DISCOVERs sent  
REQUESTs sent  
DECLINEs sent  
RELEASEs sent  
INFORMs  
sent  
Number of dynamic interfaces: 1  
Memory usage:  
Table size of dyn leases: 18,  
=>dhcp client ifrenew intf=eth0  
=>dhcp client stats  
in use: 1,  
free: 94 %  
DHCP client statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
OFFERs  
ACKs  
NAKs  
recv  
recv  
recv  
Pure BOOTP REPLIES  
Other message types  
DISCOVERs sent  
REQUESTs sent  
DECLINEs sent  
RELEASEs sent  
INFORMs  
sent  
Number of dynamic interfaces: 1  
Memory usage:  
Table size of dyn leases: 18,  
=>(CTRL + Q)  
in use: 1,  
free: 94 %  
..................  
STATE IDLE !  
STATE ACTIVATE !  
dhcc: intf 1 renews lease 10.0.0.3.  
dhcc: intf 1 requests 10.0.0.3 from 10.10.1.1  
dhcc: 10.10.1.1 acks 10.0.0.3 to intf 1.  
dhcc: lease 10.0.0.3 bound to intf 1.  
STATE IDLE !  
STATE ACTIVATE !  
...........  
=>(CTRL + S)  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client debug clear  
Clear the DHCP client statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client debug clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client debug stats  
DHCP client statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 253  
: 9  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
OFFERs  
ACKs  
NAKs  
recv  
recv  
recv  
Pure BOOTP REPLIES  
Other message types  
DISCOVERs sent  
REQUESTs sent  
DECLINEs sent  
RELEASEs sent  
INFORMs  
sent  
Number of dynamic interfaces: 1  
Memory usage:  
Table size of dyn leases: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %  
=>dhcp client debug clear  
=>dhcp client debug stats  
DHCP client statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
:
OFFERs  
ACKs  
NAKs  
recv  
recv  
recv  
Pure BOOTP REPLIES  
Other message types  
DISCOVERs sent  
REQUESTs sent  
DECLINEs sent  
RELEASEs sent  
INFORMs  
sent  
0
Number of dynamic interfaces: 1  
Memory usage:  
Table size of dyn leases: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Print the DHCP client statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client debug stats  
Print the DHCP client statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client debug stats  
DHCP client statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
1
1
0
0
0
244  
9
0
OFFERs  
ACKs  
NAKs  
recv  
recv  
recv  
Pure BOOTP REPLIES  
Other message types  
DISCOVERs sent  
REQUESTs sent  
DECLINEs sent  
RELEASEs sent  
1
0
INFORMs  
sent  
Number of dynamic interfaces: 1  
Memory usage:  
Table size of dyn leases: 19,  
=>  
in use: 1,  
free: 94 %  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear the DHCP client statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client debug traceconfig  
Modify the DHCP client trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable tracing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp client debug traceconfig  
tracing: disabled  
=>dhcp client debug traceconfig trace=enabled  
=>dhcp client debug traceconfig  
tracing: enabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client rqoptions add  
Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client rqoptions add  
intf = <string>  
option = <string or number>  
[index = <number{0-255}>]  
where:  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
The name or number of the option.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
intf  
option  
index  
The index of the option.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client rqoptions delete  
Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client rqoptions delete  
intf = <string>  
option = <string or number>  
where:  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
The name or number of the option.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
intf  
option  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client rqoptions list  
List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client rqoptions list  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client rqoptions optionlist  
List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client rqoptions optionlist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client txoptions add  
Add an option.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client txoptions add  
intf = <string>  
option = <string or number>  
value = <Value : (type)value; type being 8-  
bit,  
16-bit, 32-bit, addr, ascii,  
byte_array,  
clientid>  
[index = <number{0-255}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
The name or number of the option.  
REQUIRED  
option  
value  
index  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The value of the option.  
The index of the option.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>:dhcp client txoptions add intf=wan1 option=ien116-name-servers value=(8-bit)5  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client txoptions delete  
Delete an option.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client txoptions delete  
intf = <string>  
option = <string or number>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface.  
The name or number of the option.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
option  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client txoptions list  
List all options.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client txoptions list  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp client txoptions optionlist  
Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp client txoptions optionlist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay add  
Add an entry to the DHCP forward list.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay add  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The forward entry name.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay debug stats  
Show the DHCP relay statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay debug stats  
DHCP relay statistics  
-------------------------  
Client packet relayed  
Server packet relayed  
Bogus relay agent  
Bogus giaddr recv  
Corrupt agent option  
Missing agent option  
Bad circuit id  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
64  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Missing circuit id  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay debug traceconfig  
Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay debug traceconfig  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable tracing.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay debug traceconfig  
Tracing: disabled  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the DHCP relay statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay config  
Set the DHCP relay configuration settings.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay config  
[agentinfo = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[agentmismatch = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
agentinfo  
agentmismatch  
Set the relay agent info status (RFC3046) enabled or disabled.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Forward/drop DHCP reply packet when a relay agent info  
mismatch is detected (RFC3046) (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay config  
Agent info status : disabled  
Drop agent info mismatch status : disabled  
=>dhcp relay config agentinfo=enabled  
=>dhcp relay config  
Agent info status : enabled  
Drop agent info mismatch status : disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay delete  
Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The forward entry name.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay delete  
name = lan1_to_127.0.0.1  
:dhcp relay delete name=lan1_to_127.0.0.1  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay flush  
Flush the DHCP relay settings.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay list  
DHCP server  
-------------------------------------------------------  
Interface  
giaddr  
127.0.0.1  
eth0  
192.168.1.254  
=>dhcp relay flush  
=>dhcp relay list  
No dynamic interfaces defined.  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay ifconfig  
Configure a DHCP relay interface.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[relay = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[maxhops = <number{0-16}>]  
[remoteid = <password>]  
[trusted = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface to be configured.  
Set the relay status to enabled or disabled.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
relay  
The default is disabled.  
maxhops  
A number between 0 and 16.  
Represents the maximum number of hops allowed in the  
DHCP packet.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is 4.  
remoteid  
trusted  
Set the remote ID as specified in RFC3046.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Drop/forward DHCP request packet when the DHCP Relay  
Agent Option is enabled (with the command :dhcp relay  
config agentinfo=enabled) and the giaddr field is 0  
(RFC3046)) (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay iflist  
eth0 :  
admin state = up  
max hops = 4  
trusted = disabled  
oper state = up  
remote id =  
Internet_trigger :  
admin state = down  
max hops = 4  
oper state = down  
remote id =  
trusted = disabled  
Internet :  
admin state = down  
max hops = 4  
trusted = disabled  
oper state = down  
remote id =  
=>dhcp relay ifconfig intf=Internet_trigger relay=enabled trusted=enabled  
=>dhcp relay iflist  
eth0 :  
admin state = up  
max hops = 4  
trusted = disabled  
oper state = up  
remote id =  
Internet_trigger :  
admin state = up  
max hops = 4  
oper state = up  
remote id =  
trusted = enabled  
Internet :  
admin state = down  
max hops = 4  
trusted = disabled  
oper state = down  
remote id =  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay iflist  
Show the configuration of the relay interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay iflist  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the dynamic interface to be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the relay interfaces will be shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay iflist  
eth0 :  
admin state = up  
oper state = up  
remote id =  
max hops = 4  
trusted = disabled  
Internet_trigger :  
admin state = up  
max hops = 4  
oper state = up  
remote id =  
trusted = enabled  
Internet :  
admin state = down  
max hops = 4  
trusted = disabled  
oper state = down  
remote id =  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay list  
List the DHCP forward list.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay list  
[name = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The forward entry name.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp relay list  
DHCP server  
Interface  
giaddr  
-------------------------------------------------------  
127.0.0.1  
eth0  
10.0.0.138  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay modify  
Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay modify  
name = <string>  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
[intf = <{None | guest1 | dmz1 | wan1 |  
lan1 | Internet}>]  
[giaddr = <ip-address>]  
[script = <>]  
where:  
name  
addr  
intf  
The forward entry name.  
REQUIRED  
The DHCP server IP address.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The name of the relay interface, ‘None’ to indicate no interface  
is specified.  
The standard is None.  
giaddr  
script  
The giaddr field to be used in relayed DHCP packets.  
Script to be run when the forward entry is hit.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay ruleadd  
Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay ruleadd  
name = <string>  
[key = <{or | and}>]  
rulename = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the forward entry.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
key  
The logical key of the selection rule.  
The default is or.  
rulename  
The name of the DHCP selection rule.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp relay ruledelete  
Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp relay ruledelete  
name = <string>  
rulename = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the forward entry.  
The name of the DHCP selection rule.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
rulename  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp rule add  
Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp rule add  
name = <string>  
type = <{vci | uci | mac}>  
vci [!]= <quoted string>  
uci [!]= <quoted string>  
[match = <{exactly|as_substring}>]  
mac [!]= <hardware-address with wildcard  
| ex: '00:9f:aa:*:*:*'>  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.  
For example “mac=!00:9f:aa:bb:cc:dd” means “for MAC address different from 00:9f:aa:bb:cc:dd”.  
i
where:  
name  
type  
The name of the new DHCP rule.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Specify the DHCP rule type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
vci: vendor class identifier  
uci: user class identifier  
mac: MAC address.  
vci  
uci  
The vendor class identifier string.  
Note Only required when type=vci.  
The user class identifier string.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Note Only required when type=uci.  
The vendor or user class identifier string matching.  
The MAC address.  
match  
mac  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
Note Only required when type=mac.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp rule debug traceconfig  
Modify DHCP rule trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp rule debug traceconfig  
[state = {disabled | enabled}]  
where:  
state  
Set tracing to disabled or enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp rule delete  
Delete a DHCP rule.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp rule delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP rule.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp rule delete  
name = new  
:dhcp rule delete name=new  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp rule flush  
Flush all DHCP rules.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp rule flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp rule list  
Name  
Use Value  
new  
0
vci=test  
=>dhcp rule flush  
=>dhcp rule list  
Name  
=>  
Use Value  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp rule list  
List all DHCP rules.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp rule list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp rule list  
Name  
new  
=>  
Use Value  
vci=test  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server config  
Print the DHCP server configuration settings.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server config  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server flush  
Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server policy  
Print the DHCP server policy settings.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server policy  
[verifyfirst = <disabled|enabled>]  
[trustclient = <disabled|enabled>]  
[rtbehaviour = <msft|standard|traditional>]  
where:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server debug clear  
Clear the DHCP server statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server debug clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server debug stats  
DHCP server state: Running  
DHCP server statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
DISCOVER  
REQUEST  
DECLINE  
RELEASE  
INFORM  
Pure BOOTP REQUESTS  
Other message types  
OFFERs sent  
ACKs sent  
NAKs sent  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
2451  
28  
0
22  
1
2
0
2451  
19  
0
Relay agent options dropped  
0
Lease table got full  
Ping table got full  
: no  
: no  
Second dhcp server seen : no  
Total size of lease table: 32, in use: 0 free: 100 %  
=>dhcp server debug clear  
=>dhcp server debug stats  
DHCP server state: Running  
DHCP server statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
DISCOVER  
REQUEST  
DECLINE  
RELEASE  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
INFORM  
Pure BOOTP REQUESTS  
Other message types  
OFFERs sent  
ACKs sent  
NAKs sent  
Relay agent options dropped  
Lease table got full  
Ping table got full  
: no  
: no  
Second dhcp server seen : no  
Total size of lease table: 32, in use: 0 free: 100 %  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server debug stats  
Show the DHCP server statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server stats  
DHCP Server State:  
Stopped  
DHCP server statistics:  
Corrupted packet recv  
DISCOVER  
REQUEST  
DECLINE  
RELEASE  
INFORM  
Pure BOOTP REQUESTS  
Other message types  
OFFERs sent  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
2451  
28  
0
22  
1
2
0
2451  
19  
0
ACKs sent  
NAKs sent  
Relay agent options dropped  
0
Lease table got full  
Ping table got full  
: no  
: no  
Second dhcp server seen : no  
Total size of lease table: 32, in use: 16, free: 50 %  
=>  
DESCRIPTION:  
>
>
DHCP server state: the state of the DHCP server.  
Corrupted packet recv: the number of corrupted packets (not complaint to RFC2131) received from the  
LAN.  
>
DISCOVER: the number of DHCP server discovery packets received from the LAN. These broadcasts are  
sent by potential DHCP clients to locate available DHCP servers.  
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
REQUEST: the number of DHCP address lease requests received from the Local Area Network (LAN).  
DECLINE: the number of DHCP address lease requests declined.  
RELEASE: the number of DHCP address release requests received from DHCP clients.  
INFORM: the number of information requests received from DHCP clients.  
Pure BOOTP requests: the number of BOOTP requests received from the LAN.  
Other message types: the number of other messages received from the LAN.  
OFFERs sent: the number of IP address offers sent in reply to DHCP requests.  
ACKs sent: the number of ACKnowledgement replies sent to successfully configured DHCP clients.  
NAKs sent: the number of Not-AcKnowledgement replies sent to wrongly configured DHCP clients.  
Relay agent options dropped  
Lease table got full: whether the maximum number of DHCP leases is reached or not.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
>
>
Ping table got full: whether the history list of IP address pings got full or not. These pings are sent by the  
DHCP server to verify whether the IP address is already in use disabled the LAN or not (:dhcp server  
policy verifyfirst=yes).  
Second DHCP server seen: whether a concurrent DHCP server was found disabled the LAN or not.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear the DHCP server statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server debug traceconfig  
Modify the DHCP server trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable tracing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server debug traceconfig  
Tracing: disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server lease add  
Add a DHCP server lease.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server lease add  
clientid = <client-id>  
pool = <string>  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
[offset = <number>]  
[leasetime = <number>]  
[expirytime = <number>]  
[gateway = <ip-address>]  
[macaddr = <hardware-address>]  
where:  
clientid  
pool  
The DHCP client identification string of the booting host.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
The name of the DHCP server pool from which the DHCP lease  
should be taken.  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server pool listto  
obtain a list of available DHCP server pools.  
addr  
The favoured IP address for this DHCP host.  
This IP address, if specified, must be in the range of the  
specified DHCP server pool.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
offset  
A number between 0 and the integer number defined by the  
number of available IP addresses in the DHCP server pool.  
Represents the IP address offset in the DHCP server pool  
preserved for this host.  
Note Not specifying this parameter does not preserve an IP  
address for the host.  
leasetime  
A number (of seconds).  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the time the host is allowed to use this address.  
Note 0 means infinite leasetime.  
expiretime  
The time in seconds the DHCP server keeps the lease reserved  
Tip  
0 means infinite expirytime.  
gateway  
macaddr  
The IP address of the default router for this client.  
The MAC address of the host.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server lease list  
Lease  
0 0.0.0.0  
Pool  
TTL  
State  
FREE  
Clientid  
00:90:D0:12:34:56  
dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40  
=>dhcp server lease add clientid=01:23:55:67:89:ab pool=Local_pool leasetime=3600  
=>dhcp server lease list  
Lease  
Pool  
dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40  
local_pool 00:59:22  
TTL  
State  
FREE  
USED  
Clientid  
00:90:D0:12:34:56  
01:23:45:67:89:AB  
0 0.0.0.0  
1 10.0.0.1  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server lease delete  
Delete a DHCP server lease.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server lease delete  
[clientid = <clientid | none>]  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
clientid  
index  
The DHCP client identification string of the DHCP lease.  
Note If not specified, all DHCP clients are deleted.  
The DHCP server lease table index.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server lease listto  
obtain a list of the index numbers of all current  
DHCP leases.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server lease list  
Lease  
0 0.0.0.0  
1 10.0.0.1  
Pool  
dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40  
local_pool 00:59:22  
TTL  
State  
FREE  
USED  
Clientid  
00:90:D0:12:34:56  
01:23:45:67:89:AB  
=>dhcp server lease delete index=0  
=>dhcp server lease list  
Lease  
1 10.0.0.1  
=>  
Pool  
local_pool  
TTL  
00:59:22  
State  
USED  
Clientid  
01:23:45:67:89:AB  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server lease flush  
Flush all the DHCP server leases.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server lease flush  
[pool = <string>]  
where:  
pool  
The name of the DHCP server pool to be flushed.  
Only the leases belonging to this pool will be deleted.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the DHCP server leases will be  
flushed.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server lease list  
Lease  
0 0.0.0.0  
1 10.0.0.1  
2 10.0.0.101 local_pool  
3 10.0.0.132 local_pool  
5 10.0.0.5  
4 10.0.0.6  
8 10.0.0.8  
9 10.0.0.15 local_pool  
=>dhcp server lease flush  
=>dhcp server lease list  
=>  
Pool  
TTL  
State  
FREE  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
Clientid  
dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40  
local_pool  
00:90:D0:12:34:56  
01:23:45:67:89:AB  
01:23:89:AB:80:CD  
09:D0:25:CE:F1:31  
AB:33:A1:7C:89:DD  
E3:81:9F:11:11:11  
08:80:09:90:AB:DC  
08:93:DA:AE:01:AF  
00:59:22  
00:21:01  
00:45:37  
00:21:11  
00:59:01  
00:01:00  
00:00:23  
local_pool  
local_pool  
local_pool  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server lease list  
List all the DHCP server leases.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server lease list  
[clientid = <clientid | none>]  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
clientid  
The DHCP client identification string of the DHCP lease.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the DSHCP server leases for all the  
DHCP clients are listed.  
index  
The DHCP server lease table index.  
Note If not specified, the complete DHCP server lease table  
will be shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server lease list  
Lease  
0 0.0.0.0  
1 10.0.0.1  
2 10.0.0.101 local_pool  
3 10.0.0.132 local_pool  
5 10.0.0.5  
4 10.0.0.6  
8 10.0.0.8  
Pool  
TTL  
State  
FREE  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
USED  
Clientid  
dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40  
local_pool  
00:90:D0:12:34:56  
01:23:45:67:89:AB  
01:23:89:AB:80:CD  
09:D0:25:CE:F1:31  
AB:33:A1:7C:89:DD  
E3:81:9F:11:11:11  
08:80:09:90:AB:DC  
08:93:DA:AE:01:AF  
00:59:22  
00:21:01  
00:45:37  
00:21:11  
00:59:01  
00:01:00  
00:00:23  
local_pool  
local_pool  
local_pool  
9 10.0.0.15 local_pool  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option flush  
Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option instadd  
Add a DHCP server option instance.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option instadd  
name = <string>  
tmplname = <string>  
value = <Value : (type)value; type being 8-  
bit,  
16-bit, 32-bit, addr, ascii,  
byte_array>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server option instance.  
The name of the DHCP server option template.  
REQUIRED  
tmplname  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server option  
tmpllistto obtain a list of DHCP server option  
templates.  
value  
The value of the DHCP server option instance.  
Format is (type)value where type is 8-bit, 16-bit, 32-bit, addr,  
ascii or byte_array.  
REQUIRED  
Note The type must be identical to the type of the DHCP  
server option template. Use the command :dhcp  
server option tmpllistto obtain a list of DHCP  
server option templates.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server option instlist  
myInstance  
Tmpl name : myTmpl  
(1)  
Use  
Value  
: 0  
: (32-bit)64  
=>dhcp server option instadd name=yourInstance tmplname=yourTmpl value=(ascii)&#33  
{root}[dhcp server option]=>instlist  
yourInstance  
Tmpl name : yourTmpl  
(2)  
(1)  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (ascii)&#33  
myInstance  
Tmpl name : myTmpl  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (32-bit)64  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option instdelete  
Delete a DHCP server option instance.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option instdelete name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server option instance to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server option instlist  
yourInstance  
Tmpl name : yourTmpl  
(2)  
(1)  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (ascii)&#33  
myInstance  
Tmpl name : myTmpl  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (32-bit)64  
=>dhcp server option instdelete name=yourInstance  
=>dhcp server option instlist  
myInstance  
Tmpl name : myTmpl  
(1)  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (32-bit)64  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option instlist  
List all the DHCP server option instances.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option instlist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server option instlist  
yourInstance  
Tmpl name : yourTmpl  
(2)  
(1)  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (ascii)&#33  
myInstance  
Tmpl name : myTmpl  
Use  
: 0  
Value  
: (32-bit)64  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option tmpladd  
Add a DHCP server option template.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option tmpladd  
name = <string>  
optionid = <number{1-254}>  
type = <{8-bit | 16-bit | 32-bit | addr |  
ascii | byte_array}>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server option template.  
A number between 1 and 254.  
REQUIRED  
optionid  
REQUIRED  
Specifies the DHCP server option code.  
type  
Specifies the DHCP server option type.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
>
>
>
>
8-bit  
16-bit  
32-bit  
addr  
ascii  
byte_array.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server option tmpllist  
Name  
myTmpl  
Option Type  
1 32-bit  
Use  
0
=>dhcp server option tmpladd name=yourTmpl optionid=2 type=ascii  
=>dhcp server option tmpllist  
Name  
Option Type  
Use  
0
0
yourTmpl  
myTmpl  
=>  
2
1
ascii  
32-bit  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option tmpldelete  
Delete a DHCP server option template.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option tmpldelete name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server option template to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server option tmpllist  
Name  
yourTmpl  
myTmpl  
Option Type  
Use  
0
0
2
1
ascii  
32-bit  
=>dhcp server option tmpldelete name=yourTmpl  
=>dhcp server option tmpllist  
Name  
myTmpl  
=>  
Option Type  
32-bit  
Use  
0
1
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server option tmpllist  
List all the DHCP server option templates.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server option tmpllist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server option tmpllist  
Name  
Option Type  
Use  
0
0
yourTmpl  
myTmpl  
=>  
2
1
ascii  
32-bit  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool add  
Add a DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool add  
name = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool.  
REQUIRED  
Note If not specified, the name is “dhcp_pool_x”, where x is  
a subsequent number.  
index  
The number of the pool before which you want the new pool to  
be added.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the DHCP server pool will be added at  
the bottom of the DHCP server lease table.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
Start  
End  
State  
FREE  
USED  
FREE  
PPP  
PPP  
0 dhcp_pool_1  
1 My_LAN_Pool  
2 dhcp_pool_2  
=>dhcp server pool add  
=>dhcp server pool list  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.1  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.254  
0.0.0.0  
Pool  
Start  
End  
State  
FREE  
USED  
FREE  
FREE  
0 dhcp_pool_1  
1 My_LAN_Pool  
2 dhcp_pool_2  
3 dhcp_pool_3  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.1  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.254  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
=>dhcp server pool add name=POOL_EXTRA1  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
Start  
End  
State  
FREE  
USED  
FREE  
FREE  
FREE  
PPP  
0 dhcp_pool_1  
1 My_LAN_Pool  
2 dhcp_pool_2  
3 dhcp_pool_3  
4 POOL_EXTRA1  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.1  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.254  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
=>ppp ifconfig name=PPP_Test pool=POOL_EXTRA1  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
Start  
End  
State  
FREE  
USED  
FREE  
FREE  
FREE  
PPP  
0 dhcp_pool_1  
1 My_LAN_Pool  
2 dhcp_pool_2  
3 dhcp_pool_3  
4 POOL_EXTRA1  
=>  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.1  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
10.0.0.254  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
PPP_Test  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool config  
Configure a DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool config  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
[poolstart = <ip-address>]  
[poolend = <ip-address>]  
[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[gateway = <ipaddress | 0>]  
[server = <ipaddress | 0>]  
[primdns = <ipaddress | 0>]  
[secdns = <ipaddress | 0>]  
[dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>]  
[primwins = <ipaddress | 0>]  
[secwins = <ipaddress | 0>]  
[leasetime = <number>]  
[unnumbered = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[localgw = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
intf  
The name of the DHCP server pool to configure.  
REQUIRED  
The interface for which the pool is allowed to lease IP  
addresses.  
REQUIRED  
index  
A number between 0 (highest priority) and the highest number  
(lowest priority) found in the list of existing DHCP server pools.  
Represents a (higher) priority for the DHCP server pool.  
OPTIONAL  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server pool listto  
obtain a list of the index numbers of all current  
DHCP server pools.  
poolstart  
The lowest IP address in the DHCP address range to use for  
leasing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default value of this parameter is 0.0.0.0 (not specified),  
which means that the lowest IP address of the pool will be  
defined by the remote server via Internet Protocol Control  
Protocol (IPCP) as soon as the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)  
IPCP subnetmasking connection is established.  
poolend  
netmask  
The highest IP address in the DHCP address range to use for  
leasing.  
The default value of this parameter is 0.0.0.0 (not specified),  
which means that the highest IP address of the pool will be  
defined by the remote server via IPCP as soon as the PPP IPCP  
subnetmasking connection is established.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The applicable netmask for the DHCP leases.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
gateway  
The IP address of the default gateway for the DHCP clients.  
The default value of this parameter is 0 (not specified), which  
means that the gateway IP address will be communicated by  
the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking  
connection is established or that the Thomson ST acts as the  
LAN default gateway.  
OPTIONAL  
server  
The IP address of the DHCP server for DHCP clients.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
primdns  
The IP address of the primary DNS server for the DHCP clients.  
The default value of this parameter is 0 (not specified), which  
means that the IP address of the DNS server will be  
communicated by the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP  
subnetmasking connection is established or that the Thomson  
ST acts as the LAN DNS server.  
secdns  
The IP address of the optional secondary DNS server for DHCP  
clients.  
OPTIONAL  
The default value of this parameter is 0 (not specified), which  
means that the gateway IP address will be communicated by  
the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking  
connection is established.  
dnsmetric  
primwins  
The DHCP server pool DNS route metric.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The IP address of the primary Windows Internet Naming  
Service (WINS) server for DHCP clients.  
secwins  
The IP address of the secondary WINS server for DHCP clients.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
leasetime  
A number (of seconds).  
Represents the time in seconds a client is allowed to use an  
address.  
Note Specifying 0 makes the lease permanent.  
unnumbered  
localgw  
Assign an IP address from this pool to the DHCP server  
(enabled) or not (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note For dynamic pools only.  
Proxy for a virtual default gateway residing in same subnet of  
DHCP client instead of the remote peer address.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
0 LAN_Private  
Start  
10.0.0.1  
End  
10.0.0.254  
Intf  
eth0  
State  
USED  
=>dhcp server pool config name=My_Pool poolstart=192.6.11.101  
| poolend=192.6.11.254 netmask=255.255.255 gateway=192.6.11.100 leasetime=21600  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
Start  
10.0.0.1  
192.6.11.101  
End  
Intf  
eth0  
eth0  
State  
USED  
USED  
0 LAN_Private  
1 My_Pool  
=>  
10.0.0.254  
192.6.11.254  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool delete  
Delete a DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool to be deleted.  
Tip Use the command :dhcp server pool listto  
obtain a list of all current DHCP leases.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
0 LAN_Private  
1 My_Pool  
Start  
10.0.0.1  
192.6.11.101  
End  
Intf  
eth0  
eth0  
State  
USED  
USED  
10.0.0.254  
192.6.11.254  
=>dhcp server pool delete name=My_Pool  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
0 LAN_Private  
=>  
Start  
10.0.0.1  
End  
10.0.0.254  
Intf  
eth0  
State  
USED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool flush  
Flush all DHCP server pools.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
0 LAN_Private  
1 My_Pool  
Start  
10.0.0.1  
192.6.11.101  
End  
Intf  
eth0  
eth0  
State  
USED  
USED  
10.0.0.254  
192.6.11.254  
=>dhcp server pool flush  
=>dhcp server pool list  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool list  
List all DHCP server pools.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool list  
[name = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool to be shown.  
Note If not specified, all the DHCP server pools are shown.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool list  
Pool  
Start  
10.0.0.1  
192.6.11.101  
End  
Intf  
eth0  
eth0  
State  
USED  
USED  
0 LAN_Private  
1 My_Pool  
=>  
10.0.0.254  
192.6.11.254  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool optadd  
Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool optadd  
name = <string>  
instname = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool to which an option instance  
must be added.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
instname  
The name of the DHCP server option instance.  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server option  
instlistto obtain a list of DHCP server option  
instances.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool optadd name=dhcp_pool_1 instname=yourInstance  
=>dhcp server pool list name=dhcp_pool_1  
Pool  
1 dhcp_pool_1  
Start  
0.0.0.0  
End  
0.0.0.0  
Intf  
lan1  
State  
FREE  
DHCP server  
Netmask  
Leasetime  
Gateway  
DNS domain  
DNS metric  
= 0.0.0.0 [unnumbered]  
= 0.0.0.0  
= infinite  
= 0.0.0.0  
= lan  
= 0  
DNS address list:  
0.0.0.0 (local DNS)  
Option instance list:  
Name  
yourInstance  
=>  
Option  
2 (yourTmpl)  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool optdelete  
Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool optdelete  
name = <string>  
instname = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool from which an option  
instance must be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
instname  
The name of the DHCP server option instance to be deleted.  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server option listto  
obtain a list of DHCP server option instances.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dhcp server pool list name=dhcp_pool_1  
Pool  
1 dhcp_pool_1  
Start  
0.0.0.0  
End  
0.0.0.0  
Intf  
lan1  
State  
FREE  
DHCP server  
Netmask  
Leasetime  
Gateway  
DNS domain  
DNS metric  
= 0.0.0.0 [unnumbered]  
= 0.0.0.0  
= infinite  
= 0.0.0.0  
= lan  
= 0  
DNS address list:  
0.0.0.0 (local DNS)  
Option instance list:  
Name  
yourInstance  
Option  
2 (yourTmpl)  
=>dhcp server pool optdelete name=dhcp_pool_1 instname=yourInstance  
=>dhcp server pool list name=dhcp_pool_1  
Pool  
1 dhcp_pool_1  
Start  
0.0.0.0  
End  
0.0.0.0  
Intf  
lan1  
State  
FREE  
DHCP server  
Netmask  
Leasetime  
Gateway  
DNS domain  
DNS metric  
= 0.0.0.0 [unnumbered]  
= 0.0.0.0  
= infinite  
= 0.0.0.0  
= lan  
= 0  
DNS address list:  
0.0.0.0 (local DNS)  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool rtadd  
Add a route to the DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool rtadd  
name = <string>  
dst = <ip-address>  
[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[gateway = <ipaddress | 0>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool to which a route must be  
added.  
REQUIRED  
dst  
The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients.  
The destination IP address mask.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
dstmsk  
gateway  
The IP address of the next hop. Must be directly connected to  
the DHCP client  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool rtdelete  
Delete a route from the DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool rtdelete  
name = <string>  
dst = <ip-address>  
[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[gateway = <ipaddress | 0>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool from which a route must be  
deleted.  
REQUIRED  
dst  
The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients.  
The destination IP address mask.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
dstmsk  
gateway  
The IP address of the next hop. Must be directly connected to  
the DHCP client  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool ruleadd  
Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool ruleadd  
name = <string>  
[key = {or | and}]  
rulename = <string>  
where:  
name  
key  
The name of the DHCP server pool to which a selection rule  
must be added.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
The logical key of the selection rule.  
The default is or.  
rulename  
The name of the DHCP selection rule.  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server rule listto  
obtain a list of DHCP server rules.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DHCP Commands  
dhcp server pool ruledelete  
Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool.  
SYNTAX:  
dhcp server pool ruleadd  
name = <string>  
rulename = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DHCP server pool from which a selection rule  
must be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
rulename  
The name of the DHCP selection rule to be deleted.  
Tip  
Use the command :dhcp server rule listto  
obtain a list of DHCP server rules.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DHCP Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DNS Commands  
10 DNS Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the dnscommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DNS Commands  
dns client config  
Modify the Domain Name System (DNS) resolver configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dns client config  
[timeout = <number{1-900}>]  
[retry = <number{0-10}>]  
[search = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[list = <string>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
timeout  
A number between 1 and 900 (seconds).  
Represents the query timeout.  
The default is 5.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
retry  
A number between 0 and 10.  
Represents the number of query retries before giving up.  
The default is 3.  
search  
list  
Use the search list to construct fully qualified domain names.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Specify a search list.  
This is a slash separated list of domain name suffixes.  
trace  
Enable or disable verbose logging.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns client config  
timeout : 5s  
retry  
: 3  
search  
: on  
srchlist : <empty>  
trace  
=>  
: off  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns client dnsadd  
Add a DNS server.  
SYNTAX:  
dns client dnsadd  
addr = <string>  
[port = <number>]  
where:  
addr  
port  
The IP address of the DNS server to be added.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The DNS server port number.  
The default is 53.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns client dnsadd addr=150.150.150.150  
=>dns client dnslist  
Entry  
1
2
State  
CONNECTED  
CONNECTED  
Family  
IP  
IP  
Server  
[port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1  
[port] 53 - [addr] 150.150.150.150  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a DNS server.  
List all DNS servers.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns client dnsdelete  
Delete a DNS server.  
SYNTAX:  
dns client dnsdelete  
index = <number{1-99}>  
where:  
index  
A number between 1 and 99.  
REQUIRED  
Represents the index number of the DNS server to be deleted.  
Tip  
Use the command :dns client dnslistto obtain a list of  
DNS servers.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns client dnslist  
Entry  
State  
Family  
Server  
1
2
CONNECTED  
CONNECTED  
IP  
IP  
[port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1  
[port] 53 - [addr] 150.150.150.150  
=>dns client dnsdelete index=2  
=>dns client dnslist  
Entry  
1
State  
CONNECTED  
Family  
IP  
Server  
[port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a DNS server.  
List all DNS servers.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns client dnslist  
List all DNS servers.  
SYNTAX:  
dns client dnslist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns client dnslist  
Entry  
1
2
State  
CONNECTED  
CONNECTED  
Family  
IP  
IP  
Server  
[port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1  
[port] 53 - [addr] 150.150.150.150  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a DNS server.  
Delete a DNS server.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns client flush  
Remove all DNS servers.  
SYNTAX:  
dns client flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns client nslookup  
DNS lookup for a domain name or an address.  
SYNTAX:  
dns client nslookup  
host = <string>  
where:  
host  
The DNS domain name string for which to query.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server config  
Modify the DNS resolver configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server config  
[domain = <string>]  
[timeout = <number{0-2147483647}>]  
[suppress = <number>]  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[WANDownSpoofing = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[WDSpoofedIP = <ip-address>]  
where:  
domain  
timeout  
The DNS server domain name.  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 2147483647 (seconds).  
Represents the forwarded DNS query timeout.  
The default is 15.  
OPTIONAL  
suppress  
Suppress not more than the specified amount of remote DNS  
OPTIONAL  
server errors.  
The default is 0.  
state  
Enable or disable the local DNS server/forwarder.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
trace  
Enable or disable verbose logging.  
The default is disabled.  
WANDownSpoofing  
Enable or disable DNS spoofing when no applicable forwarding  
route present.  
The default is disabled.  
WDSpoofedIP  
The IP address to be used for spoofing when WANDownSpoofing  
OPTIONAL  
is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server config  
domain : lan  
timeout : 15s  
suppress : 0  
state  
trace  
: enabled  
: off  
spoofing : off  
spoof ip : 0.0.0.0  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server flush  
Flush all local DNS hosts and routes.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug clear  
Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server debug clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server debug stats  
Corrupted packets received  
Local questions resolved  
Local negative answers sent  
Total DNS packets forwarded  
External answers received  
Spoofed responses  
Forward table full, discard  
Spurious answers  
Unknown query types  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
100  
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
=>dns server debug clear  
=>dns server debug stats  
Corrupted packets received  
Local questions resolved  
Local negative answers sent  
Total DNS packets forwarded  
External answers received  
Spoofed responses  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Forward table full, discard  
Spurious answers  
Unknown query types  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug stats  
Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server debug stats  
Corrupted packets received  
Local questions resolved  
Local negative answers sent  
Total DNS packets forwarded  
External answers received  
Spoofed responses  
Forward table full, discard  
Spurious answers  
Unknown query types  
:
100  
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug spoof clear  
Clear the intercept cache table  
SYNTAX:  
dns server debug spoof clear  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug spoof getaddress  
Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip  
SYNTAX:  
dns server debug spoof getaddress addr = <ip-address>  
where:  
addr  
The IP address of the spoofed server.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>dns server debug spoof getaddress addr=198.18.1.1  
:dns server debug spoof getaddress addr=198.18.1.1  
Resolved ip = 0.0.0.0.  
{Administrator}=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug spoof getflags  
Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip  
SYNTAX:  
dns server debug spoof getflags  
addr = <ip-address>  
where:  
addr  
The IP address of the spoofed server.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}[dns server debug spoof]=>:dns server debug spoof getflags  
addr = 192.168.1.254  
:dns server debug spoof getflags addr=192.168.1.254  
Invalid spoofed ip.  
{Administrator}[dns server debug spoof]=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug spoof list  
List the intercept cache table.  
SYNTAX:  
dsn server debug spoof list  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}[dns server debug spoof]=>list  
Spoof IP  
FQDN  
eu.thmulti.com  
thmulti.com  
Real IP  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
Flags  
198.18.1.1  
198.18.1.2  
198.18.1.3  
198.18.1.4  
198.18.1.5  
198.18.1.6  
198.18.1.7  
Not resolved  
Not resolved  
Not resolved  
Not resolved  
Not resolved  
Not resolved  
Not resolved  
com  
edgmd588.eu.thmulti.com  
edgmssus01.eu.thmulti.com  
BOULSDCEU02.eu.thmulti.com  
juleke.nit  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server debug spoof update  
Update the intercept cache table.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server debug spoof update  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>dns server debug spoof update  
{Administrator}=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server host add  
Add a local DNS host.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server host add  
name = <string>  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
[ttl = <number{0-2147483647}>]  
where:  
name  
addr  
ttl  
The name of the IP host to be added.  
The IP address of the host.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 2147483647 (seconds).  
Represents the lifetime of the host.  
The default is 0 (in other words, no limit on the lifetime).  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server host add name=myDNS addr=150.150.150.150 ttl=3600  
=>dns server host list  
Address  
Hostname  
TTL (s)  
150.150.150.150 myDNS  
3600  
<local>  
<local>  
=>  
speedtouch  
dsldevice  
0
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a local DNS host.  
List all the local DNS hosts.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server host delete  
Delete a local DNS host.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server host delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the DNS host to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server host list  
Address Hostname  
150.150.150.150 myDNS  
TTL (s)  
3600  
<local>  
<local>  
speedtouch  
dsldevice  
0
0
=>dns server host delete name=myDNS  
=>dns server host list  
Address  
<local>  
<local>  
=>  
Hostname  
speedtouch  
dsldevice  
TTL (s)  
0
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a local DNS host.  
List all the local DNS hosts.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
200  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server host flush  
Flush all the local DNS hosts.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server host flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server host list  
Address  
192.168.1.64  
<local>  
Hostname  
* Unknown-00-10-a4-ad-32-cf  
dsldevice  
TTL (s)  
60  
1200  
1200  
<local>  
speedtouch  
=>dns server host flush  
=>dns server host list  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server host list  
List all the local DNS hosts.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server host list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server host list  
Address  
192.168.1.64  
<local>  
<local>  
=>  
Hostname  
* Unknown-00-10-a4-ad-32-cf  
dsldevice  
TTL (s)  
60  
1200  
speedtouch  
1200  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a local DNS host.  
Delete a local DNS host.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
202  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server route add  
Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server route add  
dns = <ip-address>  
[src = <ip-address>]  
[srcmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[domain = <string>]  
[metric = <number{0-100}>]  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
dns  
The IP address of a DNS server. If 0.0.0.0 is used, the entry becomes a  
DNS-Template which is instantiated if DNS Server IPs are configured  
on an IP interface.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
src  
The source IP address(es) using this remote DNS server. If specified,  
only DNS queries from machines of which the source IP address  
matches the source prefix of the DNS entry will be forwarded to the  
corresponding DNS server.  
Note Supports IP/mask notation.  
srcmask  
The source IP address mask.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
domain  
The DNS Domain matching string. If configured, only those DNS  
queries of which  
the domain name in the query matches with the  
string configured for the entry will be forwarded to the corresponding  
DNS Server. Maximum string length: 62 characters.  
metric  
intf  
A number between 0 and 100. Represents the metric (weight factor) for  
this DNS route. The DNS Entry List is sorted on DNS Metric: the lower  
the metric, the higher the priority of the entry.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
An interface name.  
The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template. DNS  
queries will only be forwarded on the specified interface.  
Note In no interface is specified, DNS queries will be forwarded on  
all interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server route add dns=150.150.150.150 src=10.0.0.0/8 domain=myDNS intf=eth0  
=>dns server route list  
DNS Server Source  
Domain  
myDNS  
Metric Intf  
eth0  
State  
UP  
150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8  
=>  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a DNS forwarding route.  
List all the DNS forwarding routes.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
204  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DNS Commands  
dns server route delete  
Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template  
SYNTAX:  
dns server route delete  
dns = <ip-address>  
[domain = <string>]  
[intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]  
where:  
dns  
The IP address of the DNS server for which the forwarding route must  
be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
domain  
intf  
The DNS domain string.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server route list  
DNS Server Source  
150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8  
Domain  
myDNS  
Metric Intf  
eth0  
State  
UP  
0
=>dns server route delete dns=150.150.150.150  
=>dns server route list  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Adds a DNS forwarding route.  
List all the DNS forwarding routes.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server route flush  
Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server route flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server route list  
DNS Server  
Source  
Domain  
myDNS  
Metric Intf  
eth0  
State  
UP  
150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8  
=>dns server route flush  
=>dns server route list  
=>  
0
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
206  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
dns server route list  
List all the DNS forwarding entries or templates.  
SYNTAX:  
dns server route list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dns server route list  
DNS Server Source  
150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8  
=>  
Domain  
myDNS  
Metric Intf  
eth0  
State  
UP  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Adds a DNS forwarding route.  
Delete a DNS forwarding route.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
208  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DSD Commands  
dsd config  
Display/modify the Differentiated Service Delivery (DSD) framework configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd config  
[state = <{disabled | enabled | automatic}>]  
where:  
state  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
automatic (default):  
By default (DSD config state is automatic), the DSD framework is  
not active, for example no URL filtering or web site filtering is  
applied. Only in case the state of the default WAN IP interface goes  
down, DSD framework will be activated, for example in case the  
PPP link goes down (implying HTTP intercept active).  
>
>
enabled:  
If DSD config state is enabled the DSD framework is always active.  
disabled  
If you do not provide any parameters, the current configuration will be shown.  
i
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd config  
State  
=>  
: automatic  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
210  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd debug config  
Display/modify DSD debug settings  
SYNTAX:  
config  
where:  
turbomode  
[turbomode = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
Enable/disable turbomode  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
dsd debug connection list  
Display the internal connection pool usage.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd debug connection list  
[expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
expand  
Enable or disable the expanded listing.  
The default is disabled.  
optional  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
212  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd debug proxy  
Display/modify the HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Intercept fixed proxy configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd debug proxy  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[dest = <ip-address>]  
[port = <{supported TCP/UDP port} or number>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable fixed proxy redirecting.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
dest  
port  
The destination IP address to which requests will be forwarded.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The port to be used for connecting to proxy.  
Select one of the supported Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/UDP  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd debug proxy  
State : off  
Dest.IP : 0.0.0.0  
Port  
=>  
: 0  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd debug recycling  
Display/modify HTTPI recycling settings  
SYNTAX:  
dsd debug recycling  
state = <disabled>|<enabled>  
interval = <number>  
httpidle = <number>  
otheridle = <number>  
where:  
state  
Enable/disable stream recycling  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
interval  
httpidle  
otheridle  
Time between successive activity checks  
Minimal idle count for recycling (filtered) http streams  
Minimal idle count for recycling other streams  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
214  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd debug stats  
Display/clear DSD framework and module statistics  
SYNTAX:  
dsd debug stats  
name = <{intercept|urlfilter|recycling|syslog|all}  
clear = <{no|yes}>  
where:  
name  
Specify the name of a module  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
clear  
Clear the specified statistics  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd intercept config  
Display/modify the HTTP Intercept configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd intercept config  
[WDSpoofedIP = <ip-address>]  
[servertimeout = <number>]  
[servererrorurl = <string>]  
[categoryerrorurl = <string>]  
[monitorintercepturl = <string>]  
[urlblockedurl = <string>]  
[imageredirect = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[imageredirecturl = <string>]  
[alwaysuseip = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
WDSpoofedIP  
servertimeout  
The IP address indicating unavailable WAN connection.  
The default is 198.18.1.1.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number of seconds.  
Represents the server timeout for redirect action.  
The default is 10.  
servererrorurl  
The destination URL when the connection to the server failed.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
categoryerrorurl  
The destination URL when the connection to the category server  
failed.  
monitorintercept  
url  
The destination URL when the request is intercepted by the  
monitor thread.  
OPTIONAL  
urlblockedurl  
imageredirect  
The destination URL when the requested URL is blocked.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable substitution of blocked images.  
The default is enabled.  
imageredirecturl  
alwaysuseip  
The URL of the image used when substituting blocked images.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Always use IP address when redirecting to a local page (enabled)  
or not (disabled).  
The default is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd intercept config  
WAN down spoofed IP  
Servertimeout  
: 198.18.1.1  
: 10 sec  
Connection failure  
: /cgi/b/ic/connect/  
Category server error : /cgi/b/ic/connect/  
Monitor intercept : /cgi/b/ic/connect/  
Unauthorized request : /cgi/b/sfltr/blocked/  
Image redirecting  
Image redirect url  
Always use IP  
=>  
: enabled  
: /images/spacer.gif  
: enabled  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
216  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd syslog config  
Display/modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd syslog config  
[syslog = <{none | unauthorized | errors | inter-  
cepted | all}>]  
where:  
syslog  
Define the type of events to log.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
none: nothing is logged to syslog.  
unauthorized: only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of a  
LocalRule, BlockCategory, BlockIPAddress or BlockObscure event,  
are logged.  
>
>
>
errors: only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of Server  
errors, Category errors, Monitor intercept, loop detection, bad  
requests or redirects by local policy rules.  
intercepted: only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of  
URLBlocked, Server errors, Category errors, Monitor intercept, loop  
detection, bad requests or redirects by local policy rules.  
all: every received request is logged to syslog.  
The default is intercepted.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd syslog config  
syslog : errors  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd syslog list  
Display the HTTP Intercept log file.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd syslog list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd syslog list  
<86> SysUpTime: 00:22:37 [HTTPI] src=10.0.0.1 src_port=1965 dst=141.11.196.35 dst_port=80 eve  
nt=ServerConnect dst_name=aWebsite.com/icons/Button_Document.gif  
<86> SysUpTime: 00:22:59 [HTTPI] src=10.0.0.1 src_port=1968 dst=141.11.234.60 dst_port=80 eve  
nt=ServerConnect dst_name=anotherWebsite.com/rawgen.asp  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
218  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DSD Commands  
dsd urlfilter config  
Display/modify the URL filtering configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd urlfilter config  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[blockproxy = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[blockipaddress = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[blockobscuredip = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[defaultaction = <{block | accept}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable URL filtering.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
blockproxy  
Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests via a proxy server.  
The default is disabled.  
blockipaddr  
ess  
Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests if host name is IP address.  
The default is disabled.  
blockobscur  
edip  
Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests if host name is believed to  
be an IP address.  
The default is disabled.  
defaultactio  
n
Select the action to be performed when no filter is applicable.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
block  
accept.  
The default is accept.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd urlfilter config  
Filter state  
Block proxy traffic  
Block IP addr  
: enabled  
: disabled  
: disabled  
Block obscured IP addr : disabled  
Default action  
=>  
: accept  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
dsd urlfilter rule add  
Add a rule.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd urlfilter rule add url = <string>  
action = <{block | accept | redirect}>  
redirect = <string>  
where:  
url  
Definition of the URL filter.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
action  
The action to perform when URL matches URL.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
block  
accept  
redirect.  
redirect  
The redirection URL.  
REQUIRED  
Note This parameter is only required when the action is redirect.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd urlfilter rule add url=www.speedtouch.com action=redirect redirect=www.speedtouch.be  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
----- ------  
---  
--------  
0
redirect www.speedtouch.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 1 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a rule.  
Display the list of current rules.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
220  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
dsd urlfilter rule delete  
Delete a rule.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd urlfilter rule delete index = <number>  
[url = <string>]  
where:  
index  
Insertion position in the list.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Tip  
Use the command :dsd urlfilter rule listto obtain  
the index number of the rule to be deleted.  
url  
Definition of the URL filter.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
----- ------  
---  
--------  
0
1
redirect www.speedtouch.com  
accept www.baen.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>dsd urlfilter rule delete index=1  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
----- ------  
---  
--------  
0
redirect www.speedtouch.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 1 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a rule.  
Display the list of current rules.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
dsd urlfilter rule flush  
Remove all current rules.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd urlfilter rule flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
--------  
----- ------  
---  
0
1
redirect www.speedtouch.com  
accept www.baen.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>dsd urlfilter rule flush  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
--------  
----- ------  
---  
Rule list statistics : 0 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
222  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
dsd urlfilter rule list  
Display the list of current rules.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd urlfilter rule list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
----- ------  
---  
--------  
0
1
redirect www.speedtouch.com  
accept www.baen.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a rule.  
Delete a rule.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
dsd urlfilter rule modify  
Modify an existing rule.  
SYNTAX:  
dsd urlfilter rule modify index = <number>  
[newurl = <string>]  
action = <{block | accept | redirect}>  
redirect = <string>  
where:  
index  
Insertion position in the list.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
newurl  
action  
Definition of the new URL filter.  
Action to perform when URL matches URL.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
block  
accept  
redirect.  
redirect  
The redirection URL.  
REQUIRED  
Note This parameter is only required when the action is redirect.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
224  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DSD Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
----- ------  
---  
--------  
0
1
redirect www.speedtouch.com  
accept www.baen.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>dsd urlfilter rule modify index=0 newurl=www.speed*.* action=redirect redirect=www.speedtou  
ch.be  
=>dsd urlfilter rule list  
Index Action  
Url  
Redirect  
----- ------  
---  
--------  
0
1
redirect www.speed*.*  
accept www.baen.com  
www.speedtouch.be  
Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a rule.  
Delete a rule.  
Display the list of current rules.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DSD Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DynDNS Commands  
12 DynDNS Commands  
Introduction  
Dynamic DNS is a service that allows to bind a host name to an IP address. In contrast to classical DNS, this  
service allows regular updates of the IP address related to a host name. In this way, hosts of which the IP  
address regularly changes (for example due to a limited DHCP lease time) can be identified by a static host  
name that is unique throughout the Internet.  
This chapter describes the commands of the dyndnscommnd group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns add  
Add a dynamic DNS client.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns add  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the new dynamic DNS client.  
REQUIRED  
Note A maximum of 5 clients can be configured.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns add name=WAN  
=>dyndns list  
WAN  
: [INIT]  
user =  
password =  
addr = 0.0.0.0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a dynamic DNS client.  
List all dynamic DNS clients.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
228  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns delete  
Delete a dynamic DNS client.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the dynamic DNS client to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns list  
WAN : [INIT]  
user =  
password =  
addr = 0.0.0.0  
=>dyndns delete name=WAN  
=>dyndns list  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a dynamic DNS client.  
List all dynamic DNS clients.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns flush  
Delete all the dynamic DNS clients.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
230  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns list  
List all the dynamic DNS clients.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns list  
WAN  
: [INIT]  
user =  
password =  
addr = 0.0.0.0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a dynamic DNS client.  
Delete a dynamic DNS client.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns modify  
Modify a dynamic DNS client.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns modify  
name = <string>  
[intf = <string>]  
[user = <string>]  
[password = <password>]  
[group = <string>]  
[mx = <string>]  
[backmx = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[wildcard = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[offline = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[service = <{dyndns | statdns | custom | No-IP |  
DtDNS  
| gnudip}>]  
[status = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
intf  
The name of the dynamic DNS client to be modified.  
The dynamic DNS client interface.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note This parameter must be defined to enable the dynamic DNS  
client.  
user  
The username for dynamic DNS authentication.  
The password for dynamic DNS authentication.  
The dynamic DNS host group.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
password  
group  
mx  
The mail exchanger.  
backmx  
Set up the mail exchanger as a backup mail exchanger (enabled) or  
not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
wildcard  
offline  
Allow the use of hostname wildcards (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Set the host to offline mode (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
service  
The dynamic DNS service. Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
>
>
dyndns  
statdns  
custom  
No-IP  
DtDNS  
gnudip.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
status  
trace  
Enable or disable the dynamic DNS client.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable the verbose console logging for the dynamic DNS  
client.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns list  
WAN : [INIT]  
user =  
password =  
addr = 0.0.0.0  
=>dyndns modify name=WAN intf=RtPPPoE user=DNSuser password=_DEV_BA8C0C963BD84130 service=gnu  
dip  
=>dyndns list  
WAN  
: RtPPPoE_ppp [INIT]  
options = gnudip  
user = my_DNS_user password = ********  
addr = 0.0.0.0  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns host add  
Add a fully qualified host name.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns host add  
group = <string>  
name = <string>  
where:  
group  
name  
The dynamic DNS host group.  
REQUIRED  
Note A maximum of 4 different groups can be created.  
The name of an IP host to add.  
REQUIRED  
Note A maximum of 20 hosts can be configured.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns host add group=local name=localhost.com  
=>dyndns host list  
local :  
[ ] localhost.com  
legend :  
[ ] not initialised  
[v] update successful  
[o] update in progress  
[x] error  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a host name.  
List all host names.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
234  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns host delete  
Delete a host name.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns host delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the IP host to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns host list  
local :  
[ ] localhost.com  
public :  
[ ] publichost.com  
legend :  
[ ] not initialised  
[v] update successful  
[o] update in progress  
[x] error  
=>dyndns host delete name=publichost.com  
=>dyndns host list  
local :  
[ ] localhost.com  
legend :  
[ ] not initialised  
[v] update successful  
[o] update in progress  
[x] error  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a fully qualified host name.  
List all host names.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns host flush  
Delete all hosts.  
The hosts cannot be flushed, if there is still a group referenced to the hosts.  
i
SYNTAX:  
dyndns host flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
236  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns host list  
List all host names.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns host list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns host list  
local :  
[ ] localhost.com  
public :  
[ ] publichost.com  
legend :  
[ ] not initialised  
[v] update successful  
=>  
[o] update in progress  
[x] error  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a fully qualified host name.  
Delete a host name.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns service list  
List all dynamic DNS services.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns service list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns service list  
dyndns  
server  
port  
request  
:
= members.dyndns.org  
= 80  
= /nic/update  
update interval = 2097120  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
statdns  
:
server  
port  
= members.dyndns.org  
= 80  
request  
= /nic/update  
update interval = 0  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
custom  
:
server  
port  
= members.dyndns.org  
= 80  
request  
= /nic/update  
update interval = 0  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
No-IP  
:
server  
port  
= dynupdate.no-ip.com  
= 80  
request  
= /ducupdate.php  
update interval = 86400  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
DtDNS  
:
server  
port  
= dtdns.com  
= 80  
request  
= /api/autodns.cfm  
update interval = 86400  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
238  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DynDNS Commands  
dyndns service modify  
Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings.  
SYNTAX:  
dyndns service modify name = <string>  
[server = <string>]  
[port = <{supported TCP/UDP port name} or number>]  
[request = <string>]  
[updateinterval = <number{0-2097120}>]  
[retryinterval = <number{0-600}]  
[max_retry = <number{1-5}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the dynamic DNS service.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
>
>
>
>
dyndns  
statdns  
custom  
No-IP  
DtDNS  
gnudip.  
server  
port  
The hostname of the dynamic DNS server.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The port of the dynamic DNS server.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see “ Supported  
TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or, alternatively, specify the port  
number.  
request  
The dynamic DNS request string.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
updateinterval  
A number between 0 and 2097120 (seconds).  
Represents the time interval before a dynamic update is sent to the  
dynamic DNS server.  
Note The value 0 means disabled.  
retryinterval  
max_retry  
A number between 0 and 600 (seconds).  
Represents the interval between retries if communication with the  
dynamic DNS server fails.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is 30.  
Note The value 0 means disabled.  
A number between 1 and 5.  
Represents the maximum number of retries if communication with  
the dynamic DNS server fails.  
The default is 3.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
240  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DynDNS Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>dyndns service modify name=custom server=mydyndns.org port=www-http request=hereiam  
| updateinterval=2000000 retryinterval=15 max_retry=5  
=>dyndns service list  
dyndns  
server  
port  
request  
:
= members.dyndns.org  
= 80  
= /nic/update  
update interval = 2097120  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
statdns  
:
server  
port  
= members.dyndns.org  
= 80  
request  
= /nic/update  
update interval = 0  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
custom  
:
server  
port  
= mydyndns.org  
= 80  
request  
= hereiam  
update interval = 2000000  
retry interval = 15  
max retry  
= 5  
No-IP  
:
server  
port  
= dynupdate.no-ip.com  
= 80  
request  
= /ducupdate.php  
update interval = 86400  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
DtDNS  
:
server  
port  
= dtdns.com  
= 80  
request  
= /api/autodns.cfm  
update interval = 86400  
retry interval = 30  
max retry  
= 3  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
List all dynamic DNS services.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DynDNS Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
242  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Env Commands  
13 Env Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the envcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Env Commands  
env flush  
Flush all the non-system environment variables.  
SYNTAX:  
env flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
244  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Env Commands  
env get  
Get the current value of an environment variable.  
SYNTAX:  
env get  
var = <string>  
where:  
var  
The name of the environment variable.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :env listto obtain a list of all environ-  
ment variables.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
List all current environment variables.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Env Commands  
env list  
Show all the currently available environment variables.  
SYNTAX:  
env list  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Get the current value of an environment variable.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
246  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Env Commands  
env set  
Set an environment variable.  
SYNTAX:  
env set  
var = <string>  
value = <translated string>  
where:  
var  
The name of the environment variable.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
When creating an environment variable, any name is  
allowed.  
However spaces are NOT allowed and the name may NOT  
start with:  
>
>
>
>
“CONF”  
“HOST”  
an underscore “_”  
the dollar sign “$”.  
value  
A quoted translated string which defines the value of the environment  
variable.  
REQUIRED  
Note The value of system variables (built-in variables with names  
starting with an underscore “_”, “CONF” or “HOST”) cannot  
be changed.  
EXAMPLE:  
For infinite TELNET time out, set the value of the variable SESSIONTIMEOUT to “0”:  
=>env set var=SESSIONTIMEOUT value=0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a non-system environment variable.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Env Commands  
env unset  
Delete a environment variable.  
SYNTAX:  
env unset  
var = <string>  
where:  
var  
The name of the environment variable to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
Note System variables (built-in variables with names starting with  
an underscore “_”, “CONF” or “HOST”) cannot be unset,  
changed or deleted.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>env list  
_COMPANY_NAME=THOMSON multimedia  
_COMPANY_URL=http://www.speedtouch.com  
_PROD_NAME=SpeedTouch  
.....  
CONF_DATE=March 2004  
CONF_REGION=World  
HOST_SETUP=user  
=>env unset var=CONF_REGION  
=>env list  
_COMPANY_NAME=THOMSON multimedia  
_COMPANY_URL=http://www.speedtouch.com  
_PROD_NAME=SpeedTouch  
.....  
CONF_DATE=March 2004  
HOST_SETUP=user  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Create and set a non-system environment variable.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
248  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
14 Eth Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the ethcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
265  
Display the current bridge instances.  
Add a new bridge instance.  
Delete a bridge instance.  
Select the default bridge to configure interfaces .  
Modify/display the bridge configuration settings.  
Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic  
VLAN membership.  
Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
266  
267  
Modify the dynamic VLAN membership  
configuration.  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries.  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Flush bridge interfaces and parameters.  
Add a new bridge interface.  
268  
269  
268  
Attach a bridge interface.  
Modify a bridge interface configuration.  
Delete a bridge interface.  
Detach a bridge interface.  
Display the current bridge interfaces.  
Flush the bridge interfaces  
Configure the bridge instance‘s IGMP Snooping  
flags  
Display a bridge instance‘s snooped groups  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Eth Commands  
Configure the bridge interface‘s IGMP snooping  
flags and mode  
Display a bridge interface‘s IGMP status  
Clear the snooping statistics  
Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.  
Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.  
Display the MAC address database.  
Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.  
Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.  
Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system.  
Display all constraints from the VLAN learning  
system.  
Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.  
Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Display all VLANs.  
Set all the ports to the default settings.  
List all the configured switch groups.  
Move a specified port to a specified switch group.  
Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture  
Port.  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror  
Egress Port.  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror  
Ingress Port.  
Add a port to be shared.  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
319  
320  
321  
322  
Delete a shared port.  
Display shared ports.  
Display switch capabilities.  
Configure common qos parameters.  
Configure per port QoS parameters.  
Display QoS configuration.  
Configure the queue weights.  
Configure common ingress shaper parameters.  
Configure per port shaper parameters.  
Display shaper configuration per port.  
Configure per port storm control parameters.  
Display storm control configuration per port.  
Add a new VLAN.  
Delete a VLAN.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
250  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Eth Commands  
Flush all VLANs.  
Display all VLANs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Eth Commands  
eth ifadd  
Create a new ETH interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth ifadd  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the new ETH interface.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
252  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth ifattach  
Attach an ETH interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ETH interface to be attached.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth ifconfig  
Modify an ETH interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[dest = <string>]  
[retry = <number{0-65535}>]  
[vlan = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ETH interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
dest  
retry  
The destination interface for this ETH interface.  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
Represents the number of times the ETH connection setup  
should retry before giving up.  
The default is 10.  
vlan  
The Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) for this ETH interface.  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
254  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth ifdelete  
Delete an ETH interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ETH interface name to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth ifdetach  
Detach an ETH interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ETH interface to be detached.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
256  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth iflist  
Display the ETH interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
eth iflist  
[intf = <string>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the ETH interface to be displayed.  
Note If not specified, all the ETH interfaces will be displayed.  
String matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
string  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
Beginstring matching condition  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth flush  
Flush all the ETH interfaces.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
eth flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
258  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth bridge clear  
Clear the bridge statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge clear  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth bridge list  
Display the current bridge instances  
Syntax  
eth bridge list  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where  
brname  
string  
The name of a bridge instance  
String matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
Beginstring matching condition  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
260  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge add  
Add a new bridge instance  
Syntax  
eth bridge add  
where  
brname=<string>  
brname  
The name of the new bridge instance  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge delete  
Delete a bridge instance  
Syntax  
eth bridge delete  
brname = <{bridge}>  
where  
brname  
The name of the bridge instance to be deleted  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
262  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge select  
Select the default bridge to configure interfaces (when not setting a bridge name, for legacy purposes).  
Syntax  
eth bridge select  
where  
brname  
brname = <{bridge}>  
The name of a bridge instance  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge config  
Modify/display the bridge configuration settings.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge config  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
[age = <number{10-100000}>]  
[filter = <{no_WAN_broadcast | none}>]  
[vlan = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[precedencemap = <string>]  
where:  
brname  
age  
The name of a bridge instance  
A number between 10 and 100000 (seconds).  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the lifetime of a dynamically learned Medium Access  
Control (MAC) address.  
The default is 300.  
filter  
The bridge filter to be applied for all Wide Area Network (WAN)  
OPTIONAL  
bridge ports.  
Choose between:  
>
no_WAN_broadcast: broadcasts from the Thomson ST itself  
to the WAN are filtered out, broadcasts from the LAN to the  
WAN are still passed through  
>
none: no broadcasts are filtered out.  
The default is no_WAN_broadcast.  
vlan  
Enable or disable the use of the VLAN ID of the received VLAN  
packets.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
precedencemap  
The IP QoS precedence mapping table  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
264  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge dynvlan actlist  
Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge dynvlan actlist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge dynvlan add  
Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge dynvlan add  
[id = <number{0-100000}>]  
hwaddr = <masked-hardware-address>  
vlan = <string>  
[remvlan = <{default}>]  
where:  
id  
A number between 0 and 100000.  
Represents the id of the dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
hwaddr  
The (masked) ethernet MAC address of the dynamic VLAN  
membership entry.  
vlan  
The VLAN for the dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
The VLAN that will be removed from the bridge interface.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
remvlan  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.  
Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
266  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge dynvlan config  
Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge dynvlan config  
[timeout = <number{0-100000}>]  
where:  
timeout  
A number between 0 and 100000 (seconds).  
Represents timeout for the dynamic entries.  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.  
Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge dynvlan delete  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge dynvlan delete  
id = <number{0-100000}>  
where:  
id  
A number between 0 and 100000.  
REQUIRED  
Represents the id of a dynamic VLAN membership.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.  
Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.  
Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
268  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge dynvlan flush  
Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge dynvlan flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge dynvlan list  
Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge dynvlan list  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.  
Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.  
Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
270  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge flush  
Flush bridge interfaces and parameters.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge ifadd  
Add a new bridge interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge ifadd  
[brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
The name of the new bridge interface.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a bridge interface.  
Display the current bridge interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
272  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge ifattach  
Attach a bridge interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge ifattach  
[brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance.  
The name of the bridge interface to be attached.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Detach a bridge interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge ifconfig  
Modify a bridge interface configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge ifconfig  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
intf = <string>  
[dest = <string>]  
[portstate = <{disabled | learning |  
forwarding}>]  
[retry = <number{0-65535}>]  
[prioconfig = <{disabled|over-  
write|increase}>]  
[vlan = <string>]  
[ipprec = <{disabled|precedence|dscp}>]  
[priority = <number{0-7}>]  
[regenprio = <string>]  
[ingressfiltering = <{disabled |  
enabled}>]  
[acceptvlanonly = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[mcastfilter = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[dynvlan = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[igmpsnooping = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance.  
The name of the bridge interface to be configured.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
dest  
The destination for this interface.  
Typically an ATM or a physical interface name.  
portstate  
The bridge portstate for this interface.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
disabled  
learning  
forwarding.  
The default is forwarding.  
retry  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the number of times the Thomson ST retries to set  
up a WAN connection before giving up.  
The default is 10.  
vlan  
Select the default VLAN.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
prioconfig  
The priority configuration for this interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
274  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
ipprec  
The IP precedence for this interface.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
disabled  
precedence  
dscp.  
The default is disabled.  
priority  
A number between 0 and 7.  
Represents the default priority for tagging egress packets.  
The default is 0.  
regenprio  
The priority regeneration table for tagged ingress packets.  
The default is 01234567.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
ingressfiltering  
Enable/disable discard of tagged ingress packets if the interface  
is not part of the VLAN.  
The default is disabled.  
acceptvlanonly  
mcastfilter  
dynvlan  
Enable or disable receipt of tagged ingress packets.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable the discard of multicast packets on this port  
The default is disabled.  
Enable or disable dynamic VLAN membership checking for this  
interface.  
The default is disabled.  
igmpsnooping  
Enable or disable IGMP snooping for this interface.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Eth Commands  
eth bridge ifdelete  
Delete a bridge interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge ifdelete  
[brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
The name of the bridge interface name to be deleted.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new bridge interface.  
Display the current bridge interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
276  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge ifdetach  
Detach a bridge interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge ifdetach  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
intf = <string>  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance.  
The name of the bridge interface to be detached.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Attach a bridge interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge iflist  
Display the current bridge interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge iflist  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
[intf = <string>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The name of the bridge interface to be displayed.  
Note If not specified, all bridge interfaces are shown.  
String matching condition  
string  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
Beginstring matching condition  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new bridge interface.  
Delete a bridge interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
278  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge ifflush  
Flush the bridge interfaces: detach/delete all interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge ifflush  
where:  
brname  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge igmpsnooping config  
Configure the bridge instance‘s IGMP Snooping flags  
Syntax  
eth bridge igmpsnooping config [brname = <{bridge}>]  
[state = <{enabled|disabled}>]  
[floodrp = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[floodmcast = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
brname  
The name of a bridge instance  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
state  
Enable/Disable the IGMP Snooping  
The default is enabled  
floodrp  
floodmcast  
Enable/Disable flooding reports to all ports  
The default is disabled  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable/Disable flooding unregistered multicasts  
The default is disabled  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
280  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge igmpsnooping list  
Display a bridge instance‘s snooped groups.  
Syntax  
eth bridge igmpsnooping list  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
where:  
brname  
The name of a bridge instance  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig  
Configure the bridge interface‘s IGMP snooping flags and mode.  
Syntax  
eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
intf = <{interface}>  
[portmode=<{Host|Router|Auto}>]  
[fastleave = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[exptrack=<{disabled|enabled}>]  
[mrdp = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[rgmp = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The bridge instance currently to be configured  
OPTIONAL  
The bridge interface currently to be configured  
Mode of the bridge port  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
portmode  
fastleave  
exptrack  
mrdp  
Enable/Disable Fast Immediate Leave  
Enable/Disable Explicit Host Tracking  
Enable/Disable MRDP support  
rgmp  
Enable/Disable RGMP support  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
282  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist  
Display a bridge interface‘s IGMP status  
Syntax  
Display bridge interface IGMP status  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
[intf = <{interface}>]  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance  
The name of the bridge interface  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge igmpsnooping clear  
Clear the snooping statistics.  
Syntax  
eth bridge igmpsnooping clear  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
[intf = <{interface}>]  
where:  
brname  
intf  
The name of a bridge instance  
The name of the bridge interface  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
284  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge macadd  
Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.  
This command allows to manually add static MAC addresses, which should normally be dynamically  
discovered by the bridge itself.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge macadd  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
intf = <string>  
hwaddr = <hardware-address>  
[vlan = <string>]  
where:  
brname  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
intf  
The name of the bridge interface to which the MAC address must  
be added.  
hwaddr  
vlan  
The Ethernet MAC address of the new entry.  
The VLAN.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth bridge maclist  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf -- dynamic, ethport1, 300 seconds  
00:90:d0:8b:fc:2c -- permanent  
01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static  
01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static  
01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent  
...  
01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent  
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent  
=>eth bridge macadd intf=ethport2 hwaddr=00:80:9f:01:23:45  
=>eth bridge maclist  
00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1, 300 seconds  
00:80:9f:01:23:45 -- static  
00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent  
01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static  
01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static  
01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent  
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.  
Display the MAC address database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
286  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Eth Commands  
eth bridge macdelete  
Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge macdelete  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
hwaddr = <hardware-address>  
[vlan = <string>]  
where:  
brname  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
hwaddr  
vlan  
The Ethernet MAC address of the entry to be deleted.  
The VLAN.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth bridge maclist  
00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1  
00:80:9f:01:23:45 -- static  
00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent  
01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static  
01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static  
01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent  
...  
01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent  
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent  
=>eth bridge macdelete hwaddr=00:80:9f:01:23:45  
=>eth bridge maclist  
00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1  
00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent  
01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static  
01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static  
01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent  
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.  
Display the MAC address database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
288  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Eth Commands  
eth bridge maclist  
Display the MAC address database.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge maclist  
where:  
brname  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth bridge maclist  
00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1, 300 seconds  
00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent  
01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static  
01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static  
01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:04 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:05 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:06 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:07 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:08 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:09 -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0a -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0b -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0c -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0d -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent  
01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent  
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.  
Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge mcdadd  
Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge mcdadd  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
srcintfs = <string or combination of  
strings separated by '+'}>  
dstintfs = <string or combination of  
strings separated by '+'}>  
where:  
brname  
srcports  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
The source bridge interfaces from which multicast packets must  
be dropped.  
dstports  
The destination bridge interfaces for which the multicast packets  
must be dropped.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database.  
Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
290  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge mcddelete  
Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge mcddelete  
where:  
brname  
[brname = <{bridge}>]  
The name of a bridge instance.  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database.  
Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge mcdlist  
Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge mcdlist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database.  
Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
292  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge rule add  
Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge rule add  
type = <{shared | independent}>  
vlan = <string>  
[vlan2 = <string>]  
[isi = <number{0-32}>]  
where:  
type  
Type of constraint.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
shared  
independent.  
vlan  
The VLAN to which the constraint belongs.  
The second VLAN for a shared constraint.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
vlan2  
Note This parameter is required when type is shared.  
isi  
A number between 0 and 32.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the Independent Set ID (ISI) for an independent  
constraint.  
Note This parameter is required when type is independent.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth bridge rule add type=independant vlan=default isi=1  
=>eth bridge rule list  
Index  
-----  
1
Type  
----  
VLAN  
----  
Parameter  
---------  
Independent set identifier: 1  
independant default  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.  
Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge rule delete  
Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge rule delete  
index = <number{0-32}>  
where:  
index  
Index of the constraint to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :eth bridge rule listto  
obtain a list of the indexes of the constraints.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth bridge rule list  
Index  
-----  
1
Type  
----  
VLAN  
----  
Parameter  
---------  
Independent set identifier: 1  
independant default  
=>eth bridge rule delete index=1  
=>eth bridge rule list  
Index  
-----  
=>  
Type  
----  
VLAN  
----  
Parameter  
---------  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.  
Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
294  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge rule flush  
Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge rule flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge rule list  
Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge rule list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth bridge rule list  
Index  
-----  
1
Type  
----  
VLAN  
----  
Parameter  
---------  
Independent set identifier: 1  
independant default  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.  
Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
296  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge vlan ifadd  
Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge vlan ifadd  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
[untagged = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
intf  
The VLAN name to which a bridge interface must be added.  
The name of the bridge interface to be added to the VLAN.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
untagged  
Enable or disable the interface as untagged for this VLAN.  
The default is disabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Display all VLANs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge vlan ifconfig  
Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge vlan ifconfig  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
untagged = <{disabled | enabled}>  
where:  
name  
intf  
The VLAN name for which a bridge interface must be modified.  
The name of the bridge interface to be modified.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
untagged  
Enable or disable the interface as untagged for this VLAN.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.  
Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Display all VLANs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
298  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge vlan ifdelete  
Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge vlan ifdelete  
name = <string>  
intf = <string>  
where:  
name  
intf  
The VLAN name for which a bridge interface must be deleted.  
The name of the bridge interface to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.  
Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Display all VLANs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth bridge vlan iflist  
Display all VLANs.  
SYNTAX:  
eth bridge vlan iflist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.  
Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
300  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth device ifconfig  
Configure an Ethernet interface.  
SYNTAX:  
eth device ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[type = <{auto | 10BaseTHD | 10BaseTFD |  
100BaseTHD| 100BaseTFD} or number>]  
[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of a physical interface.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
type  
The Ethernet type.  
Select either:  
>
auto: Auto negotiation of Ethernet communication speed  
(10Mb/s or 100Mb/s) and Duplex mode (half duplex or full  
duplex).  
>
>
>
>
10BaseTHD: 10Mb/s communication speed in half duplex  
mode.  
10BaseTFD: 10Mb/s communication speed in full duplex  
mode.  
100BaseTHD: 100Mb/s communication speed in half duplex  
mode.  
100BaseTFD: 100Mb/s communication speed in full duplex  
mode.  
or enter a number between 0 (auto) and 5 (100BaseTFD).  
The default is auto.  
Note This value should never be changed, except in case of  
communication problems.  
state  
Enable or disable the interface.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth device iflist  
Interface  
ethif1  
ethif2  
ethif3  
ethif4  
usbif1  
Type  
auto  
auto  
auto  
auto  
Result  
State  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
=>eth device ifconfig intf=ethif4 state=disabled  
=>eth device iflist  
Interface  
ethif1  
ethif2  
ethif3  
ethif4  
usbif1  
=>  
Type  
auto  
auto  
auto  
auto  
Result  
State  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
DOWN [disabled]  
UP [forwarding]  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
302  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Eth Commands  
eth device iflist  
Show status of Ethernet interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
eth device iflist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth device iflist  
Interface  
ethif1  
ethif2  
ethif3  
ethif4  
usbif1  
wlif1  
wlif2  
wlif3  
wlif4  
wlif5  
Type  
auto  
auto  
auto  
auto  
Result  
State  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
100BaseTFD  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
UP [forwarding]  
=>  
DESCRIPTION:  
>
>
Type: Indicates the configured Ethernet communication speed and duplex mode.  
Result : Indicates the effective operating status if Type equals “auto”. In other cases, when the Ethernet  
types do NOT match, Result Type will equal “unknown” and no Ethernet connectivity will exist.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Eth Commands  
eth switch group flush  
Set all the ports to the default settings.  
All the ports are placed in group 0.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch group flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth switch group list  
Group 0 Ports: 4  
Group 1 Ports: 1  
Group 2 Ports: 2 3  
=>eth switch group flush  
=>eth switch group list  
Group 0 Ports: 1 2 3 4  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
List all the configured switch groups.  
Move a specified port to a specified switch group.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
304  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch group list  
List all the configured switch groups.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch group list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth switch group list  
Group 0 Ports: 4  
Group 1 Ports: 1  
Group 2 Ports: 2 3  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Set all the ports to the default settings.  
Move a specified port to a specified switch group.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch group move  
Move a specified port to a specified switch group.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch group move  
group = <number{0-3}>  
port = <number{1-4}>  
where:  
group  
port  
A number between 0 and 4.  
Represents the group ID to which the port must be moved.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
A number between 01 and 4.  
Represents the port to be moved.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth switch group list  
Group 0 Ports: 1 2 3 4  
=>eth switch group move group=3 port=1  
=>eth switch group list  
Group 0 Ports: 2 3 4  
Group 3 Ports: 1  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Set all the ports to the default settings.  
List all the configured switch groups.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
306  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch mirror capture  
Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.  
Only one port can be the Mirror Capture Port at any one time.  
i
SYNTAX:  
eth switch mirror capture  
port = <number{1-4}>  
where:  
port  
The port to be the Mirror Capture Port.  
REQUIRED  
Note If no port number is specified, then the port number of  
the Mirror Capture Port is shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth switch mirror capture port=2  
=>eth switch mirror capture  
Mirror capture port = 2  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port.  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch mirror egress  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port.  
Only one port can be the Mirror Egress Port at any one time.  
But a port can be the Mirror Egress Port and the  
Mirror Ingress Port at the same time.  
i
SYNTAX:  
eth switch mirror egress  
port = <number{1-4}>  
[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
where:  
port  
The port to be the Mirror Egress Port.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note If no port number is specified, then the port number of  
the current Mirror Egress Port is shown.  
state  
Enable or disable the port as Mirror Egress Port.  
The default is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
Here port 1 is enabled as Mirror Egress Port  
=>eth switch mirror egress port=1  
=>eth switch mirror egress  
Egress mirror port = 1  
=>  
Here port 1 is disabled as Mirror Egress Port  
=>eth switch mirror egress  
Egress mirror port = 1  
=>eth switch mirror egress port=1 state=disabled  
=>eth switch mirror egress  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
308  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch mirror ingress  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.  
Only one port can be the Mirror Ingress Port at any one time.  
But a port can be the Mirror Egress Port and the  
Mirror Ingress Port at the same time.  
i
SYNTAX:  
eth switch mirror ingress  
port = <number{1-4}>  
[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
where:  
port  
The port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note If no port number is specified, then the port number of  
the current Mirror Ingress Port is shown.  
state  
Enable or disable the port as Mirror Ingress Port.  
The default is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
Here port 2 is enabled as Mirror Ingress Port  
=>eth switch mirror ingress port=2  
=>eth switch mirror ingress  
Ingress mirror port = 2  
=>  
Here port 2 is disabled as Mirror Ingress Port  
=>eth switch mirror ingress  
Ingress mirror port = 2  
=>eth switch mirror ingress port=2 state=disabled  
=>eth switch mirror ingress  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.  
Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch share add  
Add a port to be shared.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch share add  
port = <number{1-4}>  
shared = <number{1-4}>  
where:  
port  
A number between 1 and 4.  
Represents the port.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
shared  
A number between 1 and 4.  
Represents the shared port.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a shared port.  
Display shared ports.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
310  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch share delete  
Delete a shared port.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch share delete  
port = <number{1-4}>  
shared = <number{1-4}>  
where:  
port  
A number between 1 and 4.  
Represents the port.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
shared  
A number between 1 and 4.  
Represents the shared port.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a port to be shared.  
Display shared ports.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch share list  
Display shared ports.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch share list  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a port to be shared.  
Delete a shared port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
312  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch info  
Display switch capabilities.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch info  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Not applicable  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch qos config  
Configure common qos parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch qos config  
state = <disabled|enabled>  
[nbrOfQueues = <number{0-4}>]  
[realtime = <disabled|enabled>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable QoS  
Number of QoS queues  
Enable or disable real time  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
nbrOfQueues  
realtime  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure per port QoS parameters.  
Display QoS configuration.  
Configure the queue weights.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
314  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch qos ifconfig  
Configure per port QoS parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch qos ifconfig  
port = <number{1-4}>  
mode = <802.1p|diffserv|high|none|tos>  
[flowcontrol = <disabled|enabled>]  
where:  
Port  
Port to be configured  
QoS Classifier for the port  
Enable or disable flow control  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Mode  
Fowcontrol  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure common qos parameters.  
Display QoS configuration.  
Configure the queue weights.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch qos list  
Display QoS configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch qos list  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure common qos parameters.  
Configure per port QoS parameters.  
Configure the queue weights.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
316  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch qos weights  
Configure the queue weights.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch qos weights  
queue0 = <number{0-100}>  
queue1 = <number{0-100}>  
queue2 = <number{0-100}>  
queue3 = <number{0-100}>  
where:  
QueueX  
The weight of queue X in WFQ (percentage)  
X=1 through 4  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure common qos parameters.  
Configure per port QoS parameters.  
Display QoS configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
317  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch shaper config  
Configure common ingress shaper parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch shaper config  
shaper = <number{0-1}>  
[unicast = <disabled|enabled>]  
[multicast = <disabled|enabled>]  
[broadcast = <disabled|enabled>]  
[control = <disabled|enabled>]  
[unknown = <disabled|enabled>]  
[discard = <disabled|enabled>]  
where:  
shaper  
The shaper instance  
Shape unicast traffic.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
unicast  
multicast  
broadcast  
control  
Shape multicast traffic.  
Shape broadcast traffic.  
Shape MAC control traffic.  
unknown  
discard  
Shape traffic with unknown destination address.  
Discard frame at overflow (else attempt for flow control)  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure per port shaper parameters.  
Display shaper configuration per port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
318  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch shaper ifconfig  
Configure per port shaper parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch shaper ifconfig  
port = <number{1-4}>  
ingress = <disabled|enabled>  
shaper = <number{0-1}>  
[state = <disabled|enabled>]  
[speed = <number{64000-100000000}>]  
[burstsize = <number{6-126}>]  
where:  
port  
Port number  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
ingress  
Enabled: port is ingress port  
Disabled: port is egress port  
shaper  
state  
Shaper instance  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable/disable shaping  
Speed in bits/sec.  
Burst size in KBytes  
speed  
burstsize  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure common ingress shaper parameters.  
Display shaper configuration per port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
319  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch shaper iflist  
Display shaper configuration per port.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch shaper iflist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure common ingress shaper parameters.  
Configure per port shaper parameters.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
320  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch storm ifconfig  
Configure per port storm control parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch storm ifconfig  
port = <number{1-4}>  
[state = <disabled|enabled>]  
[rate = <{33|50|100|200}>]  
[burstsize = <number{2-8}>]  
[broadcast = <disabled|enabled>  
[multicast = <disabled|enabled>]  
[unknown = <disabled|enabled>]  
where:  
port  
Port number  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
state  
Enable/disable storm control  
rate  
Rate in 10ths of percent  
burstsize  
broadcast  
multicast  
unknown  
Burst size in KBytes  
Storm control for broadcast traffic  
Storm control for multicast traffic  
Storm control for traffic with unknown destination address  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display storm control configuration per port.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
321  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth switch storm iflist  
Display storm control configuration per port.  
SYNTAX:  
eth switch storm iflist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure per port storm control parameters.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
322  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth vlan add  
Add a new VLAN.  
SYNTAX:  
eth vlan add  
name = <string>  
vid = <number{2-4094}>  
[addrule = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
vid  
The new VLAN name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
A number representing the new VLAN ID.  
Note The ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN.  
addrule  
Add (enabled) the default bridge constraint or not (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
Name  
----  
default  
=>eth vlan add name=myVLAN vid=2  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
Name  
----  
default  
myVLAN  
2
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a VLAN.  
Display all VLANs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
323  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth vlan delete  
Delete a VLAN.  
SYNTAX:  
eth vlan delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the VLAN to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
Name  
----  
default  
myVLAN  
2
=>eth vlan delete name=myVLAN vid=2  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
Name  
----  
default  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new VLAN.  
Display all VLANs.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
324  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth vlan flush  
Flush all VLANs.  
All the VLANs, except the default VLAN will be flushed.  
i
SYNTAX:  
eth vlan flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
2
3
Name  
----  
default  
myVLAN  
yourVLAN  
=>eth vlan flush  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
Name  
----  
default  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
325  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Eth Commands  
eth vlan list  
Display all VLANs.  
SYNTAX:  
eth vlan list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>eth vlan list  
Vid  
---  
1
Name  
----  
default  
myVLAN  
2
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new VLAN.  
Delete a VLAN.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
326  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Expr Commands  
15 Expr Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the exprcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
327  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Expr Commands  
expr add  
Add a subexpression to an expression.  
SYNTAX:  
expr add  
name = <string>  
type = <{intf | ip | serv}>  
addr [!]= <ip-range>  
[intf [!]= <string>]  
[intfgroup [!]= <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or number>]  
[tos [!]= <number{0-255}>]  
[precedence [!]= <IP precedence type> or <number>]  
[dscp [!]= <DSCP name> or <number>]  
[proto = <supported IP protocol name> or <number>]  
[srcport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[srcportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[dstport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[dstportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[icmptype [!]= <supported ICMP type name> or <number>]  
[icmpcode [!]= <number{0-15}>]  
[icmpcodeend = <number{0-15}>]  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.  
For example “intfgroup=!wan” means “if the interface group is different from WAN”.  
i
where:  
name  
The name of an existing expression.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
type  
The expression type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
intf  
ip  
serv.  
addr  
intf  
The IP address (or range). Supports ip/mask notation.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note Only for expression type ip.  
The IP interface name.  
Note Only for expression type intf.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
328  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Expr Commands  
intfgroup  
The IP interface group.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
>
>
wan  
local  
lan  
tunnel  
dmz  
guest.  
Note Only for expression type intf.  
tos  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Represents the Type of Service (ToS) specification in the IP  
packet.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
precedence  
dscp  
The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos).  
Select an IP precedence (see “ IP Precedence” on page 752) or,  
alternatively, specify the number.  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) in the IP packet  
(part of tos).  
on page 753) or, alternatively, specify the number.  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
proto  
The protocol (name or number) expected in the IP packet.  
Select one of the following protocols: icmp, igmp, ipinip, tcp,  
udp, ah, esp, ipcomp or, alternatively, specify the protocol  
number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
srcport  
The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is coming  
from.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
srcportend  
dstport  
The source TCP/UDP port range end (inclusive).  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is going to.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
dstportend  
icmptype  
The destination TCP/UDP port range end. (inclusive).  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) type (name or  
number) of the packet.  
Select one of the supported ICMP types (see “ Supported ICMP  
Type Names” on page 750) or, alternatively, specify the type  
number.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
329  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
icmpcode  
A number between 0 and 15.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the ICMP code (or beginning of range) of the packet.  
icmpcodeend  
A number between 0 and 15.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the ICMP code range end (inclusive).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
330  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>expr list  
name  
type  
use flags expression  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
_myPPP_ppp  
_eth0  
wan  
lan  
local  
notwan  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
0 D  
0 D  
0
28  
0
1
1. intf=myPPP_ppp  
1. intf=eth0  
1. intfgroup=0  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=1  
1. intfgroup=2  
2. intfgroup=1  
1. addr=10.0.0.138  
1. addr=192.168.1.254  
_10.0.0.138  
_192.168.1.254  
ip  
ip  
0 D  
0 D  
...  
DiffServ  
sip  
serv  
serv  
0
1
1. dscp=!0  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060  
2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718  
3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719  
h323  
serv  
1
=>expr add name=myEXPR type=intf intf=Internet intfgroup=lan  
=>expr list  
name  
type  
use flags expression  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
_myPPP_ppp  
_eth0  
wan  
lan  
local  
notwan  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
0 D  
0 D  
0
28  
0
1
1. intf=myPPP_ppp  
1. intf=eth0  
1. intfgroup=0  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=1  
1. intfgroup=2  
2. intfgroup=1  
myEXPR  
_10.0.0.138  
_192.168.1.254  
intf  
ip  
ip  
0
0 D  
0 D  
1. intf=Internet intfgroup=2  
1. addr=10.0.0.138  
1. addr=192.168.1.254  
...  
DiffServ  
sip  
serv  
serv  
0
1
1. dscp=!0  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060  
2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718  
3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719  
h323  
=>  
serv  
1
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
331  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
expr delete  
Delete an expression.  
SYNTAX:  
expr delete  
name = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
name  
index  
The name of the expression to be deleted.  
The index of the subexpression to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the subexpressions wil be deleted.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
332  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Expr Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>expr list  
name  
type  
use flags expression  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
_myPPP_ppp  
_eth0  
wan  
lan  
local  
notwan  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
0 D  
0 D  
0
28  
0
1
1. intf=myPPP_ppp  
1. intf=eth0  
1. intfgroup=0  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=1  
1. intfgroup=2  
2. intfgroup=1  
myEXPR  
_10.0.0.138  
_192.168.1.254  
intf  
ip  
ip  
0
0 D  
0 D  
1. intf=Internet intfgroup=2  
1. addr=10.0.0.138  
1. addr=192.168.1.254  
...  
DiffServ  
sip  
serv  
serv  
0
1
1. dscp=!0  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060  
2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718  
3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719  
h323  
serv  
1
=>expr delete name=myEXPR  
=>expr list  
name  
type  
use flags expression  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
_myPPP_ppp  
_eth0  
wan  
lan  
local  
notwan  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
0 D  
0 D  
0
28  
0
1
1. intf=myPPP_ppp  
1. intf=eth0  
1. intfgroup=0  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=1  
1. intfgroup=2  
2. intfgroup=1  
1. addr=10.0.0.138  
1. addr=192.168.1.254  
_10.0.0.138  
_192.168.1.254  
ip  
ip  
0 D  
0 D  
...  
DiffServ  
sip  
serv  
serv  
0
1
1. dscp=!0  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060  
2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718  
3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719  
h323  
=>  
serv  
1
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
333  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
expr flush  
Flush all the expressions.  
SYNTAX:  
expr flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
334  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Expr Commands  
expr list  
List the expressions.  
SYNTAX:  
expr list  
[name = <string>]  
[type = <{intf | ip | serv}>]  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of an existing expression.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the expressions will be listed.  
type  
The expression type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
intf  
ip  
serv.  
Note If not specified, the expressions of all types will be  
shown.  
format  
Select the output format of the list.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
pretty: the expressions are shown as intuitive output in clear  
text.  
>
cli: the expressions are shown via the CLI commands  
configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
string  
String matching condition  
Beginstring matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
335  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Expr Commands  
EXAMPLE 1:  
=>expr list  
name  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
type  
use flags expression  
_Internet  
_LocalNetwork  
HTTPI_if_0  
intf  
intf  
intf  
0 D  
0 D  
1 D  
1. intf=Internet  
1. intf=LocalNetwork  
1. intf=LocalNetwork  
2. intf=LocalNetwork  
3. intf=LocalNetwork  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=0  
1. intfgroup=2  
1. intfgroup=1  
1. addr=10.0.0.138  
1. addr=192.168.1.254  
1. addr=10.0.0.0/8  
HTTP_if_0  
HTTPs_if_0  
FTP_if_0  
TELNET_if_0  
DNS-S_if_0  
SNMP_AGENT_if_0  
PING_RESPONDER_if_0  
wan  
lan  
local  
_10.0.0.138  
_192.168.1.254  
private  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
intf  
ip  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1
2
0
0 D  
0 D  
0
ip  
ip  
2. addr=172.[16-31].*.*  
3. addr=192.168.1.0/24  
1. addr=239.255.255.250  
1. addr=224.0.0.103  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=80  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=443  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=21  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=23  
1. proto=17 src-prt=520 dst-prt=520  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=520  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=53  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=161  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=80  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=443  
1. proto=1  
ssdp_ip  
mdap_ip  
ip  
ip  
1
1
HTTP_sv_0  
HTTPs_sv_0  
FTP_sv_0  
TELNET_sv_0  
RIP_sv_0  
RIP-Query_sv_0  
DNS-S_sv_0  
SNMP_AGENT_sv_0  
RAS_sv_0  
SRAS_sv_0  
ICMP_LISTEN_sv_0  
SENDTO_LISTEN_sv_0  
PING_RESPONDER_sv_0  
HTTPI_sv_0  
icmp  
igmp  
ftp  
telnet  
http  
httpproxy  
https  
RPC  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1 D  
1
2
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1. proto=17  
1. proto=1 icmp-type=8  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=8080  
1. proto=1  
1. proto=2  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=21  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=23  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=80  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=8080  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=443  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=135  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=137  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=138  
3. proto=6 dst-prt=139  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=445  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=143  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=220  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=585  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=993  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=109  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=110  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=995  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=25  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=22  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=53  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=53  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=119  
1. proto=51  
NBT  
SMB  
imap  
imap3  
imap4-ssl  
imaps  
pop2  
pop3  
pop3s  
smtp  
ssh  
dns  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
nntp  
ipsec  
serv  
serv  
0
0
2. proto=50  
3. proto=17 src-prt=500 dst-prt=500  
1. proto=50  
1. proto=51  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=500  
1. dscp=!0  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060  
2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060  
1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718  
3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=68  
2. proto=17 dst-prt=67  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=554  
2. proto=6 dst-prt=554  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=1900  
1. proto=17 dst-prt=3235  
esp  
ah  
ike  
DiffServ  
sip  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
serv  
1
1
1
0
1
h323  
serv  
1
dhcp  
rtsp  
serv  
serv  
1
1
ssdp_serv  
mdap_serv  
=>  
serv  
serv  
1
1
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
336  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
EXAMPLE 2:  
=>expr list format=cli  
:expr add name=_Internet type=intf intf=Internet  
:expr add name=_LocalNetwork type=intf intf=LocalNetwork  
:expr add name=HTTPI_if_0 type=intf intf=LocalNetwork  
:expr add name=HTTPI_if_0 type=intf intf=LocalNetwork  
:expr add name=HTTPI_if_0 type=intf intf=LocalNetwork  
:expr add name=HTTP_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=HTTPs_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=FTP_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=TELNET_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=DNS-S_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=SNMP_AGENT_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=PING_RESPONDER_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=wan type=intf intfgroup=wan  
:expr add name=lan type=intf intfgroup=lan  
:expr add name=local type=intf intfgroup=local  
:expr add name=_10.0.0.138 type=ip addr=10.0.0.138  
:expr add name=_192.168.1.254 type=ip addr=192.168.1.254  
:expr add name=private type=ip addr=10.0.0.0/8  
:expr add name=private type=ip addr=172.[16-31].*.*  
:expr add name=private type=ip addr=192.168.1.0/24  
:expr add name=ssdp_ip type=ip addr=239.255.255.250  
:expr add name=mdap_ip type=ip addr=224.0.0.103  
:expr add name=HTTP_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=www-http  
:expr add name=HTTPs_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=443  
:expr add name=FTP_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=ftp  
:expr add name=TELNET_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=telnet  
:expr add name=RIP_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp srcport=rip dstport=rip  
:expr add name=RIP-Query_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp dstport=rip  
:expr add name=DNS-S_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp dstport=dns  
:expr add name=SNMP_AGENT_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp dstport=snmp  
:expr add name=RAS_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=www-http  
:expr add name=SRAS_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=443  
:expr add name=ICMP_LISTEN_sv_0 type=serv proto=icmp  
:expr add name=SENDTO_LISTEN_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp  
:expr add name=PING_RESPONDER_sv_0 type=serv proto=icmp icmptype=echo-request  
:expr add name=HTTPI_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=httpproxy  
:expr add name=icmp type=serv proto=icmp  
:expr add name=igmp type=serv proto=igmp  
:expr add name=ftp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=ftp  
:expr add name=telnet type=serv proto=tcp dstport=telnet  
:expr add name=http type=serv proto=tcp dstport=www-http  
:expr add name=httpproxy type=serv proto=tcp dstport=httpproxy  
:expr add name=https type=serv proto=tcp dstport=443  
:expr add name=RPC type=serv proto=tcp dstport=135  
:expr add name=NBT type=serv proto=udp dstport=netbios-ns  
:expr add name=NBT type=serv proto=udp dstport=netbios-dgm  
:expr add name=NBT type=serv proto=tcp dstport=netbios-ssn  
:expr add name=SMB type=serv proto=tcp dstport=445  
:expr add name=imap type=serv proto=tcp dstport=imap2  
:expr add name=imap3 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=imap3  
:expr add name=imap4-ssl type=serv proto=tcp dstport=585  
:expr add name=imaps type=serv proto=tcp dstport=993  
:expr add name=pop2 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=pop2  
:expr add name=pop3 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=pop3  
:expr add name=pop3s type=serv proto=tcp dstport=995  
:expr add name=smtp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=smtp  
:expr add name=ssh type=serv proto=tcp dstport=22  
:expr add name=dns type=serv proto=tcp dstport=dns  
:expr add name=dns type=serv proto=udp dstport=dns  
:expr add name=nntp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=nntp  
:expr add name=ipsec type=serv proto=ah  
:expr add name=ipsec type=serv proto=esp  
:expr add name=ipsec type=serv proto=udp srcport=ike dstport=ike  
:expr add name=esp type=serv proto=esp  
:expr add name=ah type=serv proto=ah  
:expr add name=ike type=serv proto=udp dstport=ike  
:expr add name=DiffServ type=serv dscp=!cs0  
:expr add name=sip type=serv proto=udp dstport=sip  
:expr add name=sip type=serv proto=tcp dstport=sip  
:expr add name=h323 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=h323  
:expr add name=h323 type=serv proto=udp dstport=1718  
:expr add name=h323 type=serv proto=udp dstport=1719  
:expr add name=dhcp type=serv proto=udp dstport=bootpc  
:expr add name=dhcp type=serv proto=udp dstport=bootps  
:expr add name=rtsp type=serv proto=udp dstport=rtsp  
:expr add name=rtsp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=rtsp  
:expr add name=ssdp_serv type=serv proto=udp dstport=1900  
:expr add name=mdap_serv type=serv proto=udp dstport=3235=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
337  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
338  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
expr modify  
Modify an expression.  
SYN TAX:  
expr modify  
name = <string>  
type = <{intf | ip | serv}>  
index = <number>  
addr [!]= <ip-range>  
[intf [!]= <string>]  
[intfgroup [!]= <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or  
number>]  
[bridgeport [!]= <number>]  
[tos [!]= <number{0-255}>]  
[precedence [!]= <IP precedence type> or <number>]  
[dscp [!]= <DSCP name> or <number>]  
[proto = <supported IP protocol name> or <number>]  
[srcport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[srcportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[dstport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[dstportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]  
[icmptype [!]= <supported ICMP type name> or <number>]  
[icmpcode [!]= <number{0-15}>]  
[icmpcodeend = <number{0-15}>]  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.  
For example “intfgroup=!wan” means “if the interface group is different from WAN”.  
i
where:  
name  
The name of the expression to be modified.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
type  
The expression type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
intf  
ip  
serv.  
number  
The index of the subexpression to be modified.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :expr list to obtain the indexes  
of the subexpressions.  
addr  
intf  
The IP address (or range). Supports ip/mask notation.  
Note Only for expression type ip.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The IP interface name.  
Note Only for expression type intf.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
339  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Expr Commands  
intfgroup  
The IP interface group.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
>
>
wan  
local  
lan  
tunnel  
dmz  
guest.  
Note Only for expression type intf.  
bridgeport  
tos  
The bridge port number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note Only for expression type intf.  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Represents the ToS specification in the IP packet.  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
precedence  
dscp  
The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos).  
Select an IP precedence (see “ IP Precedence” on page 752) or,  
alternatively, specify the number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
The DSCP in the IP packet (part of tos).  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
proto  
The protocol (name or number) expected in the IP packet.  
Select one of the following protocols: icmp, igmp, ipinip, tcp,  
udp, ah, esp, ipcomp or, alternatively, specify the protocol  
number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
srcport  
The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is coming  
from.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the protocol number.  
srcportend  
dstport  
The source TCP/UDP port range end (inclusive).  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the protocol number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is going to.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the protocol number.  
dstportend  
icmptype  
The destination TCP/UDP port range end (inclusive).  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the protocol number.  
The ICMP type (name or number) of the packet.  
Select one of the supported ICMP types (see “ Supported ICMP  
Type Names” on page 750) or, alternatively, specify the type  
number.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
340  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
icmpcode  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the ICMP code (or beginning of range) of the packet.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
icmpcodeend  
A number between 0 and 15.  
Represents the ICMP code range end (inclusive).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
341  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Expr Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
342  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
16 Firewall Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the firewallcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Flush the firewall configuration.  
Add a chain.  
Delete a chain.  
Flush all chains.  
List all chains.  
Clear the firewall statistics.  
Display the firewall statistics.  
Configure the firewall trace options.  
Clear the firewall rule statistics.  
Show the firewall rule statistics.  
Display or modify the rule trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
343  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Firewall Commands  
firewall config  
Configure the firewall options.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall config  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[keep = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[tcpchecks = <{none | fast | exact}>]  
[udpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[icmpchecks = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[logdefault = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[logthreshold = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[tcpwindow = <number{0-1073725440}>]  
where:  
state  
keep  
Enable or disable the firewall.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
The firewall keeps active connections (enabled) or not  
(disabled) when the firewall rules change.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
tcpchecks  
Select the level of TCP sequence number checks. Choose  
between:  
>
>
none: no TCP checks are done.  
fast: check all the combinations of flag and disallow all the  
possible illegal combinations shown below:  
SYN PSH (SYN PSH URG,...)  
SYN FIN (SYN FIN PSH, SYN FIN RST PSH,...)  
FIN flag set without ACK  
All flags set  
No flags set.  
>
exact: check and permit only combinations of flag with the  
TCP state of a connection:  
SYN: request to open connection  
SYN ACK: agree to open connection  
A, PA, AU, PAU: acknowledgement of receipt  
FA, FAP, FAU, FAP, FAPU, FAU, FPAU: request to close  
connection  
R, RA, RP, RU, RPA, RPU, RAU, RPAU: tear down  
connection.  
The default is none.  
udpchecks  
icmpchecks  
Disable or enable keeping UDP checks.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Disable or enable keeping ICMP checks.  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
344  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
logdefault  
Disable or enable logging of default firewall rule.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
logthreshold  
tcpwindow  
Disable or enable log thresholding.  
The default is enabled.  
A number between 0 and 1073725440.  
This parameter permits to modify the TCP window for fast TCP  
checks.  
The default is 65536.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall config  
:firewall config state=enabled keep=disabled tcpchecks=none udpchecks=enabled  
icmpchecks=enabled logdefault=disabled logthreshold=enabled tcpwindow=65536  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
345  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall clear  
Flush the firewall configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall clear  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
346  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
firewall list  
List the firewall configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall list  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
where:  
format  
Select the output format in which the configuration must be  
OPTIONAL  
shown.  
Choose between:  
>
pretty: the configuration is shown as intuitive output in  
clear text.  
>
cli: the configuration is shown via the CLI commands  
configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
347  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
EXAMPLE of output in text mode:  
=>firewall list  
Config  
======  
State  
Keep  
: enabled  
: disabled  
: exact  
TcpChecks  
TcpWindow  
IcmpChecks  
LogDefault  
LogThreshold  
: 65536  
: enabled  
: disabled  
: enabled  
Modules  
=======  
Module  
State  
Text  
Hooks  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
-----  
fire  
host_service  
level  
system_service  
=>  
enabled Firewall Administration Module  
enabled Firewall Host Service Module  
enabled Firewall Level Module  
sink, forward, source  
forward  
forward  
sink  
enabled Firewall System Service Module  
EXAMPLE of output in CLI mode:  
=>firewall list format=cli  
:firewall config state=enabled keep=disabled tcpchecks=exact icmpchecks=enabled logdefault=di  
sabled  
| logthreshold=enabled tcpwindow=65536  
:firewall debug traceconfig tcpchecks=disabled icmpchecks=disabled sink=none forward=none  
| source=none  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
348  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall chain add  
Add a chain.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall chain add  
chain = <string>  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain to be added.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
349  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
forward  
source  
sink_fire  
forward_fire  
source_fire  
forward_host_service  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
=>firewall chain add chain=myCHAIN  
=>firewall chain list  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
forward  
source  
sink_fire  
forward_fire  
source_fire  
forward_host_service  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
myCHAIN  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
user  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a chain.  
List all chains.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
350  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall chain delete  
Delete a chain.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall chain delete  
chain = <string>  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
351  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
forward  
source  
sink_fire  
forward_fire  
source_fire  
forward_host_service  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
myCHAIN  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
user  
=>firewall chain delete chain=myCHAIN  
=>firewall chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
forward  
source  
sink_fire  
forward_fire  
source_fire  
forward_host_service  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
=>  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a chain.  
List all chains.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
352  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall chain flush  
Flush all chains.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall chain flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
353  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
firewall chain list  
List all chains.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall chain list  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
where:  
format  
Select the output format in which the chains must be shown.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
pretty: the chains are shown as intuitive output in clear  
text.  
>
cli: the chains are shown via the CLI commands  
configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
forward  
source  
sink_fire  
forward_fire  
source_fire  
forward_host_service  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
=>  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
system  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a chain.  
Delete a chain.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
354  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
firewall debug clear  
Clear the firewall statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall debug clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall debug stats  
Statistics  
==========  
Used rule contexts  
Total rule contexts  
Total packets parsed  
Packets parsed in hook sink  
: 0  
: 256  
: 2554  
: 1461  
Packets parsed in hook forward : 12  
Packets parsed in hook source  
Packets dropped in hook sink  
: 1041  
: 0  
Packets dropped in hook forward : 0  
Packets dropped in hook source : 0  
TCP flag errors detected  
: 14  
TCP seq/ack/win errors detected : 5  
ICMP errors with partial info  
ICMP errors without cause  
ICMP replies without request  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Packet replay errors  
=>firewall debug clear  
=>firewall debug stats  
: 0  
Statistics  
==========  
Used rule contexts  
Total rule contexts  
Total packets parsed  
: 0  
: 256  
: 26  
: 16  
Packets parsed in hook sink  
Packets parsed in hook forward : 0  
Packets parsed in hook source  
Packets dropped in hook sink  
: 10  
: 0  
Packets dropped in hook forward : 0  
Packets dropped in hook source : 0  
TCP flag errors detected  
: 0  
TCP seq/ack/win errors detected : 0  
ICMP errors with partial info  
ICMP errors without cause  
ICMP replies without request  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Packet replay errors  
=>  
: 0  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the firewall statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
355  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
firewall debug stats  
Display the firewall statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall debug stats  
Statistics  
==========  
Used rule contexts  
Total rule contexts  
Total packets parsed  
Packets parsed in hook sink  
: 0  
: 256  
: 2554  
: 1461  
Packets parsed in hook forward : 12  
Packets parsed in hook source  
Packets dropped in hook sink  
: 1041  
: 0  
Packets dropped in hook forward : 0  
Packets dropped in hook source : 0  
TCP flag errors detected  
: 14  
TCP seq/ack/win errors detected : 5  
ICMP errors with partial info  
ICMP errors without cause  
ICMP replies without request  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Packet replay errors  
: 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear the firewall statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
356  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
firewall debug traceconfig  
Configure the firewall trace options.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall debug traceconfig [tcpchecks = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[udpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[icmpchecks = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[sink = <{none | all | accept | deny | drop  
| reset} or number>]  
[forward = <{none | all | accept | deny | drop  
reset} or number>]  
[source = <{none | all | accept | deny | drop  
| reset} or number>]  
where:  
tcpchecks  
udpchecks  
icmpchecks  
sink  
Disable or enable tcpchecks traces.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Disable or enable udpchecks traces.  
The default is disabled.  
Disable or enable icmpchecks traces.  
The default is disabled.  
Specify the action traced by the firewall for sink traffic.  
The default is none.  
forward  
source  
Specify the action traced by the firewall for forward traffic.  
The default is none.  
Specify the action traced by the firewall for source traffic.  
The default is none.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall debug traceconfig  
Trace Config  
============  
tcpchecks  
icmpchecks  
sink  
: disabled  
: disabled  
: none  
forward  
source  
=>  
: none  
: none  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
357  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
firewall level add  
Add a security level.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall level add  
name = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
[readonly = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[udptrackmode = <{strict | loose}>]  
[service = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[text = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
index  
The name of the security level to be added.  
The index of the security level.  
Tip Use the command :firewall level listto  
obtain a list of indexes.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the new security level will be added at  
the bottom of the list.  
readonly  
Select whether the security level is readonly (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
udptrackmode  
Select the UDP connection tracking mode.  
Choose between:  
>
strict: replies to a request from a client must be in a specific  
window to the client.  
>
loose: inbound packets are allowed on the port that was  
first used to start the communication with the server (for  
example to allow a client of an online game to obtin peer-  
to-peer information from other clients of that same online  
game).  
The default is strict.  
proxy  
Enable or disable proxy system services for this security level.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
service  
Disable or enable host service definitions.  
The default is disabled.  
text  
Description of the security level.  
OPTIONAL  
Note The maximum length is 39 characters.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
358  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall level delete  
Delete a security level.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall level delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the security level to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
359  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall level flush  
Flush the security level configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall level flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
360  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall level list  
List all the security levels.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall level list  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
format  
Select the output format in which the security levels must be  
OPTIONAL  
shown.  
Choose between:  
>
pretty: the security levels are shown as intuitive output in  
clear text.  
>
cli: the security levels are shown via the CLI commands  
configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
string  
String matching condition  
Beginstring matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
361  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall level modify  
Configure a security level.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall level modify  
name = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
[readonly = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[udptrackmode = <{strict | loose}>]  
[service = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[text = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
index  
The name of the security level to be added.  
The index of the security level.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Tip  
Use the command :firewall level listto  
obtain a list of indexes.  
readonly  
Select whether the security level is readonly (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
udptrackmode  
Select the UDP connection tracking mode.  
Choose between:  
>
strict: replies to a request from a client must be in a specific  
window to the client.  
>
loose: inbound packets are allowed on the port that was  
first used to start the communication with the server (for  
example to allow a client of an online game to obtin peer-  
to-peer information from other clients of that same online  
game).  
The default is strict.  
proxy  
service  
text  
Enable or disable proxy system services for this security level.  
Disable or enable service definitions for this security level.  
Description of the security level.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note The maximum length is 39 characters.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
362  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall level set  
Set the security level or display the current security level.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall level set  
where:  
name  
[name = <string>]  
The name of the security level to be set.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If no security level is specified, the current security  
level will be shown.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
363  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule add  
Add a firewall rule.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule add  
chain = <chain name>  
[index = <number>]  
[name = <string>]  
[clink = <chain name>]  
[srcintf [!]= <string>]  
[srcip [!]= <string>]  
[dstip [!]= <string>]  
[serv [!]= <string>]  
[log = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
action = <{accept|deny|drop|reset|count|link}>  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.  
For example “srcintf=!wan” means “if the source interface is different from WAN”.  
i
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain which contains the rule.  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
index  
name  
clink  
The name of the new rule.  
The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies.  
The name of the source interface expression.  
The name of the source IP expression.  
srcintf  
srcip  
dstintf  
dstip  
serv  
The name of the destination interface expression.  
The name of the destination IP expression.  
The name of the service expression.  
log  
Disable or enable logging is done when this rule applies.  
Enable or disable this rule.  
state  
action  
The action to be taken when this rule applies ('link' when clink is used).  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
364  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule delete  
Delete a firewall rule.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule delete  
chain = <string>  
index = <number>  
where:  
chain  
index  
The name of the chain in which a rule must be deleted.  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
365  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule flush  
Flush all firewall rules.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule flush  
[chain = <string>]  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain for which the rules must be flushed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the rules of all the chains will be  
flushed.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
366  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule list  
Show a list of the firewall rules in a chain.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule list  
[chain = <string>]  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain for which the rules must be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the rules of all the chains are shown.  
format  
Select the output format in which the list must be shown.  
Choose between:  
>
>
pretty: the list is shown as intuitive output in clear text.  
cli: the list is shown via the CLI commands configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
string  
String matching condition  
Beginstring matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
367  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall rule list  
Rules (flags: C=Constant, D=Dynamic, E=Enable, L=Log)  
=====  
Chain  
Nr. Flags Rule  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
1
2
1
1
2
CDE  
CDE  
C E  
CDE  
DE  
: link  
: link  
sink_fire  
sink_system_service  
sink_fire  
sink_system_service  
SSDP  
HTTPI  
: accept ssdp_serv lan.* > *.ssdp_ip  
: accept HTTPI_sv_0 HTTPI_if_0.* > *.*  
PING_RESPONDER : accept PING_RESPONDER_sv_0 PING_RESPON  
DER_  
if_0.* > *.*  
3
4
5
6
7
8
CD  
D
CD  
CD  
CDE  
CDE  
SENDTO_LISTEN  
ICMP_LISTEN  
SRAS  
RAS  
MDAP  
: accept SENDTO_LISTEN_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept ICMP_LISTEN_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept SRAS_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept RAS_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept MDAP_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
SNMP_AGENT  
: accept SNMP_AGENT_sv_0 SNMP_AGENT_  
if_0.* > *.*  
9
CD  
DHCP-S  
DHCP-R  
DNS-S  
RIP-Query  
RIP  
TELNET  
FTP  
HTTPs  
HTTP  
: accept DHCP-S_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept DHCP-R_sv_0 DHCP-R_if_0.* > *.*  
: accept DNS-S_sv_0 DNS-S_if_0.* > *.*  
: accept RIP-Query_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept RIP_sv_0 *.* > *.*  
: accept TELNET_sv_0 TELNET_if_0.* > *.*  
: accept FTP_sv_0 FTP_if_0.* > *.*  
: accept HTTPs_sv_0 HTTPs_if_0.* > *.*  
: accept HTTP_sv_0 HTTP_if_0.* > *.*  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
1
CDE  
CDE  
CD  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
C E  
CDE  
C E  
forward  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: link  
forward_fire  
forward_host_service  
forward_level  
2
3
1
forward_level  
forward_level_Disabled 1  
source  
source_fire  
=>  
forward_level_Disabled  
AnyTraffic  
AnyTraffic  
: accept *.* > *.*  
: link source_fire  
: accept *.* > *.*  
1
1
=>firewall rule list format=cli  
:firewall rule add chain=sink_fire index=1 name=SSDP srcintf=lan dstip=ssdp_ip serv=ssdp_serv  
| log=disabled state=enabled action=accept  
:firewall rule add chain=source_fire index=1 name=AnyTraffic log=disabled state=enabled  
| action=accept  
:firewall rule add chain=forward_level_BlockAll index=1 name=AnyTraffic log=disabled state=en  
abled  
| action=drop  
:firewall rule add chain=forward_level_Standard index=1 name=FromLAN srcintf=lan log=disabled  
| state=enabled action=accept  
:firewall rule add chain=forward_level_Disabled index=1 name=AnyTraffic log=disabled state=en  
abled  
| action=accept  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
368  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule modify  
Modify a firewall rule.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule modify  
chain = <string>  
index = <number>  
[newindex = <number>]  
[name = <string>]  
[clink = <chain name>]  
[srcintf [!]= <string>]  
[srcip [!]= <string>]  
[dstintf [!]= <string>]  
[dstip [!]= <string>]  
[serv [!]= <string>]  
[log = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[action = <action>]  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.  
For example “srcintf=!wan” means “if the source interface is different from WAN”.  
i
where:  
chain  
index  
newindex  
name  
clink  
The name of the chain which contains the rule.  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
The name of the new rule.  
The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies.  
The name of the source interface expression.  
The name of the source IP expression.  
The name of the destination interface expression.  
The name of the destination IP expression.  
The name of the service expression.  
srcintf  
srcip  
dstintf  
dstip  
serv  
log  
Disable or enable logging when this rule applies.  
Disable or enable this rule.  
state  
action  
The action to be taken when this rule applies ('link' when clink  
is used).  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
369  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule debug clear  
Clear the firewall rule statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule debug clear [chain = <string>]  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
chain  
index  
The name of the chain which contains the rule.  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all the rules in the  
chain will be cleared.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
370  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall rule debug stats  
chain  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
index  
packets  
bytes  
sink  
1
2
1
0
4
0
0
192  
0
forward  
2
0
0
3
1
10  
0
480  
0
source  
sink_fire  
1
0
0
source_fire  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
1
1
1
2
0
10  
1
0
480  
48  
0
0
...  
16  
17  
1
0
2
0
0
96  
0
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
=>firewall rule debug clear  
=>firewall rule debug stats  
chain  
1
1
0
10  
0
480  
index  
packets  
bytes  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
sink  
1
2
1
2
3
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
forward  
source  
sink_fire  
source_fire  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
1
1
2
...  
16  
17  
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the firewall rule statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
371  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule debug stats  
Show the firewall rule statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule debug stats [chain = <chain name>]  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain for which the statistics must be shown.  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all the chains will be  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
shown.  
index  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all the rules in the  
chain are shown.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
372  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Firewall Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall rule debug stats  
chain  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
index  
packets  
bytes  
sink  
1
2
1
0
4
0
0
192  
0
forward  
2
0
0
3
1
10  
0
480  
0
source  
sink_fire  
1
0
0
source_fire  
forward_level  
sink_system_service  
1
1
1
2
0
10  
1
0
480  
48  
0
0
3
0
0
4
0
0
5
0
0
6
0
0
7
0
0
8
0
0
9
0
0
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
48  
0
0
96  
0
0
forward_level_BlockAll  
forward_level_Standard  
forward_level_Disabled  
=>  
0
0
10  
1
1
480  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear the firewall rule statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
373  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Firewall Commands  
firewall rule debug traceconfig  
Display or modify the rule trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
firewall rule debug traceconfig [trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
trace  
Enable or disable rule traces.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>firewall rule debug traceconfig  
:firewall rule debug traceconfig state=disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
374  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
17 GRP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the grpcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Set the Generic Routing Protocol (GRP) configuration settings.  
Flush the GRP interface settings and parameters.  
Show the current routes in the GRP interfaces routing table.  
Configure the RIP settings.  
Flush the RIP interface settings and global parameters.  
Configure a RIP interface.  
Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
375  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
GRP Commands  
grp config  
Set the Generic Routing Protocol (GRP) configuration settings.  
SYNTAX:  
grp config  
[cdistance = <number{0-255}>]  
[kdistance = <number{0-255}>]  
[rdistance = <number{0-255}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
cdistance  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Sets the distance of the connected route type.  
The default is 0.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
kdistance  
rdistance  
trace  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Sets the distance of the kernel route type.  
The default is 1.  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Sets the distance of the RIP route type.  
The default is 120.  
Enable or disable verbose console messaging.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>grp config  
Distance of the connected route type : 0  
Distance of the kernel route type : 1  
Distance of the RIP route type : 120  
Tracing : disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
376  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
grp flush  
Flush the GRP interface settings and parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
grp flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
377  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
grp rtlist  
Show the current routes in the GRP interfaces routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
grp rtlist  
[dst = <ip-address>]  
[dstmask = <ip-mask (dotted or cidr)>]  
where:  
dst  
The destination IP address of the route.  
Supports IP/mask notation.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If no destination IP address is specified, all the current routes  
will be shown.  
dstmask  
The destination IP address mask, either in dotted or in numerical cidr  
notation.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>grp rtlist  
Codes : K - kernel, C - connected, S - static, R - rip, * - FIB route  
destination : 10.0.0.0/24 *  
Route type : "C"  
distance : 0  
Nexthop : LocalNetwork  
destination : 10.0.0.0/24  
Route type : "K"  
distance : 1  
Nexthop : 10.0.0.138  
destination : 127.0.0.0/8 *  
Route type : "C"  
distance : 0  
Nexthop : loop  
destination : 192.168.1.0/24 *  
Route type : "C"  
distance : 0  
Nexthop : LocalNetwork  
destination : 192.168.1.0/24  
Route type : "K"  
distance : 1  
Nexthop : 192.168.1.254  
destination : 255.255.255.255/32 *  
Route type : "K"  
distance : 1  
Nexthop : 127.0.0.1  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
378  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
grp rip config  
Configure the RIP settings.  
SYNTAX:  
grp rip config  
state = <{disabled | enabled}>  
[version = <{rip_unspec | rip_v1 | rip_v2}>]  
[defmetric = <number{1-16}>]  
[updatetime = <number{1-3600}>]  
[timeouttime = <number{1-3600}>]  
[garbagetime = <number{1-3600}>]  
[impcrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[impkrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[impsrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[impdefkrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[impdefsrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[exprt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[expdefrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[txdefrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable the RIP daemon.  
The default is enabled.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
version  
Configure the RIP version to be applied.  
Choose between:  
>
rip_unspec: No RIP version is specified as such. The actual RIP  
version to be used is negotiated with the remote side.  
>
>
rip_v1: RIP version 1 is used.  
rip_v2: RIP version 2 is used.  
The default is rip_v2.  
defmetric  
A number between 1 and 16 (hops).  
Represents the default RIP metric for imported routes.  
The default is 1.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
updatetime  
timeouttime  
garbagetime  
A number between 1 and 3600 (seconds).  
Represents the update timer value of the RIP routing table.  
The default is 30.  
A number between 1 and 3600 (seconds).  
Represents the timeout timer value of the RIP routing info.  
The default is 180.  
A number between 1 and 3600 (seconds).  
Represents the garbage collection timer value.  
The default is 120.  
impcrt  
impkrt  
Enable or disable the import of connected routes.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable the import of kernel routes.  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
379  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
impsrt  
impdefkrt  
impdefsrt  
exprt  
Enable or disable the import of static routes.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable the import of the default kernel route.  
The default is enabled.  
Enable or disable the import of the default static route.  
The default is enabled.  
Enable or disable the export of received RIP routes.  
The default is enabled.  
expdefrt  
txrt  
Enable or disable the export of the received RIP default route.  
The default is enabled.  
Enable or disable the transmission of the RIP default route.  
The default is enabled.  
trace  
Enable or disable verbose console messaging.  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
380  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GRP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>grp rip show  
RIP routing protocol config dump  
------------------------------------  
RIP daemon is enabled  
Global RIP queries received : 0  
Global RIP route changes : 0  
Default version : send rip_v2, receive rip_v2  
Default redistribution metric is 1  
Sending routing table updates every 30 seconds with +/-5%  
Route timeout after 180 seconds  
Route garbage collect after 120 seconds  
Import of connected routes is enabled  
Import of kernel routes is enabled  
Import of static routes is enabled  
Import of default kernel route is enabled  
Import of default static route is enabled  
Export of RIP routes is enabled  
Export of default RIP route is enabled  
Transmission of default RIP route is enabled  
Interface  
Send  
Recv  
AuthMode  
Passive SplitHorizon BadPackets  
BadRoutes SentUpdates  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
-------------------  
lan1  
rip_unspec  
rip_unspec  
none  
enabled enabled  
0
0
0
0
Internet  
rip_unspec  
rip_unspec  
none  
enabled enabled  
0
0
RIP routing table dump  
--------------------------  
Codes : K - Kernel, C - connected, S - Static, R - RIP, * - FIB route  
Network Next Hop Metric From Flags  
----------------------------------------------------------------------  
C 10.0.0.0/24  
C 192.168.1.0/24  
=>  
1
1
<> *  
<> *  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
381  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GRP Commands  
grp rip flush  
Flush the RIP interface settings and global parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
grp rip flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
382  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
grp rip ifconfig  
Configure a RIP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
grp rip ifconfig intf = <string>  
[rip = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[rxversion = <{rip_unspec | rip_v1 | rip_v2 | rip_v1-2}>]  
[authmode = <{none | cleartext}>]  
[authstring = <quoted string>]  
[splithorizon = <{disable | enable}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the RIP interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :grp iflistto obtain a list of avail-  
able interfaces.  
rip  
Enabled or disabled RIP on this interface.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
rxversion  
Configure the RIP receive version to be applied.  
Choose between:  
>
rip_unspec: No RIP version is specified as such. The actual RIP  
version to be used is negotiated with the remote side.  
>
>
>
rip_v1: RIP version 1 is used.  
rip_v2: RIP version 2 is used.  
rip_v1-2: RIP version 1 and RIP version 2 are used.  
The default is rip_unspec.  
authmode  
Configure the RIP authentication mode.  
Enter the mode in cleartext or specify none in case no authentication  
mode is required.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is none.  
authstring  
Configure the authentication string for the RIP authentication  
password.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note Leave authstring unspecified in case authmode is none.  
splithorizon  
Enable or disable the split horizon status for this interface.  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
383  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>grp rip ifconfig  
intf = myPPP_ppp  
[rip] = disabled  
[rxversion] = rip_unspec  
[authmode] = none  
[authstr] =  
[passive] = disabled  
[splithorizon] = enabled  
:grp rip ifconfig intf=myPPP_ppp  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
384  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GRP Commands  
grp rip show  
Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database.  
SYNTAX:  
grp rip show  
EXAMPLE:  
=>grp rip show  
RIP routing protocol config dump  
------------------------------------  
RIP daemon is enabled  
Global RIP queries received : 0  
Global RIP route changes : 3  
Default version : send rip_v2, receive rip_v2  
Default redistribution metric is 1  
Sending routing table updates every 30 seconds with +/-5%  
Route timeout after 180 seconds  
Route garbage collect after 120 seconds  
Import of connected routes is enabled  
Import of kernel routes is enabled  
Import of static routes is enabled  
Import of default kernel route is enabled  
Import of default static route is enabled  
Export of RIP routes is enabled  
Export of default RIP route is enabled  
Transmission of default RIP route is enabled  
Intf  
ates  
Send  
Recv  
AuthMode Passive  
SplitHorizon BadPackets BadRoutes SentUpd  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
----  
eth0  
rip_unspec rip_unspec none  
off  
on  
0
58  
62  
RIP route table dump  
----------------------  
Codes : K - Kernel, C - connected, S - Static, R - RIP, * - FIB route  
Network Next Hop Metric From Flags  
---------------------------------------------------------------------  
R 0.0.0.0/0  
192.6.11.150  
3
1
1
1
1
192.6.11.150  
<> *  
<> *  
<> *  
<> *  
<> *  
C 10.0.0.0/8  
K 129.132.2.21/32  
C 138.203.4.0/22  
C 172.16.1.0/24  
=>  
138.203.7.146  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
385  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
GRP Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
386  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hostmgr Commands  
18 Hostmgr Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the hostmgrcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Delete the host device info from the host manager.  
Flush the host manager configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
387  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hostmgr Commands  
hostmgr add  
Add host device info to the host manager.  
SYNTAX:  
hostmgr add  
mac_addr = <hardware-address>  
[ip_addr = <ip-address>]  
[name = <string>]  
[type=<{generic_device|desktop_computer|laptop_computer|  
set_top_box|pda|gaming_console|phone|mobile_phone|  
printer|mass_storage_device}>]  
[ipintf = <string>]  
[ethintf = <string>]  
[physintf = <string>]  
where:  
mac_addr  
ip_addr  
name  
The MAC address of the host to be added.  
The host IP address.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The host name.  
type  
The host type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
generic_device  
desktop_computer  
laptop_computer  
set_top_box  
pda  
gaming_console  
phone  
mobile_phone  
printer  
mass_storage_device  
The default is Generic Device.  
ipintf  
The IP interface name.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
ethintf  
physintf  
The Ethernet interface name.  
The physical interface name.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
388  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Hostmgr Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>hostmgr list  
MAC-address  
-----------  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64  
IP-address  
----------  
Flags Type  
----- ----  
Intf  
----  
Hw Intf  
-------  
ethif4  
Hostname  
--------  
MyComputer  
C
Generic Device LocalNetwork  
=>hostmgr add mac_addr=00:10:a4:33:56:53 name=Play type=Playstation  
=>hostmgr list  
MAC-address  
-----------  
00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0  
IP-address  
----------  
Flags Type  
----- ----  
Intf  
----  
ethif1  
Hw Intf  
-------  
ethif1  
ethif4  
Hostname  
--------  
Play  
Playstation  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64  
C
Generic Device LocalNetwork  
MyComputer  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete the host device info from the host manager.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
389  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hostmgr Commands  
hostmgr clear  
Remove all the hosts from the list.  
SYNTAX:  
hostmgr clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>hostmgr list  
MAC-address  
-----------  
00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64  
er  
IP-address  
----------  
Flags  
-----  
Type  
----  
Intf  
----  
ethif1  
Hw Intf  
-------  
ethif1  
ethif4  
Hostname  
--------  
Play  
Playstation  
Generic Device LocalNetwork  
C
MyComput  
=>hostmgr clear  
=>hostmgr list  
No hosts found.  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete the host device info from the host manager.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
390  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Hostmgr Commands  
hostmgr config  
Configure the host manager parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
hostmgr config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[scantime = <number{10-600}>]  
[autosave = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable the host manager daemon.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
scantime  
A number between 10 an 600 (seconds).  
Represents the time between two scans.  
The default is 30 (seconds).  
autosave  
trace  
Enable or disable automatic saves to flash memory.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable the host manager traces.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>hostmgr config  
state  
: enabled  
scantime : 30 sec.  
autosave : enabled  
trace  
: disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
391  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Hostmgr Commands  
hostmgr delete  
Delete the host device info from the host manager.  
SYNTAX:  
hostmgr delete mac_addr = <hardware-address>  
where:  
mac_addr  
The MAC address of the host to be removed.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>hostmgr list  
MAC-address  
-----------  
00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64  
er  
IP-address  
----------  
Flags  
-----  
Type  
----  
Intf  
----  
ethif1  
Hw Intf  
-------  
ethif1  
ethif4  
Hostname  
--------  
Play  
Playstation  
Generic Device LocalNetwork  
C
MyComput  
=>hostmgr delete mac_addr=00:10:a4:fa:33:56  
=>hostmgr list  
MAC-address  
-----------  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64  
er  
IP-address  
----------  
Flags  
-----  
C
Type  
----  
Intf  
----  
Hw Intf  
-------  
ethif4  
Hostname  
--------  
MyComput  
Generic Device LocalNetwork  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
392  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Hostmgr Commands  
hostmgr flush  
Flush the host manager configuration.  
The host manager configuration is cleaned and returned to default values.  
SYNTAX:  
hostmgr flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
393  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Hostmgr Commands  
hostmgr list  
List all the host devices.  
SYNTAX:  
hostmgr list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>hostmgr list  
MAC-address  
-----------  
00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64  
er  
IP-address  
----------  
Flags  
-----  
Type  
----  
Intf  
----  
ethif1  
Hw Intf  
-------  
ethif1  
ethif4  
Hostname  
--------  
Play  
Playstation  
Generic Device LocalNetwork  
C
MyComput  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete the host device info from the host manager.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
394  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
19 IDS Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the idscommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Reset the IDS statistics.  
Modify the IDS parser configuration.  
Reset the pattern tracker.  
Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.  
Display the IDS thresholds.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
395  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IDS Commands  
ids clear  
Reset the IDS statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
ids clear  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
396  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IDS Commands  
ids config  
Display/modify the Intrusion Detection System (IDS) configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ids config  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable IDS checks.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
trace  
Enable or disable tracing.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids config  
IDS configuration:  
=================  
state : enabled  
traces ::disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
397  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
ids parser list  
Display the IDS parser configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ids parser list  
[parser = <parser>]  
where:  
parser  
The name of the parser  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids parser list  
parser  
state  
-----------------------------------------  
fragment  
scan  
dos  
proto  
rate  
=>  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
398  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
ids parser modify  
Modify the IDS parser configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ids parser modify  
parser = <string>  
state = <{disabled | enabled}>  
where:  
parser  
The name of the IDS parser of which the configuration must be modifi  
ed.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
state  
Disable or enable the parser.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
399  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IDS Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids list  
Resources:  
==========  
resource  
total maximum  
---------------------------------  
parsers  
signatures  
5
38  
10  
50  
Signatures:  
==========  
parser  
signature  
hits action  
state  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
...  
fragment sweep  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
zero-length fragment size  
small fragment size  
fragment size overrun  
fragment overlap  
fragment out-of-order  
=>ids parser modify parser=fragment state=disabled  
=>ids list  
Resources:  
==========  
resource  
total maximum  
---------------------------------  
parsers  
signatures  
5
38  
10  
50  
Signatures:  
==========  
parser  
signature  
hits action  
state  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
fragment  
...  
fragment sweep  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log, drop  
0 log  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
zero-length fragment size  
small fragment size  
fragment size overrun  
fragment overlap  
fragment out-of-order  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
400  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IDS Commands  
ids pattern clear  
Reset the pattern tracker.  
SYNTAX:  
ids pattern clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids pattern stats  
Pattern tracker statistics:  
---------------------------  
memory  
: 32768 bytes  
maximum number of patterns  
number of active patterns  
number of recycled patterns  
number of pattern searches  
number of new patterns  
: 512  
: 8  
: 0  
: 9  
: 8  
maximum number of hash collisions : 1  
% of hash entries with collisions : 0.09  
% of hash entries unused  
=>ids pattern clear  
: 99.31  
=>ids pattern stats  
Pattern tracker statistics:  
---------------------------  
memory  
: 32768 bytes  
maximum number of patterns  
number of active patterns  
number of recycled patterns  
number of pattern searches  
number of new patterns  
: 512  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
maximum number of hash collisions : 0  
% of hash entries with collisions : 0.00  
% of hash entries unused  
=>  
: 100.00  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
401  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IDS Commands  
ids pattern list  
Display the patterns in the pattern tracker.  
SYNTAX:  
ids pattern list  
[size = <{10 | 100 | full} or number>]  
where:  
size  
The size of the IDS pattern list that will be shown.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
10  
100  
full  
or, alternatively, specify a number.  
The default is full.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids pattern list  
1. # 40002# UDP  
period: [00001564..00001565]  
2. # 30002# UDP  
period: [00001564..00001566]  
3. # 5000a# UDP  
*.*.*.*:*  
*.*.*.*:*  
*.*.*.*:*  
->  
*.*.*.*:*  
count:1  
-> 255.255.255.255:67  
-> 255.255.255.255:*  
count:1  
count:1  
period: [00001411..00001425]  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Reset the pattern tracker.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
402  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
ids pattern stats  
Display the pattern tracker statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
ids pattern stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids pattern stats  
Pattern tracker statistics:  
---------------------------  
memory  
: 32768 bytes  
maximum number of patterns  
number of active patterns  
number of recycled patterns  
number of pattern searches  
number of new patterns  
: 512  
: 8  
: 0  
: 9  
: 8  
maximum number of hash collisions : 1  
% of hash entries with collisions : 0.09  
% of hash entries unused  
=>  
: 99.31  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Reset the pattern tracker.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
403  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
ids signature list  
Displays the ids signature configuration  
SYNTAX  
ids signature list  
[signature = <fragment_sweep|zero-  
length_fragment_size|  
small_fragment_size|fragment_size_ove  
fragment_overlap|fragment_out-  
rrun|  
of-order|  
ip_protocol_scan|tcp_port_scan|tcp_sy  
n_scan|  
_scan|  
stealth_tcp_null_scan|stealth_tcp_fin  
stealth_tcp_xmas_scan|  
stealth_tcp_full_xmas_scan|  
stealth_tcp_vecna_scan|  
stealth_tcp_syn-fin_scan|  
udp_port_scan|ping_sweep_scan|tcp_syn  
_flood|  
_storm|  
tack|  
udp_flood|ping_flood|icmp_unreachable  
smurf_broadcast_attack|smurf_storm_at  
fraggle_broadcast_attack|  
fraggle_storm_attack|land_attack}>]  
where  
signature  
The name of the signature  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids signature list signature fragment_sweep  
signature parser  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
hits action  
state  
fragment_sweep  
=>  
fragment  
0 log  
enabled  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
404  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
ids signature modify  
Modify the states of the signatures.  
SYNTAX  
ids signature modify  
[signature = <fragment_sweep|  
zero-length_fragment_size|  
small_fragment_size|  
fragment_size_overrun|  
fragment_overlap|  
fragment_out-of-order|  
ip_protocol_scan|  
tcp_port_scan|tcp_syn_scan|  
stealth_tcp_null_scan|  
stealth_tcp_fin_scan|  
stealth_tcp_xmas_scan|  
stealth_tcp_full_xmas_scan|  
stealth_tcp_vecna_scan|  
stealth_tcp_syn-fin_scan|  
udp_port_scan|ping_sweep_scan|  
tcp_syn_flood|udp_flood|ping_flood|  
icmp_unreachable_storm|  
smurf_broadcast_attack|  
smurf_storm_attack|  
fraggle_broadcast_attack|  
fraggle_storm_attack|land_attack}>]  
state = <{disabled|enabled}>  
where  
signature  
state  
The name of the signature  
The desired state of the signature.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids signature modify  
[signature] = ip_protocol_scan  
state = disabled  
:ids signature modify signature=ip_protocol_scan state=disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
405  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IDS Commands  
ids threshold clear  
Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.  
SYNTAX:  
ids threshold clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids threshold list  
index name  
window  
limit scaling  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
1. ids scan  
2. ids flood  
20  
2
10  
1
1
1
20 enabled  
100 disabled  
300 enabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disable  
3. ids tcp rate  
4. ids udp rate  
5. ids icmp rate  
6. ids ip rate  
=>ids threshold clear  
=>ids threshold list  
index name  
window  
limit scaling  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
1. ids scan  
2. ids flood  
3. ids tcp rate  
4. ids udp rate  
5. ids icmp rate  
6. ids ip rate  
20  
2
1
1
1
20 enabled  
100 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
1
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the IDS thresholds.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
406  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IDS Commands  
ids threshold list  
Display the IDS thresholds.  
SYNTAX:  
ids threshold list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids threshold list  
index name  
window  
limit scaling  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
1. ids scan  
2. ids flood  
3. ids tcp rate  
4. ids udp rate  
5. ids icmp rate  
6. ids ip rate  
20  
2
1
1
1
20 enabled  
100 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
1
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
407  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IDS Commands  
ids threshold modify  
Modify the IDS thresholds.  
SYNTAX:  
ids threshold modify  
index = <number>  
[window = <number>]  
[limit = <number>]  
[scaling = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
index  
The index of the IDS threshold to be modified.  
Tip Use the command :ids threshold listto obtain the indexes.  
REQUIRED  
window  
limit  
A number (of seconds).  
Represents the time window of the threshold.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number.  
Represents the limit of the threshold.  
scaling  
Enable or disable scaling of the threshold window.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ids threshold list  
index name  
window  
limit scaling  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
1. ids scan  
2. ids flood  
3. ids tcp rate  
4. ids udp rate  
5. ids icmp rate  
6. ids ip rate  
20  
2
1
1
1
20 enabled  
100 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
1
=>ids threshold modify index=3 window=10 limit=300 scaling=enabled  
=>ids threshold list  
index name  
window  
limit scaling  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
1. ids scan  
2. ids flood  
3. ids tcp rate  
4. ids udp rate  
5. ids icmp rate  
6. ids ip rate  
20  
2
10  
1
1
1
20 enabled  
100 disabled  
300 enabled  
200 disabled  
200 disabled  
200 disable  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.  
Display the IDS thresholds.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
408  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IGMP Commands  
20 IGMP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the IGMPcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Flush the IGMP settings.  
411  
412  
412  
414  
415  
416  
417  
419  
420  
421  
422  
423  
Show the IGMP groups.  
Show the IGMP groups.  
Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces.  
Clear IGMP statistics.  
Print IGMP statistics.  
Configure the IGMP proxy.  
Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups.  
Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface.  
Configure an IGMP proxy interface.  
Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface.  
Show the IGMP proxy membership database (merge of all  
learned groups.  
Clear IGMP proxy statistics.  
424  
425  
426  
Print IGMP proxy statistics.  
Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
409  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IGMP Commands  
igmp host config  
Display or modify global IGMP configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host config  
where:  
[requirera = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
requirera  
Enable or disable the router alert IP option check.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp host confighostmgr list  
Router alert IP option check : disabled  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the IGMP groups.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
410  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IGMP Commands  
igmp host flush  
Flush the IGMP settings.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
411  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp host list  
Show the IGMP groups.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host list  
[intf = <string>]  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP groups.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp host list  
Interface  
Group  
Filter-Mode Source  
4
4
lan1  
lan1  
224.0.0.103  
239.255.255.250  
EXCLUDE  
EXCLUDE  
none  
none  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
412  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp host ifconfig  
Configure an IGMP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
version = <{none |IGMPv1 |IGMPv2 |IGMPv3}>  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
version  
The IGMP version of the IP interface.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
IGMPv1  
IGMPv2  
IGMPv3  
none  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp host ifconfig  
intf = lan1  
version = IGMPv1  
:igmp host ifconfig intf=lan1 version=IGMPv1  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
413  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IGMP Commands  
igmp host iflist  
Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host iflist  
where:  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP interfaces  
configuration.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp host iflist  
Interface  
Version  
IGMPv3  
IGMPv3  
IGMPv3  
0
loop  
1
2
Internet  
ISDN_backup  
3
4
5
6
ISDN_backup_trigger  
lan1  
wan1  
dmz1  
IGMPv3  
IGMPv3  
IGMPv3  
IGMPv3  
IGMPv3  
7
guest1  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
414  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp host debug clear  
Clear IGMP statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host debug clear  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Print IGMP statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
415  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp host debug stats  
Print IGMP statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp host debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp host debug stats  
Total IGMP messages received  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Too small IGMP messages received  
Too long IGMP messages received  
IGMP messages with bad checksum received  
IGMP messages with bad TTL received  
IGMP messages with no router alert IP option received  
IGMPv1 membership queries received  
IGMPv2 membership queries received  
IGMPv3 membership queries received  
IGMP bad queries received  
IGMP failing membership queries  
IGMPv1/v2 membership reports received  
IGMPv1/v2 invalid membership reports received  
IGMPv1/v2 membership reports received for our groups  
IGMPv1/v2 membership reports transmitted  
IGMPv3 membership reports transmitted  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear IGMP statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
416  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy config  
Configure the IGMP proxy.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy config  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[qi = <number{1-86400}>]  
[qri = <number{1-86400}>]  
[lmqi = <number{1-86400}>]  
[rv = <number{2-10}>]  
[requirera = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[localgroup = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable the IGMP proxy.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
qi  
A number between 1 and 86400.  
Represents the interval in seconds between general queries sent  
by the querier.  
qri  
lmqi  
rv  
A number between 1 and 86400.  
Represents the maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP  
client in reply to general queries.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 1 and 86400.  
Represents the maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP  
client in reply to group specific queries.  
A number between 2 and 10.  
Represents the robustness variable, which allows tuning for  
expected IGMP packet loss.  
requirera  
Enable or disable the router alert IP option check.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
localgroup  
Enable or disable the processing of a local multicast group in an  
IGMP packet.  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
417  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp proxy config  
IGMP proxy state  
: disabled  
Query Interval  
: 0 days, 0:02:05  
: 0 days, 0:00:10  
: 0 days, 0:00:01  
: 2  
: disabled  
: disabled  
Query Response Interval  
Last Member Query Interval  
Robustness variable  
Router alert IP option check  
Process local multicast group  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
418  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy flush  
Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
419  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy grouplist  
Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy grouplist  
[intf = <string>]  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing of the learned groups on an  
IGMP proxy interface.  
The default is disabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure the IGMP proxy.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
420  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy ifconfig  
Configure an IGMP proxy interface.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[state = <{inactive | downstream | upstream}>]  
[version = <{IGMPv1 | IGMPv2 | IGMPv3}>]  
[fastleave = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be configured.  
The state of the IGMP proxy interface.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
state  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
inactive  
downstream  
upstream  
version  
The IGMP version of the IGMP proxy interface.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
IGMPv1  
IGMPv2  
IGMPv3  
none  
fastleave  
Enable or disable the immediate deletion of a group when a  
leave is received.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp proxy ifconfig  
intf = lan1  
[state] = downstream  
[version] = IGMPv3  
[fastleave] = disabled  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
421  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy iflist  
Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy iflist  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP proxy interface  
OPTIONAL  
configuration.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp proxy iflist  
Interface  
State  
Version  
Querier  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
guest1  
dmz1  
wan1  
lan1  
ISDN_backup_trigger  
ISDN_backup  
Internet  
inactive  
inactive  
inactive  
downstream  
inactive  
inactive  
inactive  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure an IGMP proxy interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
422  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy mbslist  
Show the IGMP proxy membership database (merge of all learned groups.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy mbslist  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
423  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy debug clear  
Clear IGMP proxy statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy debug clear  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Print IGMP proxy statistics.  
Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
424  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy debug stats  
Print IGMP proxy statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>igmp proxy debug stats  
IGMP proxy statistics:  
Total IGMP packets recv  
Too short IGMP packets recv  
IGMP packets with bad checksum recv  
IGMP packets with bad ttl recv  
IGMP packets with no route alert option recv  
IGMPv1 queries recv  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
IGMPv2 queries recv  
IGMPv3 queries recv  
IGMP bad queries recv  
IGMP queries fail  
IGMPv1 reports recv  
IGMPv2 reports recv  
IGMPv3 reports recv  
IGMP bad reports recv  
IGMP leave reports recv  
IGMP bad leave reports recv  
IGMPv1 queries sent  
IGMPv2 queries sent  
IGMPv3 queries sent  
IGMP query election switch  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear IGMP proxy statistics.  
Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
425  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IGMP Commands  
igmp proxy debug traceconfig  
Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
igmp proxy debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable tracing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear IGMP proxy statistics.  
Print IGMP proxy statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
426  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Interface Commands  
21 Interface Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the interfacecommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
427  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Interface Commands  
interface list  
Display interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
interface list  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[reverse = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
expand  
reverse  
Enable or disable expanded listing of interfaces.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable reverse listing (lower layer first instead of upper layer  
first).  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
428  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Interface Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>interface list  
Name  
Type  
State  
Use UL Interfaces  
ethif1  
ethif4  
usbif1  
RELAY  
physical  
physical  
physical  
eth  
eth  
atm  
atm  
eth  
eth  
connected  
connected  
connected  
connected  
connected  
connected  
connected  
connected  
connected  
not-connected  
not-connected  
connected  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
bridge  
bridge  
bridge  
Internet_ppp  
eth0  
bridge  
atm_0_35  
atm_8_35  
ethoa_0_35  
ethoa_8_35  
Internet_ppp ppp  
Internet  
eth0  
ethoa_0_35  
ethoa_8_35  
Internet  
ip  
ip  
=>  
=>interface list expand=enabled  
Name  
ethif1  
Type  
physical  
State  
connected  
Use UL Interfaces  
1 bridge  
Flags....: INTERNAL  
Phys.....: intf: 0 type eth speed: 100 Mbps  
physical connected bridge  
Flags....: INTERNAL  
Phys.....: intf: 3 type eth speed: 100 Mbps  
physical connected bridge  
Flags....: INTERNAL  
Phys.....: intf: 4 type usb speed: 12 Mbps  
eth connected Internet_ppp  
Flags....: INTERNAL DYNAMIC RELAY  
Eth......: port: 65535 ip_cid: 200 arp_cid: 0  
eth connected eth0  
Flags....: DYNAMIC  
Eth......: port: 0 ip_cid: 16385 arp_cid: 16386  
ethif4  
1
usbif1  
1
RELAY  
1
bridge  
1
atm_0_35  
atm_8_35  
ethoa_0_35  
ethoa_8_35  
atm  
Flags....:  
connected  
1
ethoa_0_35  
Atm......: cid: 8196 atm_cid: 8196 llc_cid: 0 ppp_cid: 0  
atm  
Flags....:  
Atm......: cid: 8198 atm_cid: 8198 llc_cid: 0 ppp_cid: 0  
eth  
Flags....:  
connected  
1
ethoa_8_35  
connected  
0
Eth......: port: 1 ip_cid: 16387 arp_cid: 16388  
eth  
connected  
0
Flags....:  
Eth......: port: 2 ip_cid: 16389 arp_cid: 16390  
Internet_ppp ppp  
Flags....:  
Ppp......: cid: 0 ip_cid: 0  
ip not-connected  
Flags....: DYNAMIC  
Ip.......: dest: Internet_ppp  
not-connected  
1
Internet  
Internet  
eth0  
0
ip  
connected  
0
Flags....:  
Ip.......: dest: bridge  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
429  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Interface Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
430  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
22 IP Commands  
This chapter describes the commands of the ipcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Assign an IP address to an IP interface.  
Remove an IP address from an IP interface.  
Display all the configured IP addresses.  
Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface.  
Send a HTTP probe.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
431  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IP Commands  
Send UDP packets.  
Display IP statistics.  
Display/modify the IP stack trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
432  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
ip arpadd  
Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol (IP) interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip arpadd  
intf = <string>  
ip = <ip-range>  
[hwaddr = <hardware-address>]  
where:  
intf  
ip  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
The IP address (or range) of the entry to be added to the Address  
Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache.  
hwaddr  
The hardware address (for example the Ethernet MAC address) of the  
entry to be added.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip arplist  
Interface  
eth0  
IP-address  
10.0.0.1  
HW-address  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC  
Type  
2
=>ip arpadd intf=eth0 ip=10.0.0.2  
=>ip arplist  
Interface  
IP-address  
10.0.0.1  
10.0.0.2  
HW-address  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC  
00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC  
Type  
2
2
eth0  
eth0  
=>ip arpadd intf=eth0 ip=10.0.0.3 hwaddr=00:a0:24:ae:66:e1  
=>ip arplist  
Interface  
IP-address  
10.0.0.1  
10.0.0.2  
10.0.0.3  
HW-address  
Type  
2
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC  
00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC  
00:a0:24:ae:66:e1 STATIC  
2
2
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
433  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip arpdelete  
Delete an entry from the ARP cache.  
SYNTAX:  
ip arpdelete  
intf = <string>  
ip = <ip-range>  
[hwaddr = <hardware-address>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
ip  
The IP address (or range) of the entry to be deleted.  
hwaddr  
The hardware address (for example the Ethernet MAC address) of the  
entry to be deleted.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip arplist  
Interface  
IP-address  
10.0.0.1  
10.0.0.2  
10.0.0.3  
HW-address  
Type  
2
2
2
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC  
00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC  
00:a0:24:ae:66:e1 STATIC  
=>ip arpdelete intf=eth0 ip=10.0.0.3 hwaddr=00:a0:24:ae:66:e1  
=>ip arplist  
Interface  
IP-address  
10.0.0.1  
10.0.0.2  
HW-address  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC  
00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC  
Type  
2
eth0  
eth0  
2
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
434  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip arplist  
Display the ARP cache.  
SYNTAX:  
ip arplist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip arplist  
Interface  
IP-address  
10.0.0.1  
10.0.0.2  
10.0.0.3  
HW-address  
Type  
2
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC  
00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC  
00:a0:24:ae:66:e1 STATIC  
2
2
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
435  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip config  
Show/set global IP stack configuration options.  
SYNTAX:  
ip config  
[forwarding = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[redirects = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[checkoptions = <{disabled|enabled|transparent}>]  
[netbroadcasts = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[ttl = <number{0-255}>]  
[defragmode = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[addrcheck = <{off | own | static | dynamic}>]  
[mssclamping = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[natloopback = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[loadbalancing = <{disabled|roundrobin}>]  
[bitrate-window(sec) = <number{10-3600}>]  
[acceleration = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
forwarding  
Disable or enable the IP routing functionality.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
redirects  
Disable or enable the sending of ICMP redirect messages.  
A router can send a redirect message in case a shorter path than the  
path followed is discovered.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled (for security reasons).  
checkoptions  
netbroadcasts  
Disallow/Allow packets with IP options.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Disable or enable net directed broadcasts.  
The default is disabled.  
In case netbroadcasts are allowed, no traces of netbroadcasts are  
generated.  
ttl  
A number between 0 and 255.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the default Time To Live (TTL) for locally generated IP  
packets. This parameter determines the number of hop counts the IP  
packet may pass before it is dropped.  
By limiting the TTL, continuous circulation of IP packets on the  
network without ever reaching a destination is avoided.  
The default is 64.  
defragmode  
Disallow (disabled) or allow (enabled) defragmenting IP fragments.  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
436  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
addrcheck  
Set the level of IP address checks.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
off: No address checking is performed. For advanced users only;  
in normal circumstances there should always be some kind of  
address checking.  
>
>
own: Minimum level of checking.  
Only the address configuration on the Thomson ST is checked.  
static: Checking of the address configuration of the Thomson ST  
and also of traffic: addresses of incoming packets; this checking  
is related to constants (for example an address may not be  
entirely composed of one‘s or zero‘s).  
>
dynamic: Besides the address configuration of the Thomson ST  
itself, and besides the checking of traffic on a constants level,  
additional checking is performed on the IP addresses that are  
determined by the configuration, more specifically by the  
network.  
The default is dynamic.  
mssclamping  
Disable or enable mss clamping for low MTU interfaces.  
Enabling mss clamping assures that the size of a TCP packet never  
exceeds the available Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the  
outgoing interface.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is on.  
Note It is recommended not to disable this parameter.  
natloopback  
Disable/Enable NAT loopback.  
The default is enabled.  
loadbalancing  
Select loadbalancing mechanism  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
bitrate-  
window(sec)  
A number between 10 and 3600.  
Set the window to calculate the bitrate (multiple of 10).  
The default is 30.  
acceleration  
Disable/Enable IP acceleration  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip config  
Forwarding enabled  
Sendredirects enabled  
IP options enabled  
NetBroadcasts disabled  
Default TTL 64  
Fraglimit 64 fragments  
Fragcount currently 0 fragments  
Defragment mode : enabled  
Address checks : dynamic  
Mss Clamping : enabled  
NAT Loopback : enabled  
Bitrate window (sec), multiple of 10 : 30  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
437  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
ip flush  
Flush all the static IP parameters.  
Dynamic configurations (for example from PPP or CIP links) remain.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
The command :ip flushdeletes all local IP connectivity.  
Do not use this command during an IP based local connection, for example a Telnet CLI session, or  
web based CLI access.  
!
SYNTAX:  
ip flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
438  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ifadd  
Create an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ifadd  
intf = <string>  
dest = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface to be created.  
An network interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
dest  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
loop  
local 65535 122062  
72987  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
wan  
wan  
lan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 84105  
123358  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
=>ip ifadd intf=myIPintf dest=RtPPPoE_eth  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
DOWN  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
4
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
439  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ifattach  
Attach an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface to be attached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
4
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
DOWN  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
=>ip ifattach intf=myIPintf  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
4
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
440  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ifconfig  
Configure the parameters of an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[mtu = <number{68-65535}>]  
[status = <{down | up}>]  
[hwaddr = <hardware-address>]  
[group = <string> or number]  
[linksensing = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[primary = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[mcastpromisc = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
mtu  
A number between 68 and 65535.  
Represents the MTU (the maximum packet size (including IP  
header)) to be used on this interface.  
Note The default value depends on the connection and packet  
service for which the interface was created.  
status  
The administrative state of the interface.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
down  
up.  
hwaddr  
group  
The hardware address (for example the Ethernet MAC address) of  
this IP interface.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The group to which this interface belongs. Can be used for  
firewalling, for example.  
linksensing  
primary  
The IP interface's awareness of link state transitions.  
The default is enabled.  
Make the IP interface the primary interface (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
mcastpromisc  
Make the IP interface multicast promiscuous.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
disabled  
enabled  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
441  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
4
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
DOWN  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
=>ip ifconfig  
intf = myIPintf  
[mtu] = 1500  
[status] = up  
[hwaddr] = 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
[group] = wan  
[linksensing] = enabled  
[primary] = enabled  
:ip ifconfig intf=myIPintf  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
4
=>  
If the STATUS is shown between square brackets, then linksensing is disabled for that particular  
interface.  
i
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
442  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
ip ifdelete  
Delete an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
4
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
=>ip ifdelete intf=myIPintf  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
wan  
wan  
lan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
125262  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
443  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ifdetach  
Detach an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface to be detached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iflist expand=enabled  
Interface Group MTU  
local 65535 130597  
BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff  
RX  
TX  
82240  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
loop  
0
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
RX unicastpkts: 1304  
brcastpkts : 0  
brcastpkts : 0  
Admin State: UP  
: ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE LOOP MULTICAST INTERNAL  
TX unicastpkts: 1994  
droppkts:0  
Oper state  
Flags  
: UP  
...  
4
myIPintf  
wan  
1500 0  
0
0
DOWN  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff  
RX unicastpkts: 0  
TX unicastpkts: 0  
brcastpkts : 0  
brcastpkts : 0  
Admin State: UP  
: PRIMARY ARP BROADCAST BOUND ARPTABLE MULTICAST LINKSENSING STATIC  
droppkts:0  
Oper state  
Flags  
: DOWN  
=>ip ifdetach intf=myIPintf  
=>ip iflist expand=enabled  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
loop  
local 65535 133683  
83949  
0
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff  
RX unicastpkts: 1332  
brcastpkts : 0  
brcastpkts : 0  
Admin State: UP  
: ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE LOOP MULTICAST INTERNAL  
TX unicastpkts: 2036  
droppkts:0  
Oper state  
Flags  
: UP  
...  
4
myIPintf  
wan  
1500 0  
0
0
DOWN  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff  
RX unicastpkts: 0  
TX unicastpkts: 0  
brcastpkts : 0  
brcastpkts : 0  
Admin State: DOWN  
droppkts:0  
Oper state  
Flags  
: DOWN  
: PRIMARY ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE MULTICAST LINKSENSING STATIC  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
444  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip iflist  
Display all the IP interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
ip iflist  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
string  
String matching conditions  
Bginstring matching conditions  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iflist  
Interface  
Group MTU  
RX  
TX  
TX-Drop Status HW-address  
0
1
2
3
loop  
local 65535 123966  
75177  
0
0
125262  
0
0
0
0
0
0
[UP]  
DOWN  
DOWN  
[UP]  
[UP]  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
myIPintf  
wan  
wan  
lan  
wan  
1500 0  
1500 0  
1500 86589  
1500 0  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c  
4
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
445  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ifwait  
Wait for a status change of an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ifwait  
intf = <string>  
[timeout = <number{1-600000}>]  
[adminstatus = <{down | up}>]  
[operstatus = <{down | up}>]  
[linkstatus = <{down | up}>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
timeout  
A number between 1 and 600000 (seconds).  
Represents the timeout.  
adminstatus  
operstatus  
linkstatus  
The administrative state of the interface.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
down  
up.  
The operational state of the interface.  
Choose between:  
>
>
down  
up.  
The link state of the interface.  
Choose between:  
>
>
down  
up.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
446  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ipadd  
Assign an IP address to an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ipadd  
intf = <string>  
addr = <ip-address>  
[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[pointopoint = <ip-address>]  
[addroute = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
addr  
The new IP address to be added.  
netmask  
The subnetmask associated with this address.  
The remote IP address in case of a dedicated point-to-point link.  
pointopoi  
nt  
addroute  
Add typical net/subnet routes automatically according to the default (or  
specified) subnet mask (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.138  
169.254.141.11  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.0.0  
1
1
0
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
255.0.0.0  
=>ip ipadd intf=eth0 addr=10.0.0.2/24 addroute=enabled  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.2  
10.0.0.138  
169.254.141.11  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.0.0  
1
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
1
1
0
255.0.0.0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Remove an IP address from an IP interface.  
Display all the configured IP addresses.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
447  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
ip ipconfig  
Modify an IP address configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ipconfig  
addr = <ip-address>  
[preferred = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[primary = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
addr  
The IP address to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
preferred  
Make this IP address the preferred address for that subnet (enabled) or  
not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
primary  
Make this IP address the primary address for the interface (enabled) or  
OPTIONAL  
not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.138  
169.254.141.11  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.0.0  
1
1
0
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
255.0.0.0  
=>ip ipconfig addr=169.254.141.11 preferred=enabled primary=enabled  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.138  
*169.254.141.11  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.0.0  
1
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
1
0
255.0.0.0  
=>  
The primary IP address is marked with “*” in the list.  
i
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
448  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip ipdelete  
Remove an IP address from an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip ipdelete  
addr = <ip-address>  
where:  
addr  
The IP address to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.2  
10.0.0.138  
169.254.141.11  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.0.0  
1
1
1
0
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
255.0.0.0  
=>ip ipdelete addr=10.0.0.2  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.138  
169.254.141.11  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.0.0  
1
1
0
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
255.0.0.0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Assign an IP address to an IP interface.  
Display all the configured IP addresses.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
449  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
ip iplist  
Display all the configured IP addresses.  
SYNTAX:  
ip iplist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip iplist  
Interface  
Type  
IP-address  
10.0.0.138  
*192.168.1.254  
127.0.0.1  
Point-to-point/Mask  
255.255.255.0  
255.255.255.0  
2
LocalNetwork  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
2
0
LocalNetwork  
loop  
255.255.255.255  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Assign an IP address to an IP interface.  
Remove an IP address from an IP interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
450  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
ip mcast rtadd  
Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip mcast rtadd  
srcintf = <string>  
[src = <ip-address>]  
grp = <ip-address>  
dstintf = <string>  
[ttl = <number{1-255}>]  
[ttlincr = {disabled | enabled}]  
where:  
srcintf  
The source IP interface.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
src  
The source IP address.  
grp  
The multicast group IP address.  
The destination IP interface.  
dstintf  
ttl  
The time-to-live for that destination IP interface.  
Increment TTL before packet is send.  
ttlincr  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
451  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip mcast rtdelete  
Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip mcast rtdelete  
srcintf = <string>  
[src = <ip-address>]  
grp = <ip-address>  
dstintf = <string>  
where:  
srcintf  
src  
The source IP interface.  
The source IP address.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
grp  
The multicast group IP address.  
The destination IP interface.  
dstintf  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
452  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip mcast rtlist  
Display the multicast routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip mcast rtlist  
where:  
expand  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>}]  
Enable or disable expanded listing.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
453  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip mcast flush  
Flush the multicast routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip mcast flush  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
454  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip rtadd  
Add a route to the routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip rtadd  
dst = <ip-address>  
[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[label = <string>]  
[gateway = <ip-address>]  
[intf = <string>]  
[srcintf = <string>]  
[metric = <number{0-255}>]  
where:  
dst  
The destination IP address(es) for this route.  
REQUIRED  
Note Supports ip/mask notation.  
The destination IP address mask.  
The name of the label.  
dstmsk  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
label  
gateway  
The IP address of the next hop (direct connected gateway or extended  
route).  
Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.  
Only for special interface routes: the outgoing IP interface name.  
Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.  
Use this interface for source address selection.  
intf  
OPTIONAL  
srcintf  
metric  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The metric for this route (weight factor).  
The lower the metric, the higher the weight.  
The default is 0.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
455  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination Label  
Gateway  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
127.0.0.1  
Intf Mtrc Status  
10.0.0.0/24  
10.0.0.140/32  
127.0.0.1/32  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
=>ip rtadd dst=10.10.0.0/24 label=Interactive gateway=10.0.0.140  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination Label  
10.0.0.0/24  
10.10.0.0/24 Interactive  
10.0.0.140/32  
Gateway  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
127.0.0.1  
Intf Mtrc Status  
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
127.0.0.1/32  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
456  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
ip rtdelete  
Delete a route from the routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip rtdelete  
dst = <ip-address>  
[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[label = <string>]  
[gateway = <ip-address>]  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
dst  
The destination IP address(es) for this route.  
REQUIRED  
Note Supports cidr notation.  
dstmsk  
The destination IP address mask.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
label  
The name of the label.  
gateway  
The IP address of the next hop. The next hop must be directly connected.  
Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.  
Only for special interface routes: the outgoing IP interface name.  
Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.  
intf  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination Label  
Gateway  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
127.0.0.1  
Intf Mtrc Status  
10.0.0.0/24  
10.10.0.0/24 Interactive  
10.0.0.140/32  
eth0  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
127.0.0.1/32  
=>ip rtdelete dst=10.10.0.0/24 label=Interactive gateway=10.0.0.140  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination Label  
10.0.0.0/24  
10.0.0.140/32  
127.0.0.1/32  
Gateway  
10.0.0.140  
10.0.0.140  
127.0.0.1  
Intf Mtrc Status  
eth0  
eth0  
loop  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
0 [UP]  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
457  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip rtlist  
Display the routing table.  
SYNTAX:  
ip rtlist  
where:  
expand  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
Enable or disable expanded listing.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip rtlist  
Destination Label  
Gateway Interface  
127.0.0.1 loop  
127.0.0.1 loop  
Metric Status  
10.0.0.138/32  
127.0.0.1/32  
10.0.0.0/24  
0
0
0
[UP]  
[UP]  
[UP]  
10.0.0.138 eth0  
=>ip rtlist expand=enabled  
Destination Label  
10.0.0.138/  
Gateway Interface  
Metric Status Source-selection  
32  
127.0.0.1 loop  
0
0
0
[UP]  
[UP]  
[UP]  
default  
127.0.0.1  
127.0.0.1  
10.0.0.138  
127.0.0.1/  
10.0.0.0/  
32  
127.0.0.1 loop  
10.0.0.138 eth0  
default  
default  
24  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
458  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip auto flush  
Flush the autoIP interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
459  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip auto ifadd  
Create an autoIP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto ifadd  
intf = <string>  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface for which a link-local address has to be  
allocated.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
dest  
The preferred link-local IP address.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip auto ifadd intf=eth0  
=> ip auto iflist  
eth0 : [INIT] 0.0.0.0  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 0  
collisions = 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
460  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip auto ifattach  
Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the autoIP interface for which a link-local address has to be  
attached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=> ip auto iflist  
ipsec0 : [INIT] 0.0.0.0  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 0  
collisions = 0  
=>ip auto ifattach intf=ipsec0  
=> ip auto iflist  
ipsec0  
: [SELECTING] 169.254.80.236  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 2  
collisions = 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
461  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
ip auto ifconfig  
Configure an autoIP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
[poolstart = <ip-address>]  
[poolend = <ip-address>]  
[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[claim = <number{0-65535}>]  
[defence = <number{0-65535}>]  
[probe = <number{0-65535}>]  
[interval = <number{1-65535}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the autoIP interface to be configured.  
The preferred link-local IP address.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
addr  
poolstart  
The start IP address of the link-local address pool.  
The default is 169.254.1.1.  
poolend  
netmask  
claim  
The end IP address of the link-local address pool.  
The default is 169.254.254.254.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The netmask of the link-local IP address pool.  
The default is 16.  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
Represents the number of link-local address selection retries before  
giving up.  
The default is 10.  
defence  
probe  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
Represents the number of times the link-local address is defended before  
releasing the address.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is 5.  
A number between 0 and 65535.  
Represents the number of ARP probes to be sent before accepting a link-  
local address.  
The default is 4.  
interval  
A number between 1 and 65535 (seconds).  
Represents the time interval between two ARP probe transmissions.  
The default is 2.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
462  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=> ip auto iflist  
eth0  
: [INIT] 0.0.0.0  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 0  
collisions = 0  
=>ip auto ifconfig intf=ipsec0 claim=5 probe=5  
=> ip auto iflist  
ipsec0  
: [INIT] 0.0.0.0  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 5 defence : 5 probe : 5 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 0  
collisions = 0  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
463  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
ip auto ifdelete  
Delete an existing autoIP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip auto iflist  
ipsec0 : [SELECTING] 169.254.80.236  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 2  
collisions = 0  
=>ip auto ifdelete intf=ipsec0  
=>ip auto iflist  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
464  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip auto ifdetach  
Release the link-local address for the given autoIP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the autoIP interface for which a link-local address has to be  
detached.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip auto iflist  
ipsec0 : [SELECTING] 169.254.80.236  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 2  
collisions = 0  
=>ip auto ifdetach intf=ipsec0  
=>ip auto iflist  
ipsec0  
: [INIT] 169.254.80.236  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 0  
collisions = 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
465  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip auto iflist  
Display the autoIP interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
ip auto iflist  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the autoIP interface to be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the autoIP interfaces are shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip auto iflist  
eth0  
: [CLAIMED] 169.254.138.1  
poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0  
claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)  
probes sent = 2  
collisions = 0  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
466  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IP Commands  
ip debug httpprobe  
Send a HTTP probe.  
This HTTP probe will measure the Round Trip Time (RTT) taken to connect and access data from a HTTP  
server.  
SYNTAX:  
ip debug httpprobe  
url = <string>  
[version = <{1.0 | 1.1}>]  
where:  
url  
The Uniform Resource Locator (URL) identifying the HTTP server.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
version  
The version of the HTTP server.  
The default is 1.0.  
EXAMPLE:  
The first example shows the measured time for a file that was downloaded:  
=>ip httpprobe url=http://download.winzip.com/wzipse22.exe  
DNS Lookup-RTT  
TCP Connect-RTT  
= 19 ms  
= 20 ms  
HTTP transaction-RTT = 18772 ms  
Total RTT  
PageSize  
Download speed  
=>  
= 18811 ms  
= 385712 Bytes  
= 20.54 KByte/s  
If the URL of a normal HTML page is used the figures are not so relevant, as shown in the example below:  
=>ip httpprobe url=http://www.google.be  
DNS Lookup-RTT  
TCP Connect-RTT  
= 19 ms  
= 75 ms  
HTTP transaction-RTT = 401 ms  
Total RTT  
PageSize  
=>  
= 495 ms  
= 3448 Bytes  
DESCRIPTION:  
>
>
>
RTT taken to perform domain name lookup.  
RTT taken to perform a TCP connect to the HTTP Server.  
RTT taken to send a request and get a response back from the HTTP Server (the probe retrieves the base  
HTML page only as body, and does not request hyperlinks within this page).  
The SpeedTouch will send the HTTP request, receive the reply, and report the RTT statistics (including the size  
of the page returned).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
467  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
ip debug sendto  
Send UDP packets.  
SYNTAX:  
ip debug sendto  
addr = <ip-address>  
[count = <number{1-1000000}>]  
[size = <number{0-20000}>]  
[interval = <number{1-1000000}>]  
[listen = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[dffield = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[srcaddr = <ip-address>]  
[srcport = <number{1-65535}>]  
dstport = <number{1-65535}>  
[dstintf = <string>]  
where:  
addr  
The destination IP address.  
A number between 1 and 1000000.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
count  
Represents the number of UDP packets to send.  
The default is 1.  
size  
A number between 0 and 20000 (bytes).  
Represents the size of the ping packet(s).  
The default is 1.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
interval  
listen  
dffield  
A number between 1 and 10000000 (milliseconds).  
Represents the intermediate interval between two sent UDP packets.  
The default is 100.  
Listen for incoming ICMP packets (enabled) or only send ICMP packets  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
Enable or disable setting of the don’t fragment flag in the IP headers of  
the ping.  
srcaddr  
srcport  
dstport  
dstintf  
The IP source address to use.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The UDP source port number to use.  
The UDP destination port number to send to.  
The IP interface name.  
By specifying the destination interface with the dstintf parameter, a direct  
send is performed instead of a routed send. This means that the statefull  
firewall will be bypassed for the outbound packet. As a result, the  
returning icmp packet can not be associated with an existing udp  
connection (because there isn’t any) and is legally dropped by the  
firewall. To prevent this packet from being dropped, disable the  
ICMPchecks and UDPchecks in the firewall configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
468  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip debug sendto addr=10.0.0.148 listen=on srcport=19 dstport=1025  
=>ip debug sendto addr=10.0.0.148 listen=on srcport=19 dstport=1025  
1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025  
41  
A
=>ip debug sendto addr=10.0.0.148 count=3 listen=on srcport=19 dstport=1025  
1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025  
41  
A
A
A
1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025  
41  
1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025  
41  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
469  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IP Commands  
ip debug stats  
Display IP statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
ip debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip debug stats  
Total datagrams received  
IP header errors  
: 8599  
: 0  
Datagrams forwarded  
: 23  
: 3  
: 0  
Datagram forwarding errors  
Datagram forwarding resource errors  
Total Fragments received  
: 0  
Fragments dropped due to resources or timeouts  
Datagrams reassembled  
: 0  
: 0  
Datagrams fragmented successfully  
Datagram fragmentation errors  
Total Datagram fragments created successfully  
=>  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
470  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
ip debug traceconfig  
Display/modify the IP stack trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ip debug traceconfig [input = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |  
-broadcast | all}>]  
[forward = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |  
-broadcast | all}>]  
[output = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |  
-broadcast | all}>]  
[drop = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |  
-broadcast | all}>]  
[path = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |  
-broadcast | all}>]  
[mode = <{line | dump}>]  
[arp = <{none | all}>]  
where:  
input  
Define the input packets that will be traced.  
The default is none.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
forward  
output  
drop  
Define the forward packets that will be traced.  
The default is none.  
Define the output packets that will be traced.  
The default is none.  
Define the packet drops that will be traced.  
The default is all.  
path  
Define the packet that will be path-traced.  
The default is none.  
mode  
Select the packet dump method.  
Choose between:  
>
>
line:  
dump: .  
The default is line.  
arp  
Define the ARP packets that will be traced.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is none.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
471  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip debug traceconfig  
Input traces : none  
Forward traces : none  
Output traces : none  
Drop traces  
Path traces  
Trace mode  
ARP traces  
=>  
: all  
: none  
: line  
: none  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ip debug traceroute addr = 192.193.195.250 count=3 size=1 interval=1000 maxhops=30 dstport=  
33433  
maxfail=5 type=icmp utime=yes  
:ip debug traceroute addr=192.193.195.250  
ttl=1  
192.193.195.250 676 us 1351 us 648 us  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
472  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IPQoS Commands  
23 IPQoS Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the ipqoscommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Configure IPQoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS  
queues instantiation.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
473  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos config  
Configure IPQoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.  
When enabling or disabling IPQoS, take the following into account:  
i
>
>
if the WAN interface (for example PPPoA, IP oA,...) is detached at the time of enabling/disabling  
IPQoS, then the WAN interface has to be attached in order for the enabling/disabling of IPQoS to  
take effect.  
if the WAN interface is attached at the time of enabling/disabling IPQoS, then the WAN interface  
has to be detached and then re-attached in order for the enabling/disabling of IPQoS to take  
effect.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos config  
dest = <string>  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[discard = <{tail | early}>]  
[priority = <{wfq | strict | wrr}>]  
[realtimerate = <number{1-100}>]  
[burstsize = <number{1-128}>]  
[weight1 = <number{1-97}>]  
[weight2 = <number{1-97}>]  
[weight3 = <number{1-97}>]  
[weight4 = <number{1-97}>]  
[maxpackets = <number{0-100}>]  
[maxbytes = <number{0-128}>]  
where:  
dest  
The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.  
This is an ATM phonebook entry.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
state  
Disable or enable IPQoS for the interface.  
The default is disabled.  
discard  
Determines the packet discard strategy in case of congestion.  
Choose between:  
>
tail: Tail Drop: arriving packets will be dropped as soon as the  
destination queue is in an overflow state.  
>
early: Early Packet discard: arriving packets will be dropped early  
according to the BLUE active queue management algorithm.  
The default is early.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
474  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IPQoS Commands  
priority  
Select the subqueue priority algorithm.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
wfq: Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) is used for the four AF queues.  
The realtime queue has priority over the WFQ queues, which have  
priority over the best-effort queue.  
>
>
strict: Priority queuing is used. Strict Priority scheduling is used  
between all queues. The higher the queue number, the higher the  
priority.  
wrr: Weighted Round Robin (WRR) is used for the four AF queues.  
Each queue is scheduled in turn, with a circular “round”  
wrapping.  
The default is wfq.  
realtimerate  
burstsize  
A number between 1 and 100.  
Represents a percentage of the interface bandwidth for rate-limiting of  
the Real Time queue.  
In case of congestion, the Real Time queue will only use this  
percentage of the interface bandwidth when there is also traffic on the  
other queues.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is 80.  
A number between 1 and 64.  
Represents the Real Time queue burstsize (in kilobytes) for rate  
limiting.  
The default is 2.  
weight1  
weight2  
weight3  
weight4  
maxpackets  
A number between 1 and 97.  
Represents the weight of queue 1 used for WFQ or WRR.  
The default is 25 (%).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 1 and 97.  
Represents the weight of queue 2 used for WFQ or WRR.  
The default is 25 (%).  
A number between 1 and 97.  
Represents the weight of queue 3 used for WFQ or WRR.  
The default is 25 (%).  
A number between 1 and 97.  
Represents the weight of queue 4 used for WFQ or WRR.  
The default is 25 (%).  
A number between 0 and 250.  
Represents the maximum number of packets in all IPQoS queues  
instantiated for one interface.  
The default is 250.  
maxbytes  
A number between 0 and 128.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the maximum size in kilobytes in all IPQoS queues  
instantiated for one interface.  
The default is 56.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
475  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IPQoS Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos config dest=atm_pvc_8_35 state=enabled  
=>ipqos list  
Name  
State  
Discard Priority Size  
Size  
Rate Burst  
Weights  
(Packets) (KBytes) (%)  
(KBytes) Weights  
atm_pvc_0_35 disabled early  
wfq  
wfq  
250  
250  
56  
56  
80%  
80%  
2
2
25% 25% 25% 25%  
25% 25% 25% 25%  
atm_pvc_8_35 enabled  
=>  
early  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
476  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos list  
Display the IPQoS configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos list  
Name  
State  
Discard  
Priority Size  
Size  
Rate Burst  
Weights  
(Packets) (KBytes) (%)  
(KBytes) Weights  
atm_pvc_0_35 disabled early  
%
wfq  
wfq  
250  
250  
56  
56  
80%  
80%  
2
25% 25% 25% 25  
atm_pvc_8_35 enabled  
early  
2
25% 25% 25% 25  
%
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Configure IPQoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS queues  
instantiation.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
477  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos ef config  
Configure the IPQoS Expedited Forwarding (EF) timer for an interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos ef config  
intf = <string>  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[timeout = <number{100-10000}>]  
[mtu = <number{68-65535}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the IP interface.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
state  
Enable or disable the IPQoS EF timer for the interface.  
The default is disabled.  
timeout  
mtu  
A number between 100 and 10000 milliseconds.  
Represents the timeout.  
The default is 1000.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 68 and 65535.  
Represents the MTU of the IP interface in case of EF data.  
The default is 1500.  
EXAMPLE:  
The example below shows the default configuration:  
=>ipqos ef list  
Interface State  
Timeout  
(ms)  
1000  
MTU  
(bytes)  
65535  
1500  
loop  
disabled  
Rt_PPPoA2 disabled  
1000  
eth0  
disabled  
1000  
1500  
=>ipqos ef config intf=Rt_PPPoA2 state=enabled  
=>ipqos ef list  
Interface State  
Timeout  
(ms)  
1000  
MTU  
(bytes)  
65535  
1500  
loop  
disabled  
Rt_PPPoA2 enabled  
1000  
eth0  
=>  
disabled  
1000  
1500  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
478  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos ef list  
Display the IPQoS EF timers.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos ef list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos ef list  
Interface State  
Timeout  
MTU  
(ms)  
1000  
1000  
1000  
(bytes)  
65535  
1500  
loop  
disabled  
Rt_PPPoA2 enabled  
eth0  
=>  
disabled  
1500  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
479  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos ef stats  
Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos ef stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos ef stats  
Interface State  
Remain  
(ms)  
900  
loop  
active  
Rt_PPPoA2 active  
900  
eth0  
=>  
disabled  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
480  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos queue clear  
Clear the IPQoS statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos queue clear  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos queue stats  
Name Queue  
# packets # packets # packets # packets # packets Marking  
added  
1240  
0
0
234  
0
marked  
removed  
1240  
0
0
234  
0
dropped  
replaced  
PVC_1 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
1345  
1345  
=>ipqos queue clear  
=>ipqos queue stats  
Name Queue  
# packets # packets # packets # packets # packets Marking  
added  
marked  
removed  
dropped  
replaced  
PVC_1 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
481  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos queue config  
Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos queue config  
dest = <string>  
queue = <number{0-5}>  
[propagate = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[ecnmarking = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[ackfiltering = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[maxpackets = <number{0-250}>]  
[maxbytes = <number{0-128}>]  
[respackets = <number{0-250}>]  
[resbytes = <number{0-128}>]  
[hold = <number>]  
[markprob = <number{1-1000}>]  
where:  
dest  
The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.  
Typically, an ATM phonebook entry.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
queue  
A number between 0 and 5.  
Represents the number of the queue, where:  
>
>
>
>
>
>
5 is the Real time queue  
4 is the Assured Forwarding (AF) queue 4  
3 is the AF queue 3  
2 is the AF queue 2  
1 is the AF queue 1  
0 is the Best Effort queue.  
propagate  
Higher priority packets will be queued in a lower priority queue,  
instead of being dropped, as soon as the destination queue is in  
overflow state.  
The packet will be put in a lower priority queue only once.  
Choose between disabled or enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
Note The propagate flag for the lowest priority subqueue (the Best  
Effort queue) has no meaning.  
ecnmarking  
Enable Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) for IP packets in this  
subqueue (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
ackfiltering  
maxpackets  
Enable filtering of TCP ACK packets (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 250.  
Represents the maximum number of packets in this queue.  
The default is 0 for the Real time queue and 100 for the other queues.  
Note 0 means that a maximum size is not enforced.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
482  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
maxbytes  
A number between 0 and 128.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the maximum size in kilobytes of this queue.  
The default is 0 for the Real time queue and 20 for the other queues.  
Note 0 means that a maximum size is not enforced.  
respackets  
resbytes  
hold  
A number between 0 and 250.  
Represents the reserved number of packets in this queue.  
The default is 30 for the Real time queue and 13 for the other queues.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 128  
Represents the reserved size in kilobytes of this queue.  
The default is 12 for the Real time queue and 4 for the other queues.  
A number (of microseconds).  
Represents the hold time in microseconds for early discard strategy.  
The default is 50000.  
markprob  
A number between 1 and 1000.  
Represents the maximum packet marking probability in parts per  
mille for early discard strategy.  
The default is 1000.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos queue list  
Name  
Queue  
Propagate ECN  
AckFilter Size  
Size  
Reserved Reserved  
Holdtime Markprob  
(Packets) (KBytes) (Packets) (KBytes)  
(usecs)  
atm_pvc_0_35 0  
disabled disabled 100  
20  
20  
20  
20  
20  
0
13  
13  
13  
13  
13  
30  
13  
13  
13  
13  
13  
30  
4
50000  
50000  
50000  
50000  
50000  
50000  
1000  
1
1000  
2
1000  
3
1000  
4
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 0  
disabled disabled 100  
4
4
4
4
1000  
5
1000  
12  
4
atm_pvc_8_35 0  
20  
20  
20  
20  
20  
0
50000  
50000  
50000  
50000  
50000  
1000  
1
1000  
2
1000  
3
1000  
4
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 0  
4
4
4
4
1000  
5
12  
50000  
=>  
1000  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
483  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos queue list  
Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos queue list  
[dest = <string}>]  
where:  
dest  
The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.  
This is an ATM phonebook entry.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the IPQoS subqueue configuration for all the  
interfaces will be shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos queue list  
Name Queue  
Propagate ECN  
AckFilter Size  
Size  
Reserved Reserved Hold  
time Markprob  
(Packets) (KBytes) (Packets) (KBytes) (use  
cs)  
atm_pvc_0_35 0  
disabled disabled 100  
20  
20  
20  
20  
20  
0
13  
13  
13  
13  
13  
30  
13  
13  
13  
13  
13  
30  
4
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
5000  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1
2
3
4
5
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 0  
disabled disabled 100  
4
4
4
4
12  
4
atm_pvc_8_35 0  
20  
20  
20  
20  
20  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1
2
3
4
5
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 100  
disabled disabled disabled 0  
4
4
4
4
12  
0
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
484  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
ipqos queue stats  
Show the IPQoS subqueue statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
ipqos queue stats  
[dest = <string}>]  
where:  
dest  
The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.  
This is an ATM phonebook entry.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the IPQoS subqueue statistics for all the  
interfaces will be shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ipqos queue stats  
Name Queue # packets # packets # packets # packets # packets Marking  
added  
1240  
0
0
234  
0
marked  
removed  
1240  
0
0
234  
0
dropped  
replaced  
PVC_1 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%  
0%  
0%  
0%  
0%  
0%  
1
2
3
4
5
145  
145  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
485  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
IPQoS Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
486  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
24 Label Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the labelcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Modify a label configuration.  
Display a list of chains.  
Clear the label rule statistics.  
Display the label rule statistics.  
Display or modify the rule trace configuration.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
487  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Label Commands  
label add  
Create a new label.  
SYNTAX:  
label add  
where:  
name  
name = <string>  
The name of the label to be added.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
enabled enabled disabled tos 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
default  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
=>label add name=myLABEL  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
enabled enabled disabled tos 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
default  
myLABEL  
=>  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
ignore  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
disabled disabled disabled tos 0  
0
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
488  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Label Commands  
label delete  
Delete a label.  
SYNTAX:  
label delete  
name = <string>  
[force = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
force  
The name of the label to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Force delete and cleanup references even when the label is still  
in use (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
enabled enabled disabled tos  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
default  
myLABEL  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
ignore  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
0
0
=>label delete name=myLABEL force=yes  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
enabled enabled disabled tos  
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
default  
=>  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
489  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label flush  
Flush all labels.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
label flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
490  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label list  
Display the labels.  
SYNTAX:  
label list  
where:  
[name = <string>]  
name  
The name of the label to be displayed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the labels will be displayed.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
enabled enabled disabled tos  
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
disabled 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
default  
=>  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos  
=>label list name=Interactive  
Name  
Class  
Def  
8
Ack  
8
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace  
Interactive increase  
=>  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
0
disabled 0  
0
disabled  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
491  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label modify  
Modify a label configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
label modify  
name = <string>  
[classification = <{ignore | overwrite | increase}>]  
[defclass = <number{0-15} | dscp | default>]  
[ackclass = <number{0-15} | defclass | prioritize>]  
[bidirectional = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[inheritance = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[tosmarking = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[tos = <number{0-255}>]  
[dscp = <{DSCP name> | <number>}]  
[precedence = <{IP precedence type> | <number>}]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the label to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
classification  
Select the method of classification, in other words, determine  
what the Layer 3 class assignment must do with the priority of  
the data packet (as set by Layer 2).  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
ignore: Ignore the class parameters defclass and ackclass,  
but use the class as set by Layer 2 (VLAN user priority, ATM  
QoS).  
overwrite: Change the class to defclass and ackclass,  
overwriting the value set by Layer 2 (VLAN user priority,  
ATM QoS).  
increase: Change the class according to defclass and  
ackclass, but only if the defclass value is higher than the  
class value already set by Layer 2.  
The default is ignore.  
Note The class as set by Layer 2 is derived from:  
>
the VLAN user priority (in case of VLAN or priority  
tagged frames)  
>
the ATM PVC QoS class (in case the packet is  
received from an ATM PVC).  
For non-VLAN frames or non-PVC received data, Layer  
2 sets the internal class (priority) to 4 by default.  
defclass  
The default priority class of the assigned connection.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
A number between 0 and 15  
dscp  
default.  
The default is 0.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
492  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Label Commands  
ackclass  
The priority class of the ACK segments of the TCP connection.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
A number between 0 and 15  
prioritize  
defclass.  
The default is 0.  
bidirectional  
inheritance  
The label applies to the initiator stream, the returning stream  
(the current connection) as well as to the child connections  
(enabled) or not (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
The label will be copied to all child connection streams in the  
same direction (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
tosmarking  
tos  
Enable or disable tos marking.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 255.  
Represents the ToS specification in the IP packet (used for  
tosmarking).  
The default is 0.  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
dscp  
The DSCP in the IP packet (part of tos).  
(DSCP)” on page 753) or, alternatively, specify the number.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
precedence  
trace  
The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos).  
Select an IP precedence (see “ IP Precedence” on page 752) or,  
alternatively, specify the number.  
Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually  
exclusive.  
Enable or disable IP tracing for this label.  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
493  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value  
Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
enabled enabled disabled tos  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
default  
myLABEL  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
ignore  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
0
0
=>label modify name=myLABEL classification=increase defclass=7 ackclass=7 bidirectional=enabled  
inheritance=enabled tosmarking=enabled tos=234 trace=enabled  
=>label list  
Name  
DSCP  
Class  
overwrite dscp  
Def  
Ack  
defclass  
8
12  
10  
14  
Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value  
Use Trace  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
disabled disabled disabled tos  
enabled enabled disabled tos  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
disabled  
Interactive increase  
Management increase  
Video  
VoIP  
default  
myLABEL  
=>  
8
12  
10  
increase  
overwrite 14  
increase  
increase  
default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos  
enabled enabled enabled tos  
7
7
234  
0
0
enabled  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
494  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
label chain add  
Add a new label chain.  
SYNTAX:  
label chain add  
chain = <string>  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain to be added.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
rt_user_labels  
system  
user  
rt_default_labels  
qos_labels  
qos_user_labels  
user  
system  
user  
qos_default_labels  
=>label chain add chain=myChain  
=>label chain list  
user  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
myChain  
system  
user  
user  
system  
user  
user  
user  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display a list of chains.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
495  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label chain delete  
Delete a label chain.  
SYNTAX:  
label chain delete  
chain = <string>  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
myChain  
system  
user  
user  
system  
user  
user  
user  
=>label chain delete chain=myChain  
=>label chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
=>  
system  
user  
user  
system  
user  
user  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display a list of chains.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
496  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label chain flush  
Flush all label chains.  
SYNTAX:  
label chain flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
497  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label chain list  
Display a list of chains.  
SYNTAX:  
label chain list  
where:  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
format  
Select the output format of the list.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
pretty: the configuration is shown as intuitive output in  
clear text.  
>
cli: the configuration is shown via the CLI commands  
configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label chain list  
Chains  
======  
Name  
Description  
-------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
system  
user  
user  
system  
user  
user  
=>label chain list format=cli  
:label chain add chain=rt_user_labels  
:label chain add chain=rt_default_labels  
:label chain add chain=qos_user_labels  
:label chain add chain=qos_default_labels  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
498  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Label Commands  
label rule add  
Add a label rule.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule add  
chain = <chain name>  
[index = <number>]  
[name = <string>]  
[clink = <chain name>]  
[srcintf [!]= <string>]  
[srcip [!]= <{ip address | private}>]  
[dstip [!]= <{ip address | private}>]  
[serv [!]= <{service name}>]  
[log = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
label = <string>  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.  
For example “srcintf=!wan” means “if srcintf is different from WAN”.  
i
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain in which the rule must be inserted.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
index  
The index number of the rule before which the new rule must  
be added.  
Tip  
Use the command :label rule listto obtain the  
index number of the applicable rule.  
name  
clink  
srcintf  
srcip  
dstip  
serv  
The name of the new rule.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies.  
The name of the source interface expression.  
The name of the source IP expression.  
The name of the destination IP expression.  
The name of the service expression.  
log  
Disable or enable logging when this rule applies.  
The default is disabled.  
state  
label  
Disable or enable this rule.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
None  
link (when clink is used)  
label name.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
499  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label rule list  
Rules (flags: C=Constant, D=Dynamic, E=Enable, L=Log)  
=====  
Chain  
Nr. Flags Rule  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
qos_labels  
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
E
: link  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: VoIP  
: VoIP  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
sip *.* > *.*  
qos_default_labels  
h323 *.* > *.*  
telnet *.* > *.*  
smtp *.* > *.*  
imap4-ssl *.* > *.*  
imap3 *.* > *.*  
imap *.* > *.*  
imaps *.* > *.*  
pop3s *.* > *.*  
pop3 *.* > *.*  
pop2 *.* > *.*  
httpproxy *.* > *.*  
http *.* > *.*  
https *.* > *.*  
esp *.* > *.*  
ah *.* > *.*  
dns *.* > *.*  
ike *.* > *.*  
icmp *.* > *.*  
rtsp *.* > *.*  
igmp *.* > *.*  
!wan.* > *.*  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Management  
: Management  
: Management  
: Video  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
C E  
C E  
C E  
: Video  
: default  
default  
=>label rule add chain=myChain name=myRule dstip=150.150.150.150 serv=DiffServ log=enabled state=enabled  
| label=myLABEL  
=>label rule list  
Rules (flags: C=Constant, D=Dynamic, E=Enable, L=Log)  
=====  
Chain  
Nr. Flags Rule  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
qos_labels  
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
C E  
E
: link  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: VoIP  
: VoIP  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
sip *.* > *.*  
qos_default_labels  
h323 *.* > *.*  
telnet *.* > *.*  
smtp *.* > *.*  
imap4-ssl *.* > *.*  
imap3 *.* > *.*  
imap *.* > *.*  
imaps *.* > *.*  
pop3s *.* > *.*  
pop3 *.* > *.*  
pop2 *.* > *.*  
httpproxy *.* > *.*  
http *.* > *.*  
https *.* > *.*  
esp *.* > *.*  
ah *.* > *.*  
dns *.* > *.*  
ike *.* > *.*  
icmp *.* > *.*  
rtsp *.* > *.*  
igmp *.* > *.*  
!wan.* > *.*  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Interactive  
: Management  
: Management  
: Management  
: Video  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
1
C E  
C E  
C E  
C EL  
: Video  
: default  
default  
myRule  
myChain  
=>  
: myLABEL DiffServ *.* > *.150.150.150.150  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
500  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
501  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
label rule delete  
Delete a label rule.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule delete  
chain = <string>  
index = <number>  
where:  
chain  
index  
The name of the chain in which a rule must be deleted.  
The index number of the rule in the chain.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :label rule listto obtain the  
index number of the applicable rule.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label rule list  
Rules (flags: C=Constant, D=Dynamic, E=Enable, L=Log)  
=====  
Chain  
Nr. Flags Rule  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
qos_labels  
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
C E  
C E  
C E  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: VoIP  
: VoIP  
: Interactive  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
sip *.* > *.*  
qos_default_labels  
h323 *.* > *.*  
telnet *.* > *.*  
...  
19  
20  
21  
22  
1
E
C E  
C E  
C E  
C EL  
: Management  
: Video  
: Video  
icmp *.* > *.*  
rtsp *.* > *.*  
igmp *.* > *.*  
!wan.* > *.*  
default  
myRule  
: default  
myChain  
: myLABEL DiffServ *.* > *.150.150.150.150  
=>label rule delete chain=myChain index=1  
=>label rule list  
Rules (flags: C=Constant, D=Dynamic, E=Enable, L=Log)  
=====  
Chain  
Nr. Flags Rule  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
qos_labels  
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
CDE  
C E  
C E  
C E  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: link  
: VoIP  
: VoIP  
: Interactive  
rt_user_labels  
rt_default_labels  
qos_user_labels  
qos_default_labels  
sip *.* > *.*  
qos_default_labels  
h323 *.* > *.*  
telnet *.* > *.*  
...  
=>  
19  
20  
21  
22  
E
C E  
C E  
C E  
: Management  
: Video  
: Video  
icmp *.* > *.*  
rtsp *.* > *.*  
igmp *.* > *.*  
!wan.* > *.*  
default  
: default  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
502  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
503  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
label rule flush  
Flush all label rules.  
The chains themselves are not removed.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
label rule flush  
where:  
chain  
[chain = <string>]  
The name of the chain to be flushed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the rules for all the chains are  
flushed.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
504  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label rule list  
Display a list of label rules.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule list  
[chain = <string>]  
[format = <{pretty | cli}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain for which the rules must be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all rules for all chains are shown.  
format  
Select the output format of the list.  
Choose between:  
>
pretty: the configuration is shown as intuitive output in  
clear text.  
>
cli: the configuration is shown via the CLI commands  
configuration.  
The default is pretty.  
string  
String matching condition  
Beginstring matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
505  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label rule list format=cli  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=1 serv=sip log=disabled state=enabled  
label=VoIP  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=2 serv=h323 log=disabled state=enabled  
label=VoIP  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=3 serv=telnet log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=4 serv=smtp log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=5 serv=imap4-ssl log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=6 serv=imap3 log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=7 serv=imap log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=8 serv=imaps log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=9 serv=pop3s log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=10 serv=pop3 log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=11 serv=pop2 log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=12 serv=httpproxy log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=13 serv=http log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=14 serv=https log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=15 serv=esp log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=16 serv=ah log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Interactive  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=17 serv=dns log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Management  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=18 serv=ike log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Management  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=19 serv=icmp log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Management  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=20 serv=rtsp log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Video  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=21 serv=igmp log=disabled state=enabled  
label=Video  
:label rule add chain=qos_default_labels index=22 name=default srcintf=!wan log=disabled  
state=enabled  
| label=default  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
506  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
label rule modify  
Modify a label rule.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule modify  
chain = <chain name>  
index = <number>  
[newindex = <number>]  
[name = <string>]  
[clink = <chain name>]  
[srcintf [!]= <string>]  
[srcip [!]= <{ip address | private}>]  
[dstip [!]= <{ip address | private}>]  
[serv [!]= <{service name}>]  
[log = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[label = <string>]  
If a value is preceded by a “!”, it means “NOT”.  
For example “srcintf=!wan” means “if srcintf is different from WAN”.  
i
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain which contains the rule.  
The number of the rule in the chain.  
The new number of the rule in the chain.  
The name of the new rule.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
index  
newindex  
name  
clink  
The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies.  
The name of the source interface expression.  
The name of the source IP expression.  
The name of the destination IP expression.  
The name of the device expression.  
Disable or enable logging when this rule applies.  
Disable or enable this rule.  
srcintf  
srcip  
dstip  
serv  
log  
state  
label  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
None  
link (when clink is used)  
label name.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
507  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Label Commands  
label rule debug clear  
Clear the label rule statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule debug clea [chain = <string>]  
r
[index = <number>]  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain in which the rule is to be found.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all the rules in all  
chains will be cleared.  
index  
The index number (determined by the position) of the rule in  
the chain.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all the rules in a chain  
will be cleared.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
508  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Label Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label rule debug stats chain=qos_labels  
chain index  
------------------------------------------------------------  
packets  
bytes  
qos_labels  
1
2
0
203  
0
19146  
=>label rule debug clear chain=qos_labels  
=>label rule debug stats  
chain  
index  
packets  
bytes  
------------------------------------------------------------  
routing_labels  
1
2
0
0
0
0
qos_labels  
1
0
0
2
0
0
qos_default_labels  
1
0
0
2
0
0
3
4
168  
4
0
0
5
0
0
6
0
0
7
0
0
8
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
0
0
10  
3
0
0
5
0
4
0
0
480  
144  
0
0
329  
0
452  
17573  
177  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the label rule statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
509  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Label Commands  
label rule debug stats  
Display the label rule statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule debug stat [chain = <string>]  
s
[index = <number>]  
where:  
chain  
The name of the chain for which the statistics must be shown.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the statistics for the rules applicable to  
all chains are shown.  
index  
The index number of the rule for which the statistics must be  
shown.  
Tip  
Use the command :label rule listto obtain the  
index number of the applicable rule.  
Note If not specified, the statistics for all rules applicable to  
the specified chain are shown.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label rule debug stats chain=qos_labels  
chain index  
------------------------------------------------------------  
packets  
bytes  
qos_labels  
1
2
0
167  
0
15690  
=>  
=>label rule debug stats chain=qos_default_labels index=20  
chain index packets bytes  
------------------------------------------------------------  
qos_default_labels  
=>  
19  
165  
16421  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Clear the label rule statistics.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
510  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Label Commands  
label rule debug traceconfig  
Display or modify the rule trace configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
label rule debug trac [trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
econfig  
where:  
trace  
Disable or enable rule traces.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>label rule debug traceconfig  
:label rule debug traceconfig state=disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
511  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Label Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
512  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Language Commands  
25 Language Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the languagecommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Delete one or all language archives.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
513  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Language Commands  
language config  
Select a language.  
SYNTAX:  
language config  
[language = <string>]  
[complete = <{yes | no}>]  
where:  
language  
Language code: OSI language code (2 chars) for language.  
Example: en for english.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
complete  
Enable translation for expert pages.  
The default is yes.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>language config  
language  
complete  
=>  
: en  
: no  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete one or all language archives.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
514  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Language Commands  
language delete  
Delete one or all language archives.  
SYNTAX:  
language delete  
[file = <string>]  
[all = <{yes | no}>]  
where:  
file  
all  
The filename of the language archive to be removed.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Remove all languages archives (yes) or not (no).  
The default is no.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
515  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Language Commands  
language list  
List the available language archives.  
SYNTAX:  
language list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>language list  
CODE LANGUAGE  
en* English  
=>  
VERSION  
5.3.0.10.0  
FILENAME  
<system>  
The currently selected language is indicated by a “*” next to the OSI language code.  
i
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete one or all language archives.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
516  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus client config  
Modify client parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus client config [writelock = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
[wlgetimeout = <number>]  
[wlidletimeout = <number>]  
[path = <quoted string>]  
[type = <idpath | keypath>]  
where:  
writelock  
Enable or disable mbus writelock.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
wlgetimeout  
wlidletimeout  
Writelock get timeout in seconds.  
<forever=-1, *default=nowait=0>  
Writelock idle timeout in seconds.  
<forever=-1, *default=nowait=30>  
path  
type  
Fully qualified mbus path.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Path type.  
The default is idpath.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
518  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus client exec  
Execute mbus command.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus client exec  
cmd = <{addobject | deleteobject | getparamattributes  
| getparamcount | getparamnames | getparamvalues |  
getpath | setparamvalue}>  
[param = <quoted string>]  
[value = <quoted string>]  
[gettype = <{object | parameter | path}>]  
[depth = <number>]  
[processcmd = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[readcommitted = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[onerrorrollback = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
cmd  
Mbus command name.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
addobject  
deleteobject  
getparamattributes  
getparamcount  
getparamnames  
getparamvalues  
getpath  
setparamvalue  
param  
value  
Parameter name.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Parameter value to set.  
gettype  
Get type elements.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
object  
parameter  
path  
The default is parameter.  
depth  
Number of levels to recurse, default=-1 (all).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
processcmd  
Enable or disable the process SET_PARAMVALUE  
command flag.  
The default is enabled.  
readcommitted  
onerrorrollback  
Enable or disable the read committed data only  
(MBUS_CMD_GET_PARAMVALUES) flag.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable the on error rollback flag.  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
519  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
520  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MBUS Commands  
mbus client register  
Register cli client to mbus.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus client register  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
521  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus debug stats  
Display mbus statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus debug stats  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
522  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus debug clearstats  
Reset MBUS statistics .  
SYNTAX:  
mbus debug clearstats  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
523  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus debug traceconfig  
Modify mbus trace settings.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus debug traceconfig [level = <number{0-4}>]  
where:  
level  
A number between 0 and 4.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the mbus trace level.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
524  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus listobjects  
Display the object instances.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus listobjects  
[path = <quoted string>]  
[type = <{idpath | keypath}>]  
[output = <{list | tree}>]  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
path  
type  
Fully qualified mbus path to list.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Path type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
idpath  
keypath.  
The default is idpath.  
output  
List output type.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
list  
tree.  
The default is tree.  
expand  
Enable or disable details.  
The default is disabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
525  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus listtypes  
Display the registered objecttypes.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus listtypes  
[path = <quoted string>]  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
path  
Fully qualified mbus path to list.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
expand  
Enable or disable details.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mbus listtypes  
- root  
+ InternetGatewayDevice  
* DeviceInfo  
* Layer3Forwarding  
* LANDevice  
- WLANConfiguration  
+ WEPKey  
+ PreSharedKey  
-
* WANDevice  
- WANCommonInterfaceConfig  
- WANDSLInterfaceConfig  
- WANConnectionDevice  
+ WANDSLLinkConfig  
+ WANIPConnection  
* PortMapping  
+ WANPPPConnection  
* PortMapping  
* Services  
* ManagementServer  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the object instances.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
526  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus listenums  
Display the registered enumtypes.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus listenumss  
[dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>]  
[name = <quoted string>]  
[expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
dmtree  
Select mbusd datamodel tree.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
name  
Filter enumtypes by (part of) the name  
expand  
Enable or disable details.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mbus listtypes  
- root  
+ InternetGatewayDevice  
* DeviceInfo  
* Layer3Forwarding  
* LANDevice  
- WLANConfiguration  
+ WEPKey  
+ PreSharedKey  
-
* WANDevice  
- WANCommonInterfaceConfig  
- WANDSLInterfaceConfig  
- WANConnectionDevice  
+ WANDSLLinkConfig  
+ WANIPConnection  
* PortMapping  
+ WANPPPConnection  
* PortMapping  
* Services  
* ManagementServer  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the object instances.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
527  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus listcontexts  
Display the context instances .  
SYNTAX:  
listcontexts  
where:  
[dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>]  
dmtree  
Select mbusd datamodel tree.  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the object instances.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
528  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus listsubscriptions  
Display the subscription instances .  
SYNTAX:  
listsubscriptions  
[dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>]  
where:  
dmtree  
Select mbusd datamodel tree.  
OPTIONAL  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Display the object instances.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
529  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus debug loadobjects  
Load object instances of registered objecttypes.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus debug loadobjects [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>]  
[path = <quoted string>]  
[type = <{indexpath|objidpath|keystrpath}>]  
[flush = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
dmtree  
mbus data model tree  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
path  
type  
Fully qualified mbus path.  
Path type.  
The default is indexpath.  
flush  
Flush objects before load  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled)  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
530  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus debug unloadobjects  
Unload object instances.  
SYNTAX:  
mbus unloadobjects [path = <quoted string>]  
[type = <{idpath | keypath}>]  
where:  
path  
type  
Fully qualified mbus path.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Path type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
idpath  
keypath.  
The default is idpath.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
531  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MBUS Commands  
mbus pluginevent  
Simulate event from plugin .  
SYNTAX:  
mbus pluginevent  
ctxid = <number{0--2}>  
type = <{addobj|delobj|updobj}>  
path = <quoted string>  
[name = <quoted string>]  
[value = <quoted string>]  
[orivalue = <quoted string>]  
where:  
ctxid  
Plugin context id  
Event type  
type  
path  
Plugin event subpath  
Plugin event name  
Plugin event value  
Plugin event orivalue  
name  
value  
orivalue  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
532  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus unregister  
Unregister a client/plugin context .  
SYNTAX:  
unregister  
id = <number>  
where:  
id  
message-based client/plugin context id.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
533  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MBUS Commands  
mbus client unregister  
Unregister cli client from mbus .  
SYNTAX:  
unregister  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
534  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MEMM Commands  
27 MEMM Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the memmcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
535  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
MEMM Commands  
memm debug lock traceconfig  
Modify lock trace settings.  
SYNTAX:  
memm debug lock traceconfig  
[level = <number{0-4}>]  
[name = <string>]  
where:  
level  
A number between 0 and 4.  
Represents the memm trace level.  
OPTIONAL  
name  
Application name filter for lock traces (empty displays all  
lock traces).  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
536  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MEMM Commands  
memm debug traceconfig  
Modify memm trace settings.  
SYNTAX:  
memm debug traceconfig [level = <number{0-4}>]  
where:  
level  
A number between 0 and 4.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the memm trace level.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
537  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MEMM Commands  
memm debug clearstats  
Clear time statistics  
SYNTAX:  
memm debug clearstats  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
538  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
MEMM Commands  
memm debug lock stats  
Display lock statistics  
SYNTAX:  
memm debug lock stats  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
539  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
MEMM Commands  
memm listobjects  
Display objects.  
SYNTAX:  
memm listobjects  
[name = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
Select typename(s) to list (supports partial typename).  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
540  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MEMM Commands  
memm stats  
Display memm statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
memm stats  
where:  
[name = <quoted string>]  
name  
Select typename(s) to list (supports partial typename).  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>memm stats  
pool name  
---------  
bytes cur,max,avail (max.%) count cur,max,avail ref cur,max,avail  
---------------------------- ------------------- -----------------  
memm_pooldesc  
dynstr_pool  
mbus_llist  
mbus_dynstr  
- strings buffer  
mbus_client  
mbus_cmddata  
mbus_objecttype  
mbus_paramtype  
mbus_object  
mbus_objectindex  
upnp_dynstr  
-strings buffer  
upnp_handles  
upnp_devices  
upnp_services  
upnp_subscriptions  
upnp_firstdeviceevents  
mbus_cliclient  
cwmp_elem_pool  
cwmp_attr_pool  
cwmp_llist_pool  
cwmp_dynstr_pool  
-strings buffer  
cwmp_event_pool  
cwmp_cmddata_pool  
---------  
1196, 1196, 1300  
72, 72, 120  
2904, 2904, 4920  
2928, 2964, 4920  
3545, 3563, 8192  
(92%)  
(60%)  
(59%)  
(60%)  
(43%)  
(10%)  
( 2%)  
(77%)  
(84%)  
( 1%)  
( 0%)  
(10%)  
( 7%)  
(33%)  
(10%)  
(13%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
( 5%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
( 0%)  
23,  
3,  
242,  
244,  
23,  
3,  
242,  
247,  
25  
5
410  
410  
obj:  
0,  
0,  
0, 255  
0,  
0,  
0,  
-
-
-
0,  
12,  
0,  
744,  
12,  
88, 3520  
744, 960  
120  
1,  
0,  
31,  
211,  
1,  
1,  
2,  
31,  
211,  
1,  
10  
80  
40  
250  
70  
70  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5908, 5908, 7000  
28,  
0,  
36,  
28, 1960  
0,  
840  
600  
0,  
3,  
0,  
5,  
60,  
50  
138,  
332,  
816,  
151, 2048  
332, 996  
816, 8160  
1,  
3,  
4,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
1,  
3,  
4,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
2,  
0,  
3
30  
30  
50  
50  
5
20  
20  
40  
20  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2560, 2560, 19200  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0, 30400  
0, 4000  
0,  
0,  
0,  
24,  
0,  
240  
560  
400  
480  
240  
0, 8192  
0, 64  
0, 1320  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
4
30  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
-
-
----------------------------  
21219, 21422,110752 (19%)  
Total usage  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
541  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MEMM Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>memm stats  
pool name  
bytes cur,max,avail (max.%)  
---------------------------  
count cur,max,avail  
-------------------  
ref  
cur,max,avail  
-------------  
memm_pooldesc  
---  
ob  
1196,  
1196,  
1300 ( 92%)  
120 ( 60%)  
4920 ( 51%)  
4920 ( 49%)  
23,  
23,  
25  
j:  
0,  
255  
dynstr_pool  
72,  
72,  
3,  
3,  
5
0,  
mbus_llist  
0, 0,  
0,  
-
-
2460,  
2316,  
2532,  
2424,  
205, 211, 410  
193, 202, 410  
mbus_dynstr  
0, 0,  
-
- strings buffer  
mbus_client  
2761,  
12,  
2839,  
12,  
8192 ( 34%)  
120 ( 10%)  
1,  
0,  
1,  
2,  
10  
80  
40  
0,  
mbus_cmddata  
0, 0,  
mbus_objecttype  
0, 0,  
mbus_paramtype  
0, 0,  
mbus_object  
0, 0,  
mbus_objectindex  
0, 0,  
upnp_dynstr  
0, 0,  
0,  
-
0,  
480,  
3976,  
840,  
168,  
36,  
88,  
480,  
3976,  
840,  
168,  
72,  
3520 ( 2%)  
960 ( 50%)  
7000 ( 56%)  
1960 ( 42%)  
840 ( 20%)  
600 ( 12%)  
-
20,  
20,  
-
142, 142, 250  
-
30,  
14,  
3,  
30,  
14,  
6,  
70  
70  
50  
-
-
-
- strings buffer  
upnp_handles  
132,  
332,  
152,  
332,  
2048 ( 7%)  
996 ( 33%)  
14,  
1,  
14,  
1,  
70  
3
0,  
upnp_devices  
0, 0,  
upnp_services  
0, 0,  
upnp_subscriptions  
0, 0,  
upnp_firstdeviceevents  
0, 0,  
mbus_cliclient  
0, 0,  
cwmp_elem_pool  
0, 0,  
cwmp_attr_pool  
0, 0,  
cwmp_llist_pool  
0, 0,  
cwmp_dynstr_pool  
0, 0,  
0,  
-
816,  
2560,  
1216,  
0,  
816,  
8160 ( 10%)  
3,  
4,  
2,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
3,  
4,  
4,  
4,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
2,  
0,  
30  
30  
50  
50  
5
-
2560, 19200 ( 13%)  
2432, 30400 ( 8%)  
-
-
320,  
0,  
4000 ( 8%)  
240 ( 0%)  
560 ( 0%)  
400 ( 0%)  
480 ( 5%)  
240 ( 0%)  
-
0,  
-
0,  
0,  
20  
20  
40  
20  
-
0,  
0,  
-
0,  
24,  
0,  
-
0,  
-
- strings buffer  
cwmp_event_pool  
0,  
0,  
0,  
0,  
8192 ( 0%)  
64 ( 0%)  
0,  
0,  
4
0,  
cwmp_cmddata_pool  
0, 0,  
0,  
-
0,  
0,  
13202 ( 0%)  
0,  
0,  
30  
-
-------------  
Total usage  
=>  
---------------------------  
19373, 21335,110752 ( 19%)  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
542  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MLP Commands  
mlp flush  
Flush all the Multi-Level access Policies (MLP) structures.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
544  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp import  
Import all the scores.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp import  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled | full}>]  
where:  
trace  
Select the import trace level.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
disabled  
enabled  
full.  
The default is disabled.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Export all the scores.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
545  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp debug export  
Export all the scores.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp debug export  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
546  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MLP Commands  
mlp debug stats  
Display MLP statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp debug stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp debug stats  
Roles (cur/free/max)  
: 8/7/15  
Privileges (cur/free/max) : 35/25/60  
ListItems (cur/free/max) : 31/119/150  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
547  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp debug traceconfig  
Modify the MLP trace settings.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp debug traceconfig  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled | full}>]  
where:  
trace  
Select the trace level.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
disabled  
enabled  
full.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp debug traceconfig  
mlp trace: disabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
548  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MLP Commands  
mlp privilege add  
Add a privilege.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp privilege add  
name = <quoted string>  
type = <{access | service}>  
[descr = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
type  
The name of the new privilege.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Note The maximum number of privileges is 60.  
Select the privilege type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
access: the privilege is an access privilege.  
service: the privilege is a service privilege.  
descr  
A description of the privilege.  
OPTIONAL  
Note The maximum length is 63 characters.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
549  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MLP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp privilege list type=access  
Privilege (type) Description  
----------------------------  
anyaccess (access) All access privileges granted  
AP1 (access) LAN_Local_all  
AP2 (access) LAN_Local with all secured channels  
AP3 (access) LAN_Local with all channels & access to sensitive files  
...  
AP15 (access) WAN from all channels  
AP16 (access) LAN from HTTP/HTTPs  
=>mlp privilege add name=myPrivilege type=access descr="My access privilege"  
=>mlp privilege list type=access  
Privilege (type) Description  
----------------------------  
anyaccess (access) All access privileges granted  
AP1 (access) LAN_Local_all  
AP2 (access) LAN_Local with all secured channels  
AP3 (access) LAN_Local with all channels & access to sensitive files  
...  
AP15 (access) WAN from all channels  
AP16 (access) LAN from HTTP/HTTPs  
myPrivilege (access) My access privilege  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
550  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MLP Commands  
mlp privilege addzone  
Add a zone to a privilege.  
Only one zone can be added at a time to a privilege. If multiple zones need to be added, the  
command :mlp privilege addzonemust be executed for each zone to be added.  
i
SYNTAX:  
mlp privilege addzone  
name = <string>  
zone = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the privilege in which a zone must be added.  
The name of the new zone.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
zone  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp privilege list type=access name=myPrivilege verbose=all  
myPrivilege (access) My access privilege  
=>mlp privilege addzone name=myPrivilege zone=channel_http  
=>mlp privilege list type=access name=myPrivilege verbose=all  
myPrivilege (access) My access privilege  
channel_http  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
551  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp privilege config  
Modify a privilege.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp privilege config  
name = <string>  
[descr = <quoted string>]  
[score = <{hex-word}[:{hex-word}] ex:  
'a12:c30f'>]  
where:  
name  
descr  
The name of the privilege to be modified.  
Set the privilege description.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note The maximum length is 63 characters.  
Set the score of the privilege.  
score  
OPTIONAL  
Note This is a hexadecimal value, for example “a12:c30f”.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp privilege config name=myPrivilege descr="My test privilege" score=a12:def4  
=>mlp privilege list verbose=all  
anyaccess (access) All access privileges granted  
unsecure_connection, channel_ftp, channel_telnet, channel_http,  
channel_mdap, channel_serial, origin_lan, origin_wan, origin_local  
anyservice (service) All service privileges granted  
...  
AP15 (access) WAN from all channels  
unsecure_connection, channel_ftp, channel_telnet, channel_http,  
channel_mdap, channel_serial, origin_wan  
AP16 (access) LAN from HTTP/HTTPs  
unsecure_connection, channel_http, origin_lan  
myPrivilege (service) My test privilege  
r_lan, r_fs_view, r_fs_retrieve, r_rtg, r_fwdg, r_frwl, r_ipsec_norm,  
r_ipsec_adv, r_certificates, r_local, r_qos, and_lan, and_local, cli,  
ftp  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
552  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp privilege delete  
Delete a privilege.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp privilege delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the privilege to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp privilege list type=access  
Privilege (type) Description  
----------------------------  
anyaccess (access) All access privileges granted  
AP1 (access) LAN _Local_all  
AP2 (access) LAN_Local with all secured channels  
AP3 (access) LAN_Local with all channels & access to sensitive files  
AP4 (access) LAN_Local with all secured channels & access to sensitive files  
AP5 (access) WAN from a secure HTTP  
AP6 (access) WAN from a secure HTTP & access to sensitive files  
AP7 (access) LAN from all channels except telnet  
AP8 (access) LAN from all secured channels except telnet  
AP9 (access) LAN from all channels except telnet & access to sensitive file  
AP10 (access) LAN access to sensitive file & secured channels except telnet  
AP11 (access) All origins_noHTTP  
AP12 (access) All origins_from all secured channels no http  
AP13 (access) All origins_noHTTP & access to sensitive files  
AP14 (access) All origins_secured channels &access to sensitive files no http  
AP15 (access) WAN from all channels  
AP16 (access) LAN from HTTP/HTTPs  
myPrivilege (access) My access privilege  
=>mlp privilege delete name=myPrivilege  
=>mlp privilege list type=access  
Privilege (type) Description  
----------------------------  
anyaccess (access) All access privileges granted  
AP1 (access) LAN _Local_all  
AP2 (access) LAN_Local with all secured channels  
AP3 (access) LAN_Local with all channels & access to sensitive files  
...  
AP13 (access) All origins_noHTTP & access to sensitive files  
AP14 (access) All origins_secured channels &access to sensitive files no http  
AP15 (access) WAN from all channels  
AP16 (access) LAN from HTTP/HTTPs  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
553  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a privilege.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
554  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MLP Commands  
mlp privilege list  
Display the privileges.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp privilege list  
[name = <string>]  
[type = <{access | service}>]  
[verbose = <{minimal | medium | all}>]  
where:  
name  
type  
The name of the privilege to be listed.  
Note If not specified, all the privileges will be shown.  
Select the privilege type to be shown. Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
access: only the access privileges will be shown  
service: only the service privileges will be shown.  
Note If not specified, all the privilege types will be shown.  
verbose  
Limit the output list. Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
minimal  
medium  
all.  
The default is minimal.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
555  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp privilege list type=service  
Privilege (type) Description  
----------------------------  
anyservice (service) All service privileges granted  
SP1 (service) Limited_Read  
SP2 (service) detailed_Read  
SP3 (service) Write_to_LAN  
SP4 (service) Write_FWD_RT_normal_FW_cfgs  
SP5 (service) cooperative_cfgs  
SP6 (service) Remote Configurations  
SP7 (service) Advanced sink & source FW  
SP8 (service) Write_to_U_Connection  
SP9 (service) Write_to_Local  
SP10 (service) Simple_network_debugging  
SP11 (service) Advance_Network_debugging  
SP12 (service) User_admin  
SP13 (service) MLP_Admin  
SP14 (service) Backup & Restore  
SP15 (service) CLI mngt Interface only  
SP16 (service) CGI mngt Interface only  
SP17 (service) FTP mngt Interface only  
=>mlp privilege list name=SP5 verbose=all  
SP5 (service) cooperative_cfgs  
r_ipsec_norm, r_ipsec_adv, r_certificates, w_frwl_norm, w_frwl_adv,  
w_ipsec, w_certificates  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a privilege.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
556  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MLP Commands  
mlp privilege removezone  
Remove a zone from a privilege.  
Only one zone can be removed at a time from a privilege. If multiple zones need to be removed, the  
command :mlp privilege removezonemust be executed for each zone to be removed.  
i
SYNTAX:  
mlp privilege removezone name = <string>  
zone = <string>  
where:  
name  
zone  
The name of the privilege in which a zone must be removed.  
The name of the zone to be removed.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp privilege list name=myPrivilege verbose=all  
myPrivilege (access) My access privilege  
channel_http, channel_serial  
=>mlp privilege removezone name=myPrivilege zone=channel_serial  
=>mlp privilege list name=myPrivilege verbose=all  
myPrivilege (access) My access privilege  
channel_http  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
557  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp role add  
Add a role.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp role add  
name = <quoted string>  
parent = <string>  
[descr = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the new role.  
REQUIRED  
Note The maximum number of roles is 15.  
The name of the parent role.  
parent  
descr  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The role description.  
Note The maximum length is 63 characters.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp role list  
Role (parent) Description  
-------------------------  
root (-) The superuser  
SuperUser (root) Any service and any access from LAN/WAN/LOCAL  
TechnicalSupport (SuperUser) Any service and any channels from WAN  
Administrator (TechnicalSupport) Any service and any access from LAN/Local origin only  
PowerUser (Administrator) GUI(Service/overview page)via http/https from LAN origin  
User (PowerUser) GUI(Overview pages, remote assistance) via HTTP/HTTPS from LAN  
LAN_Admin (Administrator) Only LAN related configurations from any Channel/Origin  
WAN_Admin (Administrator) Only WAN related configurations from any Channels/Origin  
=>mlp role create name=myRole parent=User descr="My user access"  
=>mlp role list  
Role (parent) Description  
-------------------------  
root (-) The superuser  
SuperUser (root) Any service and any access from LAN/WAN/LOCAL  
TechnicalSupport (SuperUser) Any service and any channels from WAN  
Administrator (TechnicalSupport) Any service and any access from LAN/Local origin only  
PowerUser (Administrator) GUI(Service/overview page)via http/https from LAN origin  
User (PowerUser) GUI(Overview pages, remote assistance) via HTTP/HTTPS from LAN  
LAN_Admin (Administrator) Only LAN related configurations from any Channel/Origin  
WAN_Admin (Administrator) Only WAN related configurations from any Channels/Origin  
myRole (User) My user access  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
558  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MLP Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
559  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MLP Commands  
mlp role addpriv  
Add a privilege to a role.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp role addpriv  
name = <string>  
access = <string>  
service = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the role.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
access  
service  
The name of the access privilege to be added.  
The name of the service privilege to be added.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp role list name=myRole verbose=all  
myRole (User) My user access  
=>mlp role addpriv name=myRole access=myPrivilege service=SP7  
=>mlp role list name=myRole verbose=all  
myRole (User) My user access  
myPrivilege & SP7  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
560  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
MLP Commands  
mlp role config  
Modify the role.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp role config  
name = <string>  
[parent = <string>]  
[descr = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
parent  
descr  
The name of the role to be configured.  
The name of the parent role.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The role description.  
Note The maximum length is 63 characters.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp role list name=myRole verbose=all  
myRole (User) My user access  
myPrivilege & SP7  
=>mlp role config name=myRole parent=Guest descr="My user access"  
=>mlp role list name=myRole verbose=all  
myRole (Guest) My user access  
myPrivilege & SP7  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
561  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp role delete  
Delete a role.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp role delete  
name = <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the role to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp role list  
Role (parent) Description  
-------------------------  
root (-) The superuser  
SuperUser (root) Any service and any access from LAN/WAN/LOCAL  
TechnicalSupport (SuperUser) Any service and any channels from WAN  
Administrator (TechnicalSupport) Any service and any access from LAN/Local origin only  
PowerUser (Administrator) GUI(Service/overview page)via http/https from LAN origin  
User (PowerUser) GUI(Overview pages, remote assistance) via HTTP/HTTPS from LAN  
LAN_Admin (Administrator) Only LAN related configurations from any Channel/Origin  
WAN_Admin (Administrator) Only WAN related configurations from any Channels/Origin  
myRole (Guest) My user access  
=>mlp role delete name=myRole  
=>mlp role list  
Role (parent) Description  
-------------------------  
root (-) The superuser  
SuperUser (root) Any service and any access from LAN/WAN/LOCAL  
TechnicalSupport (SuperUser) Any service and any channels from WAN  
Administrator (TechnicalSupport) Any service and any access from LAN/Local origin only  
PowerUser (Administrator) GUI(Service/overview page)via http/https from LAN origin  
User (PowerUser) GUI(Overview pages, remote assistance) via HTTP/HTTPS from LAN  
LAN_Admin (Administrator) Only LAN related configurations from any Channel/Origin  
WAN_Admin (Administrator) Only WAN related configurations from any Channels/Origin  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a role.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
562  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MLP Commands  
mlp role list  
Display the roles.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp role list  
[name = <string>]  
[verbose = <{minimal | medium | all}>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the role to be listed.  
Note If not specified, all the roles will be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
verbose  
Limit the output list.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
minimal  
medium  
all.  
The default is minimal.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp role list  
Role (parent) Description  
-------------------------  
root (-) The superuser  
SuperUser (root) Any service and any access from LAN/WAN/LOCAL  
TechnicalSupport (SuperUser) Any service and any channels from WAN  
Administrator (TechnicalSupport) Any service and any access from LAN/Local origin only  
PowerUser (Administrator) GUI(Service/overview page)via http/https from LAN origin  
User (PowerUser) GUI(Overview pages, remote assistance) via HTTP/HTTPS from LAN  
LAN_Admin (Administrator) Only LAN related configurations from any Channel/Origin  
WAN_Admin (Administrator) Only WAN related configurations from any Channels/Origin  
myRole (Guest) My user access  
=>mlp role list name=PowerUser verbose=all  
PowerUser (Administrator) GUI(Service/overview page)via http/https from LAN origin  
AP16 & SP1  
AP16 & SP2  
AP16 & SP10  
AP16 & SP16  
AP16 & SP8  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a role.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
563  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
MLP Commands  
mlp role removepriv  
Remove a privilege from a role.  
SYNTAX:  
mlp role removepriv  
name = <string>  
access = <string>  
[service = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the role.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
access  
service  
The name of the access privilege to be deleted.  
The name of the service privilege to be deleted.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>mlp role list name=myRole verbose=all  
myRole (Guest) My user access  
myPrivilege & SP7  
=>mlp role removepriv name=myRole access=myPrivilege  
=>mlp role list name=myRole verbose=all  
myRole (Guest) My user access  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a privilege to a role.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
564  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat config  
Display/modify global NAT configuration options.  
SYNTAX:  
nat config  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
trace  
Enable or disable traces.  
The default is disabled.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat config  
NAT traces : disabled  
=>nat config trace=enabled  
=>nat config  
NAT traces : enabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
566  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat flush  
Flush the current NAT configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
nat flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
567  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat ifconfig  
Modify address translation on an IP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
nat ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
translation = <{disabled | enabled | trans-  
parent}>  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
translation  
Enable or disable address translation.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
disabled: Address translation is disabled.  
enabled: Address translation is enabled.  
transparent: An inside address is translated into the same  
outside IP address. In fact, no translation happens and the  
IP packets passing through the Thomson ST remain  
untouched.  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat iflist  
Interface  
loop  
NAT  
disabled  
myPPP_ppp  
eth0  
disabled  
transparent  
=>nat ifconfig intf=myPPP_ppp translation=enabled  
=>nat iflist  
Interface  
loop  
myPPP_ppp  
eth0  
NAT  
disabled  
enabled  
transparent  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
568  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat iflist  
Display the address translation configuration on all the interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
nat iflist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat iflist  
Interface  
loop  
Internet  
RtPPPoE_ppp  
LocalNetwork  
=>  
NAT  
disabled  
enabled  
enabled  
transparent  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
569  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat mapadd  
Add an address mapping to a Network Address Translation (NAT) enabled interface.  
SYNTAX:  
nat mapadd  
intf = <string>  
[type = <{napt | nat}>]  
[outside_addr = <ip-range>]  
[inside_addr = <ip-range>]  
[access_list = <ip-range>]  
[foreign_addr = <ip-range>]  
[protocol = <{supported IP protocol} or number>]  
[outside_port = <port-range>]  
[inside_port = <port-range>]  
[mode = <{auto | inbound | outbound}>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
Note The specified interface must be an existing NAT enabled  
interface.  
type  
The type of NAT map to be used.  
Choose between:  
>
napt: The map is a Network Address Port Translation (NAPT)  
map or a port-shifting NAT map.  
>
nat: The map is a basic NAT map or a two-way NAT map.  
outside_addr  
The outside (typically public) IP address.  
REQUIRED  
forNATmaps  
and NAPT  
maps.  
>
Inbound: This map will only apply if the destination IP address is  
part of the outside address(es).  
>
Outbound: Represents the address(es) to be used as source  
address after translation.  
OPTIONAL  
for port-  
shifting  
maps.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]) (only for NAT).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M) (only for NAT).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
570  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
inside_addr  
The inside (typically private) IP address.  
OPTIONAL  
forNATmaps  
and NAPT  
maps.  
>
Inbound: Represents the address(es) to be used as destination  
address after translation.  
>
Outbound: This map will only apply if the source IP address is  
part of the inside address(es).  
REQUIRED  
for port-  
shifting  
maps.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]) (only for NAT).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M (only for NAT)).  
The default is ““ (unmapped).  
Note If specified, the number of inside addresses must be equal  
to the number of outside addresses.  
access_list  
The range of inside addresses to which the mapping is restricted.  
This parameter is used for outbound traffic only. Represents the list  
of inside IP addresses (LAN devices) allowed to make use of this  
map.  
OPTIONAL  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M).  
* (all addresses).  
The default is the inside_addr.  
foreign_addr  
The range of destination addresses to which the mapping is  
restricted.  
OPTIONAL  
This parameter is used as filter for inbound/outbound traffic.  
>
Inbound: This map only applies if the source IP address is part  
of the foreign address(es).  
>
Outbound: This map only applies if the destination IP address is  
part of the foreign address(es).  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M).  
* (all addresses).  
The default is * (meaning all addresses).  
protocol  
The IP protocol to be used as filter for inbound/outbound traffic. The  
NAT map only applies if the protocol of the IP packet matches the  
map protocol.  
OPTIONAL  
Select an IP protocol (see “ Supported IP Protocols” on page 746) or,  
alternatively, type the protocol number.  
The default is 0 (meaning any protocol).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
571  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAT Commands  
outside_port  
The outside port number or range (only for maps of type napt).  
OPTIONAL  
for NAPT  
map.  
>
For a NAPT map: Represents the range of TCP/UDP ports to be  
used as dynamic port range during the NAPT process.  
>
For a port-shifting map: Represents the source port(s) to be  
translated (shifted) into inside_port.  
REQUIRED  
for port-  
shifting map.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
TCP/UDP port range [P-Q] (with Q > P)  
TCP/UDP port number (only for port-shifting maps).  
inside_port  
The inside port number or range (only for maps of type napt).  
If this parameter is specified for a map of type napt, then this map is  
a port-shifting map.  
REQUIRED  
for port-  
shifting map  
Represents the target TCP/UDP ports to which the traffic has to be  
shifted.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
TCP/UDP port range [P-Q] (with Q > P)  
TCP/UDP port number (only for port-shifting maps).  
Note The size of inside_port must be identical to the size of  
outside_port.  
mode  
The mode to create the portmap.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
auto  
inbound  
outbound.  
The standard is auto.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
572  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAT Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat maplist  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT eth0  
2 NAPT eth0  
3 NAPT eth0  
Outside Address  
any:80  
any:1080  
Inside Address  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
Use  
0
0
any:8080  
0
=>nat mapadd intf=myPPP_ppp type=napt outside_addr=100.100.100.1 access_list=10.0.0.0/24  
=>nat maplist  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
1 NAPT eth0  
2 NAPT eth0  
3 NAPT eth0  
Outside Address  
100.100.100.1  
any:80  
any:1080  
any:8080  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
Use  
0
0
0
0
=>maplist intf=myPPP_ppp expand=enabled  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
Outside Address  
100.100.100.1  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
Use  
0
Access List................... 10.0.0.0/24  
Foreign Address............... any  
Protocol...................... any  
Flags......................... Static  
Description................... Outbound NAPT without defserver  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
573  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAT Commands  
nat mapdelete  
Delete an address mapping from a NAT enabled interface.  
SYNTAX:  
nat mapdelete  
intf = <string>  
index = <number>  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
The map index.  
Tip Use the command :nat maplistto obtain a list  
of the mapindexes.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
index  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat maplist  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
1 NAPT eth0  
2 NAPT eth0  
3 NAPT eth0  
Outside Address  
100.100.100.1  
any:80  
any:1080  
any:8080  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
Use  
0
0
0
0
=>nat mapdelete intf=myPPP_ppp index=1  
=>nat maplist  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT eth0  
2 NAPT eth0  
3 NAPT eth0  
=>  
Outside Address  
any:80  
any:1080  
Inside Address  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
Use  
0
0
any:8080  
0
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
574  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat maplist  
Display the address mapping for a NAT enabled interface.  
SYNTAX:  
nat maplist  
[intf = <string>]  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the address mapping for all the NAT  
enabled interfaces will be shown.  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing.  
The default is disabled.  
string  
string matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
beginstring matching condition  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat maplist  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
1 NAPT eth0  
2 NAPT eth0  
3 NAPT eth0  
Outside Address  
100.100.100.1  
any:80  
any:1080  
any:8080  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
127.0.0.1:8080  
Use  
0
0
0
0
=>maplist intf=myPPP_ppp expand=enabled  
Idx Type Interface  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
Outside Address  
100.100.100.1  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
Use  
0
Access List................... 10.0.0.0/24  
Foreign Address............... any  
Protocol...................... any  
Flags......................... Static  
Description................... Outbound NAPT without defserver  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
575  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat tmpladd  
Add an address mapping template.  
SYNTAX:  
nat tmpladd  
[intf = <string>]  
[group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or  
number>]  
[timeout = <number{0-65535}>]  
[type = <{napt | nat}>]  
outside_addr = <ip-range>  
[inside_addr = <ip-range>]  
[access_list = <ip-range>]  
[foreign_addr = <ip-range>]  
[protocol = <{supported IP protocol} or number>]  
[outside_port = <port-range>]  
[inside_port = <port-range>]  
[mode = <{auto | inbound | outbound}>]  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
The IP interface group scope for this template.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
group  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
>
>
wan  
local  
lan  
tunnel  
dmz  
guest.  
Note If an interface has been defined with the parameter intf,  
then the setting for this parameter is ignored.  
timeout  
type  
A number between 0 and 6553 (seconds).  
Represents the lifetime for this template.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The type of NAT map to be used.  
Choose between:  
>
>
napt: The map is a NAPT map or a port-shifting NAT map.  
nat: The map is a basic NAT map or a two-way NAT map.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
576  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
outside_addr  
The outside (typically public) IP address.  
REQUIRED  
forNATmaps  
and NAPT  
maps.  
>
Inbound: This map will only apply if the destination IP  
address is part of the outside address(es).  
>
Outbound: Represents the address(es) to be used as source  
address after translation.  
OPTIONAL  
for port-  
shifting  
maps.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]) (only for NAT).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M) (only for NAT).  
inside_addr  
The inside (typically private) IP address.  
OPTIONAL  
forNATmaps  
and NAPT  
maps.  
>
Inbound: Represents the address(es) to be used as  
destination address after translation.  
>
Outbound: This map will only apply if the source IP address is  
part of the inside address(es).  
REQUIRED  
for port-  
shifting  
maps.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]) (only for NAT).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M (only for NAT)).  
Default value is ““ (meaning unmapped).  
Note If specified, the number of inside addresses must be equal  
to the number of outside addresses.  
access_list  
The range of inside addresses to which the mapping is restricted.  
This parameter is used for outbound traffic only. Represents the  
list of inside IP addresses (LAN devices) allowed to make use of  
this map.  
OPTIONAL  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M).  
* (all addresses).  
The default is the inside_addr.  
foreign_addr  
The range of destination addresses to which the mapping is  
restricted.  
OPTIONAL  
This parameter is used as filter for inbound/outbound traffic.  
>
Inbound: This map only applies if the source IP address is part  
of the foreign address(es).  
>
Outbound: This map only applies if the destination IP address  
is part of the foreign address(es).  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
>
>
An IP address (A.B.C.D or A.D, meaning A.0.0.D).  
A range of IP addresses (A.B.C.[D-E]).  
An IP subnet (A.B.C.D/M).  
* (all addresses).  
The default is * (meaning all addresses).  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
577  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAT Commands  
protocol  
The IP protocol to be used as filter for inbound/outbound traffic.  
OPTIONAL  
The NAT map only applies if the protocol of the IP packet matches  
the map protocol.  
Select an IP protocol (see “ Supported IP Protocols” on page 746)  
or, alternatively, type the protocol number.  
The default is 0 (meaning any protocol).  
outside_port  
The outside port number or range (only for maps of type napt).  
OPTIONAL  
for NAPT  
map.  
>
>
For a NAPT map:  
Represents the range of TCP/UDP ports to be used as dynamic  
port range during the NAPT process.  
REQUIRED  
for port-  
shifting map.  
For a port-shifting map:  
Represents the source port(s) to be translated (shifted) into  
inside_port.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
TCP/UDP port range [P-Q] (with Q > P)  
TCP/UDP port number (only for port-shifting maps).  
inside_port  
The inside port number or range (only for maps of type napt).  
If this parameter is specified for a map of type napt, then this map  
is a port-shifting map.  
REQUIRED  
for port-  
shifting map  
Represents the target TCP/UDP ports to which the traffic has to be  
shifted.  
Allowed values are:  
>
>
TCP/UDP port range [P-Q] (with Q > P)  
TCP/UDP port number (only for port-shifting maps).  
Note The size of inside_port must be identical to the size of  
outside_port.  
mode  
The mode to create the portmap.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
auto  
inbound  
outbound.  
The standard is auto.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
578  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAT Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat tmpladd intf=myPPP_ppp type=napt outside_addr=100.100.100.1  
=>nat tmpllist  
Idx Type Interface  
Use  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
0
Ifgroup Outside Address  
any 100.100.100.1  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
=>nat tmpladd group=lan type=napt outside_addr=100.200.100.1  
=>nat tmpllist  
Idx Type Interface  
Use  
1 NAPT any  
0
Ifgroup Outside Address  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
lan  
any  
100.200.100.1  
100.100.100.1  
2 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
unmapped  
0
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
579  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAT Commands  
nat tmpldelete  
Delete an address mapping template.  
SYNTAX:  
nat tmpldelete  
index = <number>  
where:  
index  
The index of the address mapping template to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :nat tmpllistto view the  
address mapping templates.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat tmpllist  
Idx Type Interface  
Use  
1 NAPT any  
0
Ifgroup Outside Address  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
lan  
any  
100.200.100.1  
100.100.100.1  
2 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
unmapped  
0
=>nat tmpldelete index=1  
=>nat tmpllist  
Idx Type Interface  
Use  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
Ifgroup Outside Address  
any 100.100.100.1  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
0
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
580  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat tmpllist  
Display the address mapping templates.  
SYNTAX:  
nat tmpllist  
where:  
expand  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
Enable or disable expanded listing.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat tmpllist  
Idx Type Interface  
Use  
1 NAPT any  
0
Ifgroup Outside Address  
Inside Address  
unmapped  
lan  
any  
100.200.100.1  
100.100.100.1  
2 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
unmapped  
0
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
581  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NAT Commands  
nat tmplinst  
Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address.  
SYNTAX:  
nat tmplinst  
intf = <string>  
addr_index = <ip-address>  
dynamic_addr = <ip-address>  
where:  
intf  
The IP interface name.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
addr_index  
dynamic_addr  
The outside IP address index/key to instantiate for.  
The dynamic address to substitute the index/key with.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>nat tmplinst intf=myPPP_ppp addr_index=100.100.100.1 dynamic_addr=200.200.200.1  
=>nat tmpllist  
Idx Type Interface  
Ifgroup Outside Address  
Inside Address  
Use  
1 NAPT myPPP_ppp  
any 100.100.100.1  
unmapped  
1
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
582  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
30 PPP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the pppcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Configure a PPP interface.  
Remove all Ethernet interfaces from the PPP relay agent list and  
terminate all sessions.  
Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.  
Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.  
Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list.  
Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
583  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
PPP Commands  
ppp flush  
Flush all PPP interfaces.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
ppp flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
584  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
ppp ifadd  
Create a new PPP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp ifadd  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name for the new PPP interface.  
REQUIRED  
Note If not specified, the destination parameter must be specified.  
In this case the name of the destination will double as  
interface name.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
=>ppp ifadd intf=Rt_PPPoA  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest :  
[00:00:00]  
Retry : 10  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
585  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
586  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp ifattach  
Attach a PPP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the PPP interface to be attached.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
587  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>ppp ifattach intf=Rt_PPPoA  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = up  
oper state = down  
link state = connected  
LCP : state = reqsent retransm = 1 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
588  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp ifconfig  
Configure a PPP interface.  
The interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this should be  
the case, use the command :ppp ifdetach before using the command :ppp ifconfig.  
i
SYNTAX:  
ppp ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[dest = <string>]  
[user = <string>]  
[password = <password>  
[acname = <quoted string>  
[servicename = <quoted string>  
[pcomp = <{disabled | enabled}>  
[accomp = <{enabled | disabled | negotiate}>]  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[concentrator = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[auth = <{pap | chap | auto}>]  
[restart = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[retryinterval = <number{0-65535}>]  
[passive = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[silent = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[echo = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[mru = <number{293-8192}>]  
[laddr = <ip-address>]  
[raddr = <ip-address>]  
[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[format = <{cidr | dotted | none}>]  
[pool = <none>]  
[savepwd = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[demanddial = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[doddelay = <number{0-3600}>]  
[primdns = <ip-address>]  
[secdns = <ip-address>]  
[dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>]  
[idletime = <number{0-1000000}>]  
[idletrigger = <{RxTx | Rx | Tx}>]  
[unnumbered = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the PPP interface to be configured.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
dest  
The destination for this PPP interface.  
Typically, a phonebook entry.  
If an Ethernet interface is given as destination, then the connection  
will be a PPPoE connection.  
If an ATM interface is given as destination, then the connection will  
be a PPPoA connection.  
user  
The user name for remote PAP/CHAP authentication.  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
589  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPP Commands  
password  
acname  
The password for remote PAP/CHAP authentication.  
The Access Concentrator name for a PPPoE session.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Tip  
Use the command :ppp ifscanto obtain the names of  
available access concentrators, if any.  
servicename  
The Service Name for a PPPoE session.  
Tip Use the command :ppp ifscanto obtain the available  
service names, if any.  
OPTIONAL  
pcomp  
Try (enabled) or do not try (disabled) to negotiate PPP protocol  
compression (LCP PCOMP).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
accomp  
Try (enabled), do never try (disabled) or negotiate (negotiate) to  
negotiate PPP address & control field compression (LCP ACCOMP).  
In most cases, LCP ACCOMP should not be disabled nor negotiated,  
in other words, the address field FF-03 should not be sent over ATM.  
The default is enabled.  
Note If the accomp parameter is set to “negotiate”, the local side  
of the PPP connection demands to do ACCOMP and adapts  
itself to the result of this negotiation.  
trace  
Enable or disable verbose console logging.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
concentrator  
The access concentrator is on this side of the PPPoE connection.  
Choose between:  
>
enabled: the PPP connection is terminated on the Access  
Concentrator (here the Thomson ST itself)  
>
disabled: the Thomson ST is PPP client.  
The default is disabled.  
auth  
Select the authentication protocol.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
pap: Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) authentication will  
be forced.  
chap: Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)  
authentication will be forced.  
auto: CHAP authentication will be used. If CHAP authentication is  
not successful, PAP authentication will be used instead.  
The default is auto.  
restart  
Automatically restart the connection when Link Control  
Protocol (LCP) link goes down (enabled) or not (disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
retryinterval  
A number between 0 and 65535 (seconds).  
Represents the intermediate interval between two retries to establish  
the connection on ATM level.  
The default is 10.  
passive  
Put the link in listening state in case LCP times out (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
This parameter allows to determine whether the link should be left  
open to wait for incoming messages from the remote side after 10  
unsuccessful tries to establish the connection or not.  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
590  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
silent  
Do not send anything at startup and just listen for incoming LCP  
messages (enabled) or retry up to 10 times to establish the  
connection (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
echo  
mru  
Send LCP echo requests at regular intervals (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 293 and 8192.  
Represents the maximum packet size the Thomson ST should  
negotiate to be able to receive.  
The default is 1492.  
laddr  
The local IP address of the peer-to-peer connection.  
Specifying a local IP address forces the remote side of the PPP link (if  
it allows to) to accept this IP address as the Thomson ST PPP session  
IP address.  
OPTIONAL  
If not specified, the Thomson ST will accept any IP address.  
Typically the local IP address parameter is not specified.  
raddr  
The remote IP address of the peer-to-peer connection.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Specifying a remote IP address forces the remote side of the PPP link  
(if it allows to) to accept this IP address as its PPP session IP address.  
If not specified, the Thomson ST will accept any IP address.  
Typically the remote IP address parameter is not specified.  
netmask  
The subnetmask associated with this address.  
Specifying a subnetmask forces the remote side (if it allows to) to  
accept this subnetmask as the PPP session subnetmask.  
If not specified, the Thomson ST will accept any subnetmask.  
The Thomson ST will only request/accept a subnetmask if a DHCP  
server pool is associated, in other words, if the [pool] parameter is  
specified.  
format  
The negotiated subnetmask specified in the netmask parameter is  
specified in the dotted format (dotted) or in Classless Inter Domain  
Routing (CIDR) format (cidr).  
OPTIONAL  
The default is cidr.  
pool  
The name of the free DHCP server pool to which the acquired IP  
subnet must be assigned.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
savepwd  
Save password (enabled), if supplied, or do not save the password  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
demanddial  
doddelay  
primdns  
Enable or disable the dial-on-demand feature.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
A number between 0 and 3600 (seconds).  
During this initial interval, packets do not trigger the PPP interface.  
The IP address of the primary DNS server.  
In case a primary DNS server is specified, the Thomson ST will  
negotiate this IP address with the remote side.  
Note If not specified, the Thomson ST will accept any IP address.  
secdns  
The IP address of the (optional) secondary DNS server.  
In case a secondary DNS server is specified, the Thomson ST will  
negotiate this IP address with the remote side.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the Thomson ST will accept any IP address.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
591  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
dnsmetric  
A number between 1 and 100.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the DNS route metric to be used for the negotiated DNS  
servers.  
The default is 1.  
idletime  
A number between 0 and 1000000 (seconds).  
Represents the maximum time the link may be idle.  
The default is 0.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
idletrigger  
Consider the link being idle if no traffic is sent and/or received during  
the idle time. Choose between:  
>
RxTx: The idle time period restarts when a packet is transmitted  
or received.  
>
Rx: The idle time period restarts when a packet is received.  
Transmitted packets are ignored.  
>
Tx: The idle time period restarts when a packet is transmitted.  
Received packets are ignored.  
The default is RxTx.  
unnumbered  
Takes the local IP address from the laddr field and remote IP address  
from the IP address pool assigned to the incoming PPP link.  
In case the unnumbered parameter is disabled, the same IP address  
is used for each connection on the server side, thus reducing the  
number of used IP addresses.  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
592  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
[00:00:00]  
Retry : 10  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest :  
[00:00:00]  
Retry : 10  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=> ppp ifconfig intf=Rt_PPPoA dest=RtPPPoA_atm user=johndoe@ISP password=johndoe  
[ppp]=>iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
593  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp ifdelete  
Delete a PPP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp ifdelete  
intf = <intfname>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the PPP interface to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm [local disconnect]  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 9 term. reason = User kill  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>ppp ifdelete intf=Rt_PPPoA  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
594  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
595  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp ifdetach  
Detach a PPP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp ifdetach  
intf = <intfname>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the PPP interface to be detached.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
596  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
[00:00:00]  
Retry : 10  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = up  
oper state = down  
link state = connected  
LCP : state = reqsent retransm = 5 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>ppp ppp ifdetach intf=Rt_PPPoA  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm [local disconnect]  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 9 term. reason = User kill  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
597  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp iflist  
Display the PPP interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp iflist  
[intf = <intfname>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the PPP interface.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all PPP interfaces are shown.  
string matching condition  
string  
beginstring  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring matching condition  
EXAMPLE INPUT/OUTPUT :  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = up  
oper state = down  
link state = connected  
LCP : state = reqsent retransm = 1 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
598  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
ppp ifscan  
Scan a PPPoE interface for available Access Concentrator and Service names.  
Use the command :ppp ifdetachfor this interface before performing a scan on it.  
i
SYNTAX:  
ppp ifscan  
intf = <string>  
[time = <number{0-36000}>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the PPPoE interface to be scanned.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
time  
A number between 0 and 36000 (seconds).  
Represents the time to scan for services.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
myRtPPPoE: dest : RtPPPoE_eth  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 9 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
=>ppp ifscan intf=myRtPPPoE time=45  
Service Name  
Access Concentrator  
Done !  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
599  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
ppp rtadd  
Add a route to the routing table when the PPP link comes up.  
This route configuration will determine which local hosts are allowed to use this link and/or which remote  
destinations should be or should not be reachable.  
The interface must not be connected when a route configuration is added. If this should be the case,  
use the command :ppp ifdetachfor this interface prior to configuring routes.  
i
SYNTAX:  
ppp rtadd  
intf = <intfname>  
dst = <ip-address>  
[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[label = <string>]  
[src = <ip-address>]  
[srcmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]  
[metric = <number{0-100}>]  
where:  
intf  
dst  
The name of the PPP interface.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
The IP destination address specification for the route to be added  
when the link comes up.  
dstmsk  
The destination IP mask.  
OPTIONAL  
Depending on the destination netmask:  
>
Any remote destination is reachable, in other words, the PPP  
connection acts as default route (dstmsk=0)  
>
>
Only the remote (sub)net is reachable (dstmsk=1)  
The actual destination mask will be the default netmask  
applicable for destination IP address  
>
>
Only the single remote host is reachable (dstmsk=32)  
Any valid (contiguous) netmask in case of Variable Length  
Subnet Masking (VLSM).  
label  
src  
The name of the label.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The IP source address specification for the route (in other words,  
who can use this link).  
srcmsk  
The source IP mask.  
OPTIONAL  
Depending on the source netmask:  
>
>
Everybody is allowed to use this PPP connection (dstmsk=0)  
Only members of the same subnet as the host which opened the  
PPP connection are allowed to use the PPP connection  
(dstmsk=1)  
>
>
>
The actual destination mask will be the netmask applicable for  
the IP address of the host which opened the PPP connection  
Only the host which opened the PPP connection is allowed to  
use the PPP connection (dstmsk=32)  
Any valid (contiguous) netmask in case of VLSM.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
metric  
The route metric, in other words, the cost factor of the route.  
Practically, the cost is determined by the hop count.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Retry : 10  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>ppp rtadd intf=Rt_PPPoA dst=0.0.0.0/0 src=10.0.0.0/1  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
601  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp rtdelete  
Delete the route for a PPP link.  
The interface must not be connected when a route configuration must be deleted. If the interface is  
connected, use the command :ppp ifdetachfor this interface.  
i
SYNTAX:  
ppp rtdelete  
intf = <intfname>  
where:  
intf  
The PPP interface name for which to delete the route settings.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
602  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
[00:00:00]  
Retry : 10  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm [local disconnect]  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr route savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
route : dst=0.0.0.0/0 - src=10.0.0.0/1 (metric 1)  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 9 term. reason = User kill  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>ppp ppp rtdelete intf=Rt_PPPoA  
=>ppp iflist  
Internet: dest : RELAY  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd demanddial  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1492 Tx inactivity = 1200s left = 0s  
auth = auto user =  
admin state = down  
password =  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 10 term. reason =  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
acname : --- service : ---  
Rt_PPPoA: dest : RtPPPoA_atm [local disconnect]  
Retry : 10  
[00:00:00]  
mode = IP routing  
flags = echo magic accomp restart mru addr savepwd  
dns metric = 0 mru = 1500  
auth = auto user = johndoe@ISP password = ********  
admin state = down  
oper state = down  
link state = not-connected  
LCP : state = initial retransm = 9 term. reason = User kill  
IPCP: state = initial retransm = 0 term. reason =  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
603  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPP Commands  
ppp relay flush  
Remove all Ethernet interfaces from the PPP relay agent list and terminate all sessions.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
ppp relay flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
604  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPP Commands  
ppp relay ifadd  
Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp relay ifadd  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The Ethernet interface to be added to the PPP relay agent list.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp relay iflist  
# Interface  
1 ethoa_0_35  
HWaddr  
Status  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
=>ppp relay ifadd intf=ethoa_8_35  
=>ppp relay iflist  
# Interface  
1 ethoa_0_35  
2 ethoa_8_35  
=>  
HWaddr  
Status  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.  
Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
605  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPP Commands  
ppp relay ifconfig  
Modify an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp relay ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
hwaddr = <hardware-address>  
where:  
inft  
The ethernet intf to be added to the PPP relay agent list.  
The hardware address (e.g. Ethernet MAC address) of this interface.  
REQUIRED  
hwaddr  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
606  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPP Commands  
ppp relay ifdelete  
Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp relay ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The Ethernet interface to be deleted from the PPP relay agent list.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp relay iflist  
# Interface  
1 ethoa_0_35  
2 ethoa_8_35  
HWaddr  
Status  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
=>ppp relay ifdelete intf=ethoa_8_35  
=>ppp relay iflist  
# Interface  
1 ethoa_0_35  
=>  
HWaddr  
Status  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.  
Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
607  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPP Commands  
ppp relay iflist  
Display all Ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp relay iflist  
where:  
intf  
The Ethernet interface to be added to the PPP relay agent list.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>ppp relay iflist  
# Interface  
1 ethoa_0_35  
2 ethoa_8_35  
=>  
HWaddr  
Status  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
00-0e-50-0f-fc-2d connected  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.  
Delete an Ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
608  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPP Commands  
ppp relay sesslist  
Add an Ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.  
SYNTAX:  
ppp relay ifadd  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The Ethernet interface to be added to the PPP relay agent list.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
609  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPP Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
610  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPTP Commands  
31 PPTP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the pptpcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
611  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
PPTP Commands  
pptp ifadd  
Add a Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) profile.  
Backwards compatible with previous release, use profiles instead.  
i
SYNTAX:  
pptp ifadd  
dest = <string>  
[rate = <number{10-10000}>]  
[encaps = <{vcmux | nlpid}>]  
[ac = <{never | always | keep}>]  
where:  
dest  
The WAN destination for this PPTP tunnel.  
Typically a phonebook entry.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
rate  
A number between 10 and 10000.  
Represents the transmission speed (in bits/s) for the WAN link.  
encaps  
The type of WAN encapsulation to be used with this PPTP profile.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
VC_MUX  
Network Layer Protocol IDentifiers (NLPID).  
The default is vcmux.  
ac  
The High-level Data Link Control (HDLC) framing option applicable  
to PPTP interfaces using this PPTP profile.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
always: Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the  
PPPoA link, make sure that the address and control field  
(0xFF03) is always in front of the frames.  
never: Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the  
PPPoA link, make sure the address and control field will never  
be found in front of the frames.  
keep: Do not change the frames arriving via the PPTP tunnel.  
The default is never.  
Note The default setting is compliant to RFC2364, therefore it is  
recommended to keep this setting.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
612  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPTP Commands  
pptp flush  
Flush the complete PPTP configuration.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
pptp flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
613  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPTP Commands  
pptp list  
Show the current PPTP configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
pptp list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>pptp list  
Dialstr  
Destination  
DIALUP_PPP3  
QoS  
default  
Encaps  
vcmux  
AC  
never  
State  
CONNECTED  
User  
(10.0.0.2)  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
614  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPTP Commands  
pptp profadd  
Define a new PPTP profile.  
SYNTAX:  
pptp profadd  
name = <string>  
[qos = <string>]  
[encaps = <{vcmux | nlpid}>]  
[ac = <{never | always | keep}>]  
where:  
name  
qos  
The name of the new PPTP profile.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The name of the qosbook entry, containing the settings for this  
profile.  
Note This parameter never needs to be specified.  
encaps  
The type of WAN protocol encapsulation to be used with this PPTP  
OPTIONAL  
profile.  
Choose between:  
>
>
VC-MUX  
NLPID.  
The default is vcmux.  
ac  
The HDLC framing option applicable to PPTP interfaces using this  
OPTIONAL  
PPTP profile.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
always: Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the  
PPPoA link, make sure that the address and control field  
(0xFF03) is always in front of the frames.  
never: Before relaying the encapsulated PPP frames over the  
PPPoA link, make sure the address and control field will never  
be found in front of the frames.  
keep: Do not change the frames arriving via the PPTP tunnel.  
The default is never.  
Note The default setting is compliant to RFC2364, therefore it is  
recommended to keep this setting.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>pptp proflist  
Profile  
QoS  
Encaps  
AC  
Relay_PPP1  
default nlpid  
always  
=>pptp profadd name=PPTPLink encaps=vcmux ac=never  
=>pptp proflist  
Profile  
Relay_PPP1  
PPTPLink  
=>  
QoS  
Encaps  
AC  
always  
never  
default nlpid  
default vcmux  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
615  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPTP Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
616  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPTP Commands  
pptp profdelete  
Delete a PPTP profile.  
SYNTAX:  
pptp profdelete  
name <string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the PPTP profile to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>pptp proflist  
Profile  
QoS  
Encaps  
AC  
Relay_PPP1  
PPTPLink  
default nlpid  
default vcmux  
always  
never  
=>pptp profdelete name=PPTPLink  
=>pptp proflist  
Profile  
Relay_PPP1  
=>  
QoS  
Encaps  
AC  
always  
default nlpid  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
617  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
PPTP Commands  
pptp proflist  
Display all the current PPTP profiles.  
SYNTAX:  
pptp proflist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>pptp proflist  
Profile  
Relay_PPP1  
PPTPLink  
=>  
QoS  
Encaps  
AC  
always  
never  
default nlpid  
default vcmux  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
618  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Script Commands  
32 Script Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the scriptcommand group.  
Scripting is not a general purpose mechanism but is only used in the autoPVC/ILMI mechanism.  
It is recommended not to change the default scripts.  
!
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
619  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Script Commands  
script add  
Add a line to a script.  
SYNTAX:  
script add  
name = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
command = <quoted string>  
where:  
name  
Name of the script in which a line must be added.  
Line number  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
index  
Note Use 0 to add a line.  
Command.  
command  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
620  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Script Commands  
script delete  
Delete a complete script or a line from a script.  
SYNTAX:  
script delete  
name = <string>  
[index = <number>]  
where:  
name  
Name of the script to be deleted.  
Line number to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
index  
Tip  
Use the command :script listto view the line  
numbers.  
Note If not specified, the complete script will be deleted.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
621  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Script Commands  
script flush  
Flush all scripts.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
script flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
622  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Script Commands  
script list  
Display a script or all scripts.  
SYNTAX:  
script list  
where:  
[name = <string>]  
name  
Name of the script to be listed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the scripts are displayed.  
EXAMPLE  
Some of the default scripts are shown below:  
=>script list  
Script: autopvc_add_qos  
0: qosbook add name _auto_$1_$2 class $3 tx_peakrate $4 tx_sustrate $5 tx_maxburst $  
6
rx_peakrate $4 rx_sustrate $5 rx_maxburst $6 dynamic yes  
...  
Script: autopvc_add_bridge  
0: qosbook add name _auto_$1_$2 class $3 tx_peakrate $4 tx_sustrate $5 tx_maxburst $  
6
rx_peakrate $4 rx_sustrate $5 rx_maxburst $6 dynamic yes  
1: phonebook add name _auto_$1_$2 addr $1.$2 type any dynamic yes  
2: bridge ifadd intf _auto_$1_$2 dest _auto_$1_$2  
3: bridge ifconfig intf _auto_$1_$2 qos _auto_$1_$2  
4: bridge ifattach intf _auto_$1_$2  
Script: autopvc_delete_bridge  
0: bridge ifdetach intf _auto_$1_$2  
1: bridge ifdelete intf _auto_$1_$2  
2: phonebook delete name _auto_$1_$2  
3: qosbook delete name _auto_$1_$2  
Script: autopvc_add_pppoerelay  
0: qosbook add name _auto_$1_$2 class $3 tx_peakrate $4 tx_sustrate $5 tx_maxburst $  
6
rx_peakrate $4 rx_sustrate $5 rx_maxburst $6 dynamic yes  
1: phonebook add name _auto_$1_$2 addr $1.$2 type any dynamic yes  
2: ethoa ifadd intf _auto_$1_$2 dest _auto_$1_$2  
3: ethoa ifconfig intf _auto_$1_$2 qos _auto_$1_$2  
4: ethoa ifattach intf _auto_$1_$2  
5: ip ifwait intf _auto_$1_$2 timeout 15 adminstatus up  
6: pppoe relay add port _auto_$1_$2  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
623  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Script Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
624  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Script Commands  
script run  
Run a script.  
SYNTAX:  
script run  
name = <string>  
pars = <string>  
where:  
name  
Name of the script to be run.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Tip  
Use the command :script listto obtain the names  
of the different scripts.  
pars  
Parameters separated with comma.  
For example a,b,c.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
625  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Script Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
626  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service Commands  
33 Service Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the servicecommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Add a host service.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
627  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Service Commands  
service host assign  
Assign a service to a host device.  
SYNTAX:  
service host assign  
name = <quoted string>  
[host = <ip-address>]  
[log = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
host  
log  
The name of an existing host service.  
The IP address of the host.  
Enable or disable logging.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host assign name="MSN Messenger" host=192.168.1.64  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
Aliens vs. Predator  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
server  
..  
MSN Messenger  
192.168.1.64  
server  
...  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
628  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host config  
Modify and/or display global service configuration options.  
SYNTAX:  
service host config  
[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
trace  
Enable or disable traces.  
The default is disabled.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host config  
Service traces : disabled  
l=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
629  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host add  
Add a host service.  
SYNTAX:  
service host add  
name = <quoted string>  
[mode = <{server | client | custom}>]  
where:  
name  
mode  
The name of the new host service.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The service mode.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
server: The service is defined for server purposes.  
client: The service is defined for client purposes.  
custom: The service is a user created service (in other  
words, a customized service).  
The default is custom.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
...  
MSN Messenger  
unassigned  
server  
=>service host add name=myService  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
...  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
MSN Messenger  
myService  
=>  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
yes  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
630  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Service Commands  
service host delete  
Delete a host service.  
SYNTAX:  
service host delete  
name = <quoted string>  
where:  
name  
The name of the host service to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
...  
MSN Messenger  
myService  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
yes  
=>service host delete name=myService  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
...  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
MSN Messenger  
=>  
unassigned  
server  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a host service.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
631  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host disable  
Disable a host service.  
SYNTAX:  
service host disable  
[name = <quoted string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the host service to be disabled.  
Note If not specified, all the host services will be disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
Aliens vs. Predator  
..  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
server  
MSN Messenger  
...  
192.168.1.64  
server  
=>service host disable name="MSN Messenger"  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Age of Empires  
AIM Talk  
Aliens vs. Predator  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
server  
..  
MSN Messenger  
unassigned  
server  
...  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
632  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host flush  
Flush all host services.  
SYNTAX:  
service host flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
633  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host list  
Display a list of host services.  
SYNTAX:  
service host list  
[name = <quoted string>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the host service to be listed.  
REQUIRED  
Note If not specified, all the host services will be listed.  
String matching condition  
string  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
Beginstring matching condition  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host list  
Service Name  
Host  
User-Defined Mode  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Aliens vs. Predator  
Asheron's Call  
Battlecom  
Black and White  
Buddy Phone  
Bungie.net  
Citrix Metaframe  
CU-SeeMe  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
unassigned  
server  
client  
server  
server  
client  
server  
client  
client  
server  
Dark Reign 2  
...  
Westwood Online  
Yahoo Messenger Chat  
=>  
unassigned  
unassigned  
client  
server  
=>service host list name="MSN Messenger"  
Service Name:"MSN Messenger" Host:unassigned User-Defined:no Mode:server  
-------------------------------------------------------------------  
Port 1863 for protocol tcp will be forwarded to host port 1863  
Portrange 6891 - 6900 for protocol tcp will be forwarded to host portrange 6891 - 6900  
Port 6901 for protocol tcp or udp will be forwarded to host port 6901  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a host service.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
634  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host stats  
Show the host service statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
service host stats  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service host stats  
Services  
: 113 of 150 in use.  
Service maps : 225 of 300 in use.  
Trigger ports: 0 of 25 in use.  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
635  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host triggerlist  
List all triggers.  
SYNTAX:  
service host triggerlist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service triggerlist  
Ip  
--  
=>  
Triggerport  
-----------  
Portrange  
---------  
Timeout  
-------  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
636  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host rule add  
Create/define a host service portmap.  
SYNTAX:  
service host rule add  
name = <quoted string>  
[protocol = <{any|tcp|udp} or number>]  
[baseport = <supported UDP port | number>]  
portrange = <port-range>  
[triggerport = <supported UDP port | number>]  
[triggerprotocol = <{any|tcp|udp} or number>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the host service.  
REQUIRED  
protocol  
The IP protocol type.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
any  
tcp  
udp  
a number.  
baseport  
The inbound base port.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
Note If not specified, baseport is equal to the first port of  
portrange.  
portrange  
triggerport  
The outbound port range.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The outbound trigger port.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
triggerprotocol  
Protocol of the trigger port.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
any  
tcp  
udp  
a number.  
Note If not specified, triggerprotocol is equal to protocol.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
637  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service host rule delete  
Delete a host service portmap.  
SYNTAX:  
service host rule delete name = <quoted string>  
[protocol = <{any|tcp|udp} or number>]  
[baseport = <supported UDP port | number>]  
portrange = <port-range>  
[triggerport = <supported UDP port | number>]  
[triggerprotocol = <{any|tcp|udp} or number>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the host service.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
protocol  
The IP protocol type.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
any  
tcp  
udp  
a number.  
baseport  
The inbound base port.  
OPTIONAL  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
Note If not specified, baseport is equal to the first port of  
portrange.  
portrange  
triggerport  
The outbound port range.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
The outbound trigger port.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
triggerprotocol  
Protocol of the trigger port.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
any  
tcp  
udp  
a number.  
Note If not specified, triggerprotocol is equal to protocol.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
638  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system ifadd  
Add an interface group to the access list.  
SYNTAX:  
service system ifadd  
name = <string>  
group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or  
number>  
where:  
name  
group  
The name of the system service for this access list.  
The interface group for this access list.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
State  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>service system ifadd name=SIPPBX group=lan  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
Protocol  
SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... lan  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
639  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system ifdelete  
Delete an interface group from the access list.  
SYNTAX:  
service system ifdelete  
name = <string>  
group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or  
number>  
where:  
name  
group  
The name of the system service for this access list.  
The interface group for this access list.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
State  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... lan  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>service system ifdelete name=SIPPBX group=lan  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
Protocol  
SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
640  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system ipadd  
Add an IP address (range) to the access list.  
SYNTAX:  
service system ipadd  
name = <string>  
ip = <ip-range>  
where:  
name  
The name of the system service for this access list.  
The IP address (range) for this access list.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
ip  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
State  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>service system ipadd name=SIPPBX ip=192.168.1.64  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
Protocol  
SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. 192.168.1.64  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
641  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system ipdelete  
Delete an IP address (range) from the access list.  
SYNTAX:  
service system ipdelete  
name = <string>  
ip = <ip-range>  
where:  
name  
ip  
The name of the system service for this access list.  
The IP address (range) for this access list.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX udp 5060 disabled  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. 192.168.1.64  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>service system ipdelete name=SIPPBX ip=192.168.1.64  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name  
Protocol  
SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX  
udp  
5060  
disabled  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
642  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system list  
Display the system services.  
SYNTAX:  
service system list  
[name = <string>]  
[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[dynamics = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[members = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[string = <string>]  
[beginstring = <string>]  
where:  
name  
The name of the system service to be displayed.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the system services will be  
displayed.  
expand  
Enable or disable expanded listing.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
dynamics  
members  
Display dynamic sevices.  
The default is disabled.  
Display service group members.  
The default is disabled.  
string  
String matching condition  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
beginstring  
Beginstring matching condition  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
643  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>service system list  
Idx Name  
Protocol  
SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 DNS-C  
2 SNTP  
udp  
udp  
icmp  
udp  
icmp  
udp  
udp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
tcp  
udp  
udp  
udp  
53  
123  
8
7
8
33434  
514  
80  
443  
8080  
21  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
disabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
disabled  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
123  
3 SLA_ICMP_PING  
4 SLA_UDP_PING  
5 SLA_ICMP_TRRT  
6 SLA_UDP_TRRT  
7 SYSLOG  
8 HTTP  
9 HTTPs  
10 HTTPI  
11 FTP  
12 TELNET  
13 RIP  
14 RIP-Query  
15 DNS-S  
16 Dynamic DNS  
17 DHCP-S  
18 SNMP_AGENT  
19 SNMP_TRAPS  
20 MDAP  
21 SIPPBX  
22 IKE  
23  
520  
520  
520  
53  
udp  
udp  
udp  
udp  
udp  
udp  
49152  
161  
3235  
5060  
500  
23 IP_COMMANDS  
24 PING_RESPONDER  
icmp  
8
=>  
=>service system list name=SIPPBX expand=enabled  
Idx Name Protocol SrcPort DstPort Group  
State  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 SIPPBX  
udp  
5060  
disabled  
Description................ SIP PBX, registrar and proxy  
Properties................. server  
Managed parameters......... state port acl map log  
Source Ip Selection........ auto  
Interface Access List...... any  
Ip Access List............. any  
NAT Port List.............. 5060  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
644  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service Commands  
service system mapadd  
Add a port map for a system service.  
SYNTAX:  
service system mapadd  
name = <{string}>  
intf = <{auto|loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>  
port = <supported port or number>  
where:  
name  
intf  
The name of the system service for this map.  
REQUIRED  
The interface for this map.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
port  
The port for this map.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
645  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system mapdelete  
Delete a port map for a system service.  
SYNTAX:  
service system mapdelete name = <string>  
intf = <{auto|loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>  
port = <supported port or number>  
where:  
name  
The name of the system service for this map.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
intf  
The interface for this map.  
port  
The port for this map.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
646  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
service system modify  
Modify a system service.  
SYNTAX:  
service system modify  
name = <string>  
[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[port = <supported port or number>]  
[srcintf = <string>]  
[log = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[qoslabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|  
Management|Video|VoIP|default}>]  
[routelabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|  
Management|Video|VoIP|default}>]  
[natpmweight = <number{0-255}>]  
[forward = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
state  
port  
The name of the system service for this map.  
Disable or enable this system service.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
The port for this map.  
Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see  
alternatively, specify the port number.  
srcintf  
The primary IP interface for this system service.  
Disable or enable service logging  
QoS label for service data  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
log  
qoslabel  
routelabel  
natpmweight  
forward  
Route label for service data  
NAT portmap weight for this service  
Disable or enable service forwarding  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
647  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Service Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
648  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SNMP Commands  
snmp config  
Show/set global Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp config  
[sysContact = <quoted string>]  
[sysName = <quoted string>]  
[sysLocation = <quoted string>]  
where:  
sysContact  
The SNMP system contact.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is Service Provider.  
sysName  
The SNMP system name.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
sysLocation  
The SNMP system location.  
The default is Customer Premises.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp config  
SNMP System Contact  
SNMP System Name  
SNMP System Location  
: Service Provider  
: SpeedTouch 620  
: Customer Premises  
All SNMP traps : ENABLED  
Delay, in secs before first trap is sent  
=>  
: 90  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
650  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SNMP Commands  
snmp get  
Get from the supplied SNMP Object IDentifier (OID).  
For example: get ObjectId=.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp get  
where:  
[ObjectId = <string>]  
ObjectID  
The Object Identifier. Object ID to get from ... must include the  
instance which is 0 for scalar objects, for example  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0 sysDescription.  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the sysDescription OID .1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0  
is assumed. Its value is Thomson ST.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp get  
VB_octetStr  
=>  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0  
Thomson ST 620  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Walk from the supplied SNMP OID.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
651  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp getnext  
GetNext from the supplied SNMP OID.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp getnext  
where:  
[ObjectId = <string>]  
ObjectID  
The Object Identifier.  
OPTIONAL  
Object ID to getnext from for example .1.3.6.1.2.1.1 system  
returns sysDescription.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp getnext ObjectId=.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.4.0  
VB_octetStr  
=>  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.5.0  
Sascha  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Walk from the supplied SNMP OID.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
652  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp walk  
Walk from the supplied SNMP OID.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp walk  
where:  
ObjectID  
[ObjectId = <string>]  
The Object Identifier.  
OPTIONAL  
Object ID to walk from for example .1.3.6.1.2.1.1 system walks  
the system group.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp walk ObjectId=.1.3.6.1.2.1.1  
VB_octetStr  
VB_objId  
VB_timeTicks .1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.0  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.2.0  
Thomson ST 620  
.1.3.6.1.4.1.637.61.2  
2927636  
VB_octetStr  
VB_octetStr  
VB_octetStr  
VB_integer  
=>  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.4.0  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.5.0  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.6.0  
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7.0  
Service Provider  
Sascha  
Customer Premises  
72  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
653  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SNMP Commands  
snmp community add  
Configure an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp community add  
securityname = <{RWCommunity | ROCommunity}>  
communityname = <password>  
where:  
securityname  
Configure access rights/restrictions control for the community  
name.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
>
RWCommunity: read/write access rights  
>
ROCommunity: read only access rights.  
communityname  
Configure the SNMP community name.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp community add  
securityname = RWCommunity  
communityname = *******  
Please retype communityname for verification.  
communityname = *******  
:snmp community add securityname=RWCommunity communityname=_DEV_2C6A78E1C41E7B01  
=>snmp community add  
securityname = ROCommunity  
communityname = ******  
Please retype communityname for verification.  
communityname = ******  
:snmp community add securityname=ROCommunity communityname=_DEV_184B05F89719A74E  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
654  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp community delete  
Delete an SNMP community string to prevent SNMP access over IP.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp community delete  
securityname = <{RWCommunity | ROCommunity}>  
where:  
securityname  
Select the access rights/restrictions control for the community  
REQUIRED  
name to be deleted.  
Choose between:  
>
>
RWCommunity: read/write access rights  
ROCommunity: read only access rights.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp community list  
Read-write SNMP community name : *****  
Read-only SNMP community name : *****  
=>snmp community delete securityname=ROCommunity  
=>snmp community list  
Read-write SNMP community name : *****  
Read-only SNMP community name : not specified  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
655  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp community list  
List all SNMP community strings in use for SNMP access over IP.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp community list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp community list  
Read-write SNMP community name : *****  
Read-only SNMP community name : *****  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
656  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp community modify  
Modify an SNMP community string to allow SNMP access over IP.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp community modify  
securityname = <{RWCommunity | ROCommunity}>  
communityname = <password>  
where:  
securityname  
Configure access rights/restrictions control for the community  
name.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
>
>
RWCommunity: read/write access rights  
ROCommunity: read only access rights.  
communityname  
Configure the SNMP community name.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
657  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp ifadd  
Create a new SNMP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp ifadd  
intf = <string>  
dest = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name for the new SNMP interface.  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
dest  
The destination interface for this SNMP interface.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp ifadd  
intf = new  
dest = Internet  
:snmp ifadd intf=new dest=Internet  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
658  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp ifdelete  
Delete an SNMP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the SNMP interface.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp ifdelete  
intf = new  
:snmp ifdelete intf=new  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
659  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp ifattach  
Attach an SNMP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the SNMP interface.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp ifattach  
intf = Internet  
:snmp ifattach intf=Internet  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
660  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp ifdetach  
Detach an SNMP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
The name of the SNMP interface.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp ifdetach  
intf = Internet  
:snmp ifdetach intf=Internet  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
661  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp ifconfig  
Modify an SNMP interface.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp ifconfig  
intf = <string>  
[securityname = <{RWCommunity | ROCommunity}>]  
[communityname = <password>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of the SNMP interface to configure.  
REQUIRED  
securityname  
Configure access rights/restrictions control for the community  
OPTIONAL  
name.  
Choose between:  
>
>
RWCommunity  
ROCommunity.  
The default is RWCommunity.  
communityname  
Configure SNMP community name.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>snmp ifconfig  
intf = Internet  
[securityname] =  
[communityname] =  
:snmp ifconfig intf=Internet  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
662  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
snmp iflist  
Display the SNMP interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
snmp iflist  
[intf = <string>]  
where:  
intf  
The name of an SNMP interface to configure.  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
663  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNMP Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
664  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SNTP Commands  
35 SNTP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) command group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
665  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SNTP Commands  
sntp add  
Add a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server to the NTP server list.  
The internal Thomson ST real time clock (SNTP client) will be synchronized with the NTP server.  
SYNTAX:  
sntp add  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
[name = <string>]  
[version = <number{1-4}>]  
where:  
addr  
The IP address of the NTP server to add to the list.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP  
address or the name of an NTP server must be specified.  
name  
The DNS name of NTP server to be added to list. If both the IP address  
and the DNS name are provided, the IP address is ignored.  
Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP  
address or the name of an NTP server must be specified  
version  
The SNTP version of the NTP server.  
Select either 1, 2, 3, or 4 following NTP server supported versions.  
The default is 4.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>sntp list  
IP Address  
100.101.110.113  
Version  
4
Status  
Synchronized  
=>sntp add addr=100.101.110.111  
=>sntp list  
IP Address  
100.101.110.111  
100.101.110.113  
=>  
Version  
4
4
Status  
contacting ...  
Synchronized  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
666  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNTP Commands  
sntp config  
Modify/display the SNTP client configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
sntp config  
[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]  
[poll = <number{1-60}>]  
[pollpresync = <number{1-60}>]  
where:  
state  
Enable or disable the Thomson ST SNTP client.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
poll  
A number between 1 and 60 (minutes).  
Represents the time interval for the SNTP client to poll the configured  
NTP server and, if needed, (re-)synchronize its internal clock.  
The default is 60.  
pollpresync  
polling interval before first sync (1 min, ... ,60min)  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>sntp config  
SNTP configuration:  
state = enabled  
poll interval = 60 minute(s)  
poll interval (before first sync) = 60 minute(s)  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
667  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SNTP Commands  
sntp delete  
Delete an NTP server from the NTP server list.  
SYNTAX:  
sntp delete  
[addr = <ip-address>]  
[name = <string>]  
where:  
addr  
The IP address of the NTP server to be removed from the list.  
OPTIONAL  
Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP  
address or the name of an NTP server must be specified.  
name  
The DNS name of the NTP server to be removed to the list.  
OPTIONAL  
Note This parameter is optional in this respect that either an IP  
address or the name of an NTP server must be specified.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>sntp list  
IP Address  
Version  
Status  
100.101.110.111  
100.101.110.113  
4
4
contacting ...  
Synchronized  
=>sntp del addr=100.101.110.111  
=>sntp list  
IP Address  
100.101.110.113  
=>  
Version  
4
Status  
Synchronized  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
668  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNTP Commands  
sntp flush  
Flush the NTP server list and the SNTP client configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
sntp flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
669  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SNTP Commands  
sntp list  
List the NTP servers.  
SYNTAX:  
sntp list  
EXAMPLE:  
=>sntp list  
IP Address  
Version  
Status  
contacting ...  
Unable to contact  
Synchronized  
Name  
100.101.110.111  
100.101.110.112  
100.101.110.113  
=>  
4
4
4
DESCRIPTION:  
The status of an NTP server can be:  
>
>
>
Not used: The Thomson ST SNTP client is disabled. As a consequence, none of the NTP servers are used.  
Contacting...: The Thomson ST SNTP client is trying to contact this NTP server.  
Unable to contact: The Thomson ST SNTP client is unable to contact this NTP server. It may be down, or  
no end-to-end connectivity exists (no connection, no DSL,...).  
>
Synchronized: The Thomson ST SNTP client was able to contact this NTP server. If required the internal  
clock has been synchronized with this NTP server.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
670  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Software Commands  
36 Software Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the softwarecommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Reboot the modem to initiate the SW upgrade.  
Display the software version.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
671  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Software Commands  
software upgrade  
Reboot the modem to initiate the SW upgrade.  
New software available on a remote LAN host will be uploaded to the modem.  
SYNTAX:  
software upgrade  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
672  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Software Commands  
software version  
Display the software version.  
SYNTAX:  
software version  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
673  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Software Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
674  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Commands  
system config  
Set/change the system configuration parameters.  
For a good operation of UPnP and the discovery mechanism, it is highly recommended not to  
change the system configuration settings.  
!
SYNTAX:  
system config  
[upnp = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[tr64 = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[mdap = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[drst = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[led = <{green | red | orange | flash | off}>]  
[resetbutton = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[digestauth = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[defaultconnection = <string>]  
[rtc = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[autosave = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[autosavedelay = <number{0-600}>]  
where:  
upnp  
Enable or disable UPnP discovery.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
tr64  
mdap  
drst  
led  
Enable or disable TR-64 discovery.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable proprietary discovery protocol.  
The default is enabled.  
Enable or disable DrSpeedTouch access.  
The default is disabled.  
Set the system LED colour.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
>
green: solid green  
red: solid red  
orange: solid orange  
flash: toggle between green and orange  
off: LED is off.  
The default is green.  
resetbutton  
Enable or disable reset-to-factory-defaults pushbutton.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
digestauth  
Enable or disable HTTP digest authentication.  
The default is enabled.  
defaultconnection  
rtc  
The name of the default internet connection.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Enable or disable RTC.  
The default is disabled  
autosave  
Enable or disable autosaves.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
676  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
autosavedelay  
A number between 0 and 600.  
OPTIONAL  
Represents the autosave delay in seconds (0 for immediate save).  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system config  
upnp discovery  
TR-64 discovery  
mdap discovery  
drst support  
: enabled  
: disabled  
: enabled  
: disabled  
: enabled  
reset button  
digest authentication : enabled  
rtc  
: enabled  
: Internet  
: enabled  
: 10s  
defaultconnection  
autosave  
autosave delay  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
677  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Commands  
system flush  
Flush the current system configuration.  
The system password and the system config settings (dcache excluded) are flushed.  
The flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.  
i
SYNTAX:  
system flush  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system flush  
Security notification: Password changed, use 'saveall' to make it permanent.  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
678  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
system locale  
Set/get the regional settings.  
SYNTAX:  
system locale  
[dec_symbol = <{, | .}>]  
[group_symbol = <{. | ,}>]  
[date_separator = <{/ | - | .}>]  
[date_format = <{iso | ddmmyyyy | ddmmyy | mmddyyyy |  
mmddyy}>]  
[time_format = <{iso | hmmss}>]  
[datetime_format = <{iso | date+time | time+date}>]  
[duration_format = <{dhmmss | hmmss}>]  
where:  
dec_symbol  
Set the decimal symbol.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
.
,
The default is ,”.  
group_symbol  
date_separator  
Set the group symbol.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
.
,
The default is .”.  
Set the date separator.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
/
-
.
The default is “-”.  
date_format  
Set the date format.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
>
>
iso  
ddmmyyyy  
ddmmyy  
mmddyyyy  
mmddyy  
The default is ddmmyyyy.  
Note dd = day; mm = month; yyyy or yy = year.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
679  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
time_format  
Set the time format.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
iso  
hmmss.  
The default is iso.  
Note h = hours; mm = minutes; ss = seconds.  
datetime_format  
duration_format  
Set the date-time format.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
iso  
date+time  
time+date.  
The default is date+time.  
Set the duration format.  
Choose between:  
>
>
dhmmss  
hmmss.  
The default is dhmmss.  
Note d = days; h = hours; mm = minutes; ss = seconds.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system locale  
Decimal symbol  
= ,  
Digit grouping symbol = .  
Date separator  
Date format  
Time format  
Date-time format  
Duration format  
=>  
= -  
= ddmmyyyy  
= iso  
= date+time  
= dhmmss  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
680  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Commands  
system reboot  
Reboot the Thomson ST.  
Non-saved configuration settings will be lost after reboot.  
!
SYNTAX:  
system reboot  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system reboot  
.....  
(lost session connectivity due to reboot)  
.....  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
681  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
system reset  
Reset the Thomson ST to its factory or ISP defaults and reboot the device.  
All user specific settings and all saved configuration changes are lost after reboot.  
!
SYNTAX:  
system reset  
factory yes/no = <{yes | no}>  
proceed no/yes = <{no | yes}>  
where:  
factory yes/no  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
>
>
yes: delete user and ISP specific settings.  
no: delete user specific settins only.  
proceed no/yes  
Confirmation for resetting the modem.  
If no confirmation is given, the Thomson ST will not be reset.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system reset  
---------------  
!! WARNING !!  
---------------  
The modem will be reset to (factory) defaults clearing all user (and ISP) settings.  
Specifying <factory=yes> deletes user and ISP specific settings.  
Connectivity with the ISP network might be lost.  
<factory=no> deletes user specific settings only.  
factory yes/no = no  
proceed no/yes = no  
:system reset factory yes/no=no proceed no/yes=no  
=>  
=>system reset  
---------------  
!! WARNING !!  
---------------  
The modem will be reset to (factory) defaults clearing all user (and ISP) settings.  
Specifying <factory=yes> deletes user and ISP specific settings.  
Connectivity with the ISP network might be lost.  
<factory=no> deletes user specific settings only.  
factory yes/no = yes  
proceed no/yes = yes  
:system reset factory yes/no=yes proceed no/yes=yes  
.....  
(lost session connectivity due to reboot)  
.....  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
682  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
683  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Commands  
system timedreboot  
Set or change a timed reboot for the Thomson ST.  
SYNTAX  
timedreboot  
[state = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[time = <number{0-16384}>]  
[date = <string>]  
where:  
state  
Enable/Disable timed reboot.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
time  
date  
Change default countdown time (Min).  
A number between 0 and 16384.  
The default is 60.  
Set date/time to reboot (DD/MM/YYYY/HH:MM).  
The default is the current day and time  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>:system timedreboot state=enabled time=60  
input timeout (min): 60  
=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
684  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
System Commands  
system debug autosave  
Autosave debugging commands  
SYNTAX:  
system debug  
autosave  
[trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
where:  
trace  
Enable or disable autosave traces  
OPTIONAL  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
685  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
system debug stats  
Show the Thomson ST CPU and memory statistics.  
SYNTAX:  
system debug stats [reset = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
reset  
Reset the CPU statistics.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
DESCRIPTION:  
>
>
>
CHIP memory: Memory used by the CPU (first MB from the RAM) – not cached since it has to be realtime.  
Application memory: Memory used by the applications.  
min: The least amount of free memory detected during the uptime of the Thomson ST.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
686  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
system ra config  
Configure Remote management access parameters.  
SYNTAX:  
system ra config  
[secure = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[port = <number>]  
[timeout = <number>]  
where:  
secure  
Enable or disable https.  
The default is enabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
port  
Set the destination port for remote access.  
The default is 51003.  
timeout  
Set the connection timeout in minutes.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system ra config  
Remote management access configuration  
Remote access port  
: 51003  
Secure remote access : enabled  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
687  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
system rtc synchronize  
Do a SNTP update and synchronize the realtime clock.  
SYNTAX:  
system rtc synchro-  
nize  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
688  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Commands  
system rtc settime  
Set/get date, time, timezone, daylight savings time, uptime.  
When synchronization with an external NTP server via the Thomson ST SNTP client fails, this command  
allows to manually configure its internal clock.  
In cases without regular synchronization, accurate realtime clock settings can not be guaranteed.  
i
SYNTAX:  
system rtc settime [date = <dd/mm/yyyy>]  
[time = <hh:mm:ss>]  
[timezone = <(+ or -)hh:mm>]  
[daylightsaving = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
date  
The system date formatted as dd/mm/yyyy.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the current date is preserved.  
The system time formatted as hh:mm:ss.  
time  
Note If not specified, the current time is preserved.  
timezone  
The system timezone formatted as (+ or -)hh:mm.  
Valid timezones are possible from -12:00 to +14:00 with a resolution  
of 15 minutes.  
Note If not specified, the current timezone is preserved.  
daylightsaving  
Enable or disable daylight saving.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is disabled.  
Note If not specified, the current daylight saving setting is  
preserved.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>system settime  
date = 31/01/2005  
time = 18:05:16  
timezone = +00:00  
daylightsaving = off  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
689  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
System Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
690  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Systemlog Commands  
38 Systemlog Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the systemlogcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
691  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog flush  
Flush all messages in the internal Syslog message buffer.  
SYNTAX:  
systemlog flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
692  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog show  
Show messages in the internal Syslog message buffer.  
SYNTAX:  
systemlog show  
[fac = <supported facility name>]  
[sev = <supported severity name>]  
[hist = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
fac  
Specify the facility name of the syslog messages to be shown.  
Use one of the supported facility names (see “ Supported Facilities”  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the messages of all the facilities will be  
shown.  
sev  
Specify the lowest priority severity of the syslog messages to be  
shown.  
All the syslog messages with severity as specified or higher will be  
shown.  
Use one of the supported severity names (see “ Supported  
Note If not specified, the messages of all the severities will be  
shown.  
hist  
Show messages over several Thomson ST reboots (enabled) or show  
only messages since latest startup (disabled).  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, only the recent messages will be shown.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
693  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Systemlog Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
=>syslog msgbuf show fac=kern sev=emerg hist=enabled  
<0> SysUpTime: 14:45:43 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system re  
boot)  
<0> SysUpTime: 02:58:18 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system re  
boot)  
<0> SysUpTime: 04 days 04:52:37 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit s  
ystem reboot)  
<0> SysUpTime: 00:00:41 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system re  
boot)  
=>syslog msgbuf show fac=kern sev=warning hist=enabled  
<4> SysUpTime: 00:00:00 KERNEL Cold restart  
<0> SysUpTime: 14:45:43 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system re  
boot)  
<4> SysUpTime: 00:00:00 KERNEL Warm restart  
<0> SysUpTime: 02:58:18 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system re  
boot)  
<4> SysUpTime: 00:00:00 KERNEL Warm restart  
<0> SysUpTime: 04 days 04:52:37 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit s  
ystem reboot)  
<4> SysUpTime: 00:00:00 KERNEL Warm restart  
<0> SysUpTime: 00:00:41 KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system re  
boot)  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
694  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog send  
Send messages from the internal Syslog message buffer to a specified local or remote syslog server host.  
There will be no notification on whether the host has received the messages or not.  
i
SYNTAX:  
systemlog send  
[fac = <supported facility name>]  
[sev = <supported severity name>]  
[hist = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
dest = <ip-address>  
where:  
fac  
Specify the facility name of the syslog messages to show.  
Use one of the supported facility names (see “ Supported Facilities”  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, the messages of all the facilities will be  
shown.  
sev  
Specify the lowest priority severity of the syslog messages to be  
shown.  
All the syslog messages with severity as specified or higher will be  
shown.  
Use one of the supported severity names (see “ Supported  
Note If not specified, the messages of all the severities will be  
shown.  
hist  
Show messages over several Thomson ST reboots (disabled) or show  
only messages since latest startup (enabled).  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
Note If not specified, only the recent messages will be shown.  
dest  
The IP address of the remote host on the local or remote network, in  
other words, the collector's IP address, to send the syslog messages  
to.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
695  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog DBG dbg_syslog  
Perform a syslog call.  
SYNTAX:  
systemlog DBG dbg_syslog priority = <number{0-191}>  
msgstring = <string>  
where:  
priority  
priority number  
message content  
msgstring  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
696  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog DBG dbg_long_mess  
Generate a long syslog message call.  
SYNTAX:  
systemlog DBG dbg_long_mess  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
697  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog DBG dbg_burst  
Perform a syslog message burst.  
SYNTAX:  
systemlog DBG dbg_burst  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
698  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Systemlog Commands  
systemlog DBG dbg_contents  
Show the contents of the message buffer.  
SYNTAX:  
systemlog DBG dbg_contents  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
699  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Systemlog Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
700  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Upgrade Commands  
39 Upgrade Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the upgradecommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Add a new file profile description.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
701  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade config  
Change the upgrade daemon configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]  
[protocol = <{tftp|ftp|http|https}>]  
where:  
state  
Set the upgrade daemon state to enabled or disabled.  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
protocol  
The transfer protocol to be used for file download.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
tftp  
ftp  
http  
https  
The default is tftp.  
EXAMPLE:  
=>:upgrade config  
Upgrade daemon state: disabled  
Upgrade daemon transfer protocol: tftp  
Upgrade daemon option 66:  
Upgrade daemon option 67:  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
702  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade start  
Start a new upgrade.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade start  
protocol = <{tftp|ftp|http|https}>  
[server = <string>]  
[filename = <string>]  
where:  
protocol  
The protocol to be used for the download.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
>
>
tftp  
ftp  
http  
https  
The default is disabled.  
server  
The server name or IP address  
The file to be downloaded  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
filename  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
703  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade debug traceconfig  
Enable/disable upgrade daemon tracing.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade debug traceconfig state = <{disabled|enabled}>  
where:  
state  
Set the upgared daemon state to enabled or disabled.  
REQUIRED  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
704  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade debug sesslist  
Display the list of sessions.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade debug sesslist  
EXAMPLE:  
=>:upgrade debug sesslist  
Session 0:  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
SessionId : 0x80c25850  
State : IDLE  
Protocol : TFTP  
ServerName:  
FileName :  
DestFile :  
ServerIP : 0.0.0.0  
Error  
:
Session 1:  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
SessionId : 0x80c25c20  
State  
: IDLE  
Protocol : TFTP  
ServerName:  
FileName :  
DestFile :  
ServerIP : 0.0.0.0  
Error  
=>  
:
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
705  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade profile add  
Add a new file profile description.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade profile add  
extension = <{sts|ini}>  
[maxsize(KBytes) = <number>]  
action = <{none|config_load|script_load|reboot}>  
where:  
extension  
The extension of the new file profile.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
sts  
ini  
The maximum filesize (in KBytes) allowed for files with the  
extension of this profile.  
The default is 100.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
maxsize  
action  
The action to be done when the file with the extension of this  
profile is downloaded.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
none  
config_load  
script_load  
reboot  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
706  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade profile modify  
Modify a file profile description.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade profile modify extension = <{sts|ini}>  
[maxsize(KBytes) = <number>]  
action = <{none|config_load|script_load|reboot}>  
where:  
extension  
The extension of the new file profile.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
sts  
ini  
The maximum filesize (in KBytes) allowed for files with the  
extension of this profile.  
The default is 100.  
OPTIONAL  
REQUIRED  
maxsize  
action  
The action to be done when the file with the extension of this  
profile is downloaded.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
none  
config_load  
script_load  
reboot  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
707  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade profile delete  
Delete a file profile description.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade profile delete extension = <{sts|ini}>  
where:  
extension  
The extension of the profile to be deleted.  
Choose between:  
REQUIRED  
>
>
sts  
ini  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a new file profile description.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
708  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade profile list  
Display a list of the file profile descriptions.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade profile list  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
709  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade ifadd  
Add a download interface.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade ifadd  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
A download interface  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
710  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade ifattach  
Attach a download interface.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade ifattach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
A download interface  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
711  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade ifconfig  
Configure a download interface.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade ifconfig intf = <string>  
[protocol = <{tftp|ftp|http|https}>]  
[dest = <{loop|Internet|ISDN_backup| ISDN_backup_trigger|  
lan1|wan1|dmz1|guest1}>]  
[server = <string>]  
[file = <string>]  
[time = <number>]  
where:  
Intf  
A download interface  
The transfer protocol  
The destination network interface name  
The server name  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
protocol  
dest  
server  
file  
The file name  
time  
download cycle time in s  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
712  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade ifdelete  
Delete a download interface.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade ifdelete  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
A download interface  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
713  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade ifdetach  
Detach a download interface.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade ifdetach  
intf = <string>  
where:  
intf  
A download interface  
REQUIRED  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
714  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
upgrade iflist  
List all download interfaces.  
SYNTAX:  
upgrade iflist  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
715  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrade Commands  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
716  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UPnP Commands  
40 UPnP Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the upnpcommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
List all registered devices.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
717  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
UPnP Commands  
upnp config  
Configure the UPnP™ parameter(s).  
SYNTAX:  
upnp config  
[maxage = <number{60-999999}>]  
[writemode = <{full | natonly | readonly}>]  
[safenat = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[preferredaddress = <ip-address>]  
[httpport = <number{1-65535}>]  
where:  
maxage  
A number between 60 and 999999.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
This parameter allows to configure how often the Thomson ST sends a  
notification message to advertise its presence as an Internet Gateway  
Device (IGD) on the network.  
The default is 1800.  
Note Setting this parameter to a low value will increase the number of  
packets sent over time on the network, but will make the state of  
the device more up to date.  
writemode  
Choose the set of rules to limit remote access from UPnP.  
Choose between:  
>
>
full: the host will accept all the UPnP SET and GET actions.  
natonly: GET and NAT related SET actions will be accepted, all other  
actions will be ignored.  
>
readonly: the UPnP control point will only be able to retrieve  
information, all the SET actions are ignored.  
The default is natonly.  
safenat  
Enable or disable check on safe NAT entries.  
If this check is enabled, all NAT create/delete requests for a LAN side IP  
address different from the source IP address of the UPnP message will be  
discarded.  
OPTIONAL  
The default is enabled.  
preferreda  
ddress  
CSV list of preferred IP address for UPnP advertisements (1 per LAN IP  
interface).  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note Enter “0.0.0.0” for none.  
httpport  
A number between 1 and 65535.  
Represents the web server port.  
The default is 80.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
718  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
UPnP Commands  
upnp flush  
Flush the UPnP™ configuration. The UPnP configuration will be reset to the default configuration.  
SYNTAX:  
upnp flush  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
719  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
UPnP Commands  
upnp list  
List all registered devices.  
Use this command to check whether a PPP connection is properly configured and thus advertised  
as a PPP service.  
i
SYNTAX:  
upnp list  
[verbose = <number{0-2}>]  
where:  
verbose  
Verbose level.  
The default is 1.  
OPTIONAL  
EXAMPLE:  
=>upnp list  
---------------- device: IGD.xml ------------  
Advertised on: LocalNetwork (10.0.0.138)  
-------------- devices/services ------------  
++ Root Device: urn:schemas-upnp-org:device:InternetGatewayDevice:1  
-- Service 1: urn:upnp-org:serviceId:layer3f  
-- Service 2: urn:upnp-org:serviceId:lanhcm  
-- Service 3: urn:upnp-org:serviceId:wancic  
-- Service 4: urn:upnp-org:serviceId:wandsllc:RELAY  
-- Service 5: urn:upnp-org:serviceId:wanpppc:Internet  
---------------------- end -----------------  
=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
720  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Commands  
41 User Commands  
Introduction  
This chapter describes the commands of the usercommand group.  
Contents  
This chapter covers the following commands:  
Add a user.  
Modify a user.  
Delete a user.  
Flush the users.  
Display the users.  
Display the session rights.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
721  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
User Commands  
user add  
Add a user.  
You can only add a user whose privileges are the same or lower than your own privileges.  
i
SYNTAX:  
user add name = <quoted string>  
password = <password>  
role = <string>  
[hash2 = <string>]  
[descr = <quoted string>]  
[defuser = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[defremadmin = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[deflocadmin = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
The new user name.  
REQUIRED  
Note 1. The maximum number of users is 10.  
2. The maximum length is 32 characters.  
The password.  
password  
role  
REQUIRED  
REQUIRED  
Note The maximum length is 32 characters.  
The role name.  
Tip  
Use the command :mlp role listto obtain the role  
name (see “ mlp role list” on page 563 for more informa-  
tion).  
hash2  
descr  
The MD5 hash.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note The maximum length is 32 characters.  
A user description.  
Note The maximum length is 63 characters.  
Set this user as the default user (enabled) or not (disabled).  
defuser  
Note When the Web interface is accessed, the account of this user  
will be used by default. The user will not need to  
authenticate himself with user name or password.  
The default is disabled.  
defremadmin  
deflocadmin  
Set this user as the default remote administrator (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Set this user as the default local administrator (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
722  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
In the example below, the user Administrator creates a new user JohnDoe. This user has lower access rights  
than the user “Poweruser”.  
{Administrator}=>user list  
User  
----  
Flags Role  
----- ----  
Administrator  
tech  
U
R
Administrator  
TechnicalSupport  
{Administrator}[user]=>add  
name = JohnDoe  
password = ****  
Please retype password for verification.  
password = ****  
role = Administrator  
[hash2] =  
[descr] =  
[defuser] =  
[defremadmin] =  
:user add name=JohnDoe password=_CYP_x9O/lhxuRyMME role=Administrator  
{Administrator}=>user list  
User  
----  
Flags Role  
----- ----  
Administrator  
tech  
JohnDoe  
U
R
Administrator  
TechnicalSupport  
Administrator  
{Administrator}=>  
DESCRIPTION:  
>
>
U: indicates the default user.  
R: indicates the default remote administrator.  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Delete a user.  
Display the users.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
723  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Commands  
user config  
Modify a user.  
You can only modify a user whose privileges are the same or lower than your own privileges.  
i
SYNTAX:  
user config  
name = <string>  
[password = <password>]  
[role = <string>]  
[descr = <quoted string>]  
[defuser = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[defremadmin = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
[deflocadmin = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
The user name.  
REQUIRED  
OPTIONAL  
password  
The password.  
Note The maximum length is 32 characters.  
The role name.  
role  
OPTIONAL  
Tip  
Use the command :mlp role listto obtain the role  
names (see “ mlp role list” on page 563 for more informa-  
tion).  
descr  
A user description.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note The maximum length is 63 characters.  
Set this user as the default user (enabled) or not (disabled).  
defuser  
Note When the Web interface is accessed, the account of this user  
will be used by default. The user will not need to  
authenticate himself with user name or password.  
The default is disabled.  
defremadmin  
deflocadmin  
Set this user as the default remote administrator (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Set this user as the default local administrator (enabled) or not  
(disabled).  
The default is disabled.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
724  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
{Superuser}=>user list  
User  
====  
Role  
====  
Superuser  
aPoweruser  
root  
Poweruser  
{Superuser}=>user config name=aPoweruser role=LAN_admin  
{Superuser}=>user list  
User  
====  
Role  
====  
Superuser  
aPoweruser  
root  
LAN_admin  
{Superuser}=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
725  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Commands  
user delete  
Delete a user.  
You can only delete a user whose privileges are the same or lower than your own privileges.  
i
SYNTAX:  
user delete  
where:  
name  
name = <string>  
The name of the user to be deleted.  
REQUIRED  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>user list  
User  
----  
Flags Role  
----- ----  
Administrator  
tech  
JohnDoe  
U
R
Administrator  
TechnicalSupport  
Administrator  
{Administrator}=>user delete name = JohnDoe  
{Administrator}=>user list  
User  
----  
Flags Role  
----- ----  
Administrator  
tech  
U
R
Administrator  
TechnicalSupport  
{Administrator}=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a user.  
Display the users.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
726  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Commands  
user flush  
Flush the users.  
After execution of this command, the access to the Thomson ST will no longer be protected by a  
password. The first user that logs on, after initiating a new Telnet session, will have the same  
administrative rights as a user with the role root.  
!
SYNTAX:  
user flush  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>user list  
User  
----  
Flags Role  
----- ----  
Administrator  
tech  
JohnDoe  
U
R
Administrator  
TechnicalSupport  
Administrator  
{Administrator}=>user flush  
{Administrator}=>user list  
{Administrator}=>  
When this Telnet session is terminated and a new Telnet session is initiated, the following welcome screen  
will appear:  
Username :  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
______ SpeedTouch 620  
___/_____/\  
/
/\\ Version 5.3.0.10  
/ \\  
_____/__  
_/  
//  
_______//_______/  
/ \  
/\_____/___ \ Copyright (c) 1999-2004,  
/ \  
/\ \  
THOMSON  
\
/
/ _\/______  
/
\
/ /  
/ /  
/ /  
* /_/______/___________________/ /________/ /___/ \  
/\  
/ _\__  
/ / /\  
__/  
/
\
\ /  
\_______\/  
* / /  
/
* \ \  
* \_\  
\
___________  
/\  
/ \  
\ \  
\ \  
\ \  
\ \________\/  
\ /  
/_____\/  
/___\/  
\ \  
\ \___\/  
\ /  
\ /  
\ /  
\/  
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
\
\_____/  
/__________/  
_____ \  
/\ \  
/____/ \ \ /  
\ /___\/  
\____\/  
/
\
\
\
\ /  
\
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
=>  
The user will not have to authenticate himself to gain access to the Thomson ST.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
727  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Commands  
user list  
Display the users.  
SYNTAX:  
user list  
[name = <string>]  
[channel = <{ftp | telnet | http | mdap | serial}>]  
[origin = <{lan | wan | local}>]  
[secure = <{disabled | enabled}>]  
where:  
name  
The user name.  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
Note If not specified, all the users will be listed.  
channel  
The selected channel.  
Choose between:  
>
>
>
>
>
ftp  
telnet  
http  
mdap  
serial.  
Note If not specified, all the channels will be listed.  
origin  
The selected origin.  
Choose between:  
OPTIONAL  
OPTIONAL  
>
>
>
lan  
wan  
local.  
Note If not specified, all the origins will be listed.  
secure  
The selected security level.  
Choose between:  
>
>
disabled  
enabled.  
Note If not specified, all the security levels will be listed.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
728  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
User Commands  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>user list  
User  
----  
Flags Role  
----- ----  
Administrator  
tech  
U
R
Administrator  
TechnicalSupport  
{Administrator}=>user list name=tech channel=http origin=wan  
service(s): r_lan, r_wan, r_fs_view, r_fs_retrieve, r_rtg, r_fwdg, r_nat, r_frwl,  
r_ipsec_norm, r_ipsec_adv, r_certificates, r_remote_mgnt, r_local, r_qos,  
w_lan, w_wan, w_fs_passive, w_rtg, w_fwdg, w_nat, w_frwl_norm, w_frwl_adv,  
w_frwe_mgnt, w_ipsec, w_certificates, w_remote_mgnt, w_local, w_qos,  
snd_lan, snd_wan, snd_local, and_lan, and_wan, and_frwl, and_local,  
user_admin, mlp_admin, secure_ipsec_term, secure_br, cli, cgi, ftp, mdap,  
zone_45, zone_46, zone_47, zone_48, zone_49, zone_50, zone_51, zone_52,  
zone_53, zone_54, zone_55, zone_56, zone_57, zone_58, zone_59, zone_60,  
zone_61, zone_62, swk_activation, sensitve_file, zone_71, zone_72, zone_73,  
zone_74, zone_75, zone_76, zone_77, zone_78, zone_79, zone_83, zone_84,  
zone_85, zone_86, zone_87, zone_88, zone_89, zone_90, zone_91, zone_92,  
traces  
{Administrator}=>  
RELATED COMMANDS:  
Add a user.  
Delete a user.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
729  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Commands  
user rights  
Display the session rights.  
The user rights of the currently logged-in user are shown.  
i
SYNTAX:  
user rights  
EXAMPLE:  
{Administrator}=>user rights  
Current session info:  
user:  
access:  
name='Administrator', role='Administrator'  
lan (origin_lan), telnet (channel_telnet), unsecure (unsecure_connection)  
service(s): r_lan, r_wan, r_fs_view, r_fs_retrieve, r_rtg, r_fwdg, r_nat, r_frwl,  
r_ipsec_norm, r_ipsec_adv, r_certificates, r_remote_mgnt, r_local, r_qos,  
w_lan, w_wan, w_fs_passive, w_rtg, w_fwdg, w_nat, w_frwl_norm, w_frwl_adv,  
w_frwe_mgnt, w_ipsec, w_certificates, w_remote_mgnt, w_local, w_qos,  
snd_lan, snd_wan, snd_local, and_lan, and_wan, and_frwl, and_local,  
user_admin, mlp_admin, secure_ipsec_term, secure_br, cli, cgi, ftp, mdap,  
zone_45, zone_46, zone_47, zone_48, zone_49, zone_50, zone_51, zone_52,  
zone_53, zone_54, zone_55, zone_56, zone_57, zone_58, zone_59, zone_60,  
zone_61, zone_62, swk_activation, sensitve_file, zone_71, zone_72, zone_73,  
zone_74, zone_75, zone_76, zone_77, zone_78, zone_79, zone_83, zone_84,  
zone_85, zone_86, zone_87, zone_88, zone_89, zone_90, zone_91, zone_92,  
traces  
{Administrator}=>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
730  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Abbreviations  
42 Abbreviations  
The table below lists all the abbreviations used in the CLI Reference Guide.  
Abbreviation  
AAL5  
ACL  
Description  
ATM Adaption Layer 5  
Access Control List  
ADSL  
AES  
AF  
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line  
Advanced Encryption System  
Assured Forwarding  
AP  
Access Point  
ARP  
ATM  
BSSID  
CA  
Address Resolution Protocol  
Asynchronous Transfer Mode  
Base Service Set IDentifier  
Certificate Authority  
CAPI  
CC  
Common ISDN Application Interface  
Continuity Check  
CEP  
Certificate Enrollment Protocol  
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol  
Classless Inter Domain Routing  
Command Line Interface  
Cell Loss Priority  
CHAP  
CIDR  
CLI  
CLP  
CO  
Central Office  
CPE  
Customer Premises Equipment  
Certificate Revocation List  
Conformance Traffic Descriptor  
CPE WAN Management Protocol  
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol  
Distinguished Name  
CRL  
CTD  
CWMP  
DHCP  
DN  
DNS  
DPD  
DSCP  
DSD  
DSL  
Domain Name System  
Dead Peer Detection  
Differentiated Services Code Point  
Differentiated Service Delivery  
Digital Subscriber Line  
ECN  
EF  
Explicit Congestion Notification  
Expedited Forwarding  
FCS  
Frame Check Sequence  
FTP  
File Transfer Protocol  
GRE  
GRP  
HDLC  
General Routing Encapsulation  
Gateway Routing Protocol  
High-level Data Link Control  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
731  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Abbreviations  
Abbreviation  
HTTP  
ICMP  
IDS  
Description  
HyperText Transfer Protocol  
Internet Control Message Protocol  
Intrusion Detection System  
Internet Gateway Device  
Internet Group Management Protocol  
Internet Key Exchange  
IGD  
IGMP  
IKE  
IP  
Internet Protocol  
IP oA  
IPCP  
IPSec  
ISDN  
ISI  
IP over ATM  
Internet Protocol Control Protocol  
IP Security  
Integrated Services Digital Network  
Independent Set ID  
KB  
Kilobytes  
Kbps  
LAN  
LCP  
Kilobits per second  
Local Area Network  
Link Control Protocol  
LDAP  
LLC  
Light-weight Directory Access Protocol  
Logical Link Control  
MAC  
MC  
Medium Access Control  
MultiCast  
MD5  
MGCP  
MLP  
MPLS  
MTU  
NAPT  
NAT  
Message Digest 5  
Media Gateway Control Protocol  
Multi-Level access Policy  
Multiprotocol Label Switching  
Maximum Transmission Unit  
Network Address and Port Translation  
Network Address Translation  
Network Layer Protocol IDentifiers  
Network Time Protocol  
Operation and Maintenance  
On Board Controller  
NLPID  
NTP  
OAM  
OBC  
OID  
Object IDentifier  
PAP  
Password Authentication Protocol  
Private Branch Exchange  
Perfect Forward Secrecy  
Public Key Cryptography Standard  
Public Key Infrastructure  
Plain Old Telephone Service  
Point-to-Point Protocol  
PBX  
PFS  
PKCS  
PKI  
POTS  
PPP  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
732  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Abbreviations  
Abbreviation  
PPPoA  
PPPoE  
PPTP  
PSD  
Description  
PPP over ATM  
PPP over Ethernet  
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol  
Power Spectral Density  
Pre-Shared Key  
PSK  
PVC  
Permanent Virtual Channel  
Quality of Service  
QoS  
RIP  
Routing Information Protocol  
Real Time Clock  
RTC  
RTT  
Round Trip Time  
SAs  
Security Associations  
SFTP  
SHDSL  
SIP  
Secure File Transfer Protocol  
Single Pair High-speed Digital Subscriber Line  
Session Initiation Protocol  
Service Level Agreement  
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol  
Sub Network Access Protocol  
Simple Network Management Protocol  
Signal-to-Noise Ratio  
SLA  
SMTP  
SNAP  
SNMP  
SNR  
SNTP  
SSH  
Simple Network Time Protocol  
Secure SHell  
SSID  
TCP  
Service Set IDentifier  
Transmission Control Protocol  
Trivial File Transfer Protocol  
Temporal Key Integrity Protocol  
Type of Service  
TFTP  
TKIP  
ToS  
TTL  
Time To Live  
UA  
User Agent  
UDP  
User Datagram Protocol  
Upper Layer Protocol  
ULP  
UPnP  
URI  
Universal Plug and Play  
Uniform Resource Identifier  
Uniform Resource Locator  
Universal Serial Bus  
URL  
USB  
VC  
Virtual Channel  
VCI  
Virtual Channel Identifier  
Virtual Channel MUltipleXing  
Very high speed Digital Subscriber Line  
Virtual Local Area Network  
VCMUX  
VDSL  
VLAN  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
733  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Abbreviations  
Abbreviation  
VLSM  
VP  
Description  
Variable Length Subnet Masking  
Virtual Path  
VPI  
Virtual Path Identifier  
Virtual Private Networking  
Wide Area Network  
VPN  
WAN  
WDS  
Wireless Distribution System  
Wired Equivalent Privacy  
Weighted Fair Queueing  
Windows Internet Naming Service  
Wireless LAN  
WEP  
WFQ  
WINS  
WLAN  
WPA  
Wi-Fi Protected Access  
Weighted Round Robin  
WRR  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
734  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Logging Messages  
43 System Logging Messages  
Introduction  
This chapter lists the different System Logging messages.  
Contents  
This chapter lists the different System Logging messages of the following modules:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
735  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Logging Messages  
Auto-PVC Module  
Facility  
LOCAL5  
LOCAL5  
LOCAL5  
LOCAL5  
LOCAL5  
Severity  
Contents  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
AUTOPVC script <script_name> failed  
AUTOPVC script <script_name> failed  
AUTOPVC script <script_name> (name1, qosb_name) failed  
AUTOPVC script <script_name> (name1, qosb_name, name2) failed  
AUTOPVC script 'autopvc_change_qos (itable[i].intf, name1, qosb_name)  
failed  
LOCAL5  
WARNING  
AUTOPVC script <script_name> (name1, name2) failed  
Configuration Module  
Facility  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
KERN  
Severity  
INFO  
Contents  
CONFIGURATION saved after running Embedded Setup Wizard  
CONFIGURATION saved by user <user_id>  
INFO  
INFO  
CONFIGURATION backup by user to file <filename>  
CONFIGURATION <conf_version> upgraded to version <version>)  
SYSTEM reset by user <user_id> to factory defaults: user settings deleted  
INFO  
INFO  
DHCP Client Module  
Facility  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
Severity  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
Contents  
DHCC lease ip-address <ip-address> bound to intf <intf_id>  
DHCC intf <intf_id> renews lease ip-address <ip-address>  
DHCC intf <intf_id> rebinds lease ip-address <ip-address> from  
server<$paratext><Default ¶ Font>(<ip-address>)  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
DHCC offer received from <ip-address> (can be relay agent) for intf <intf_id>  
DHCC server (<ip-address>) offers <ip-address> to intf <intf_id>  
DHCC unable to configure ip address: <ip-address> (bootp-reply)  
DHCC bootp lease ip-address <ip-address> bound to intf <intf_id> from  
server (<ip-address>)  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
DHCC <ip-address> already configured on intf <intf_id>: failure  
DHCC <ip-address> (<ip-address>) set on intf <intf_id>: {faillure||ok}  
DHCC <ip-address> deleted: {faillure||ok}  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
736  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
System Logging Messages  
DHCP Relay Module  
Facility  
Severity  
Contents  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot rqs on interface <intf_id> due to invalid giaddr  
for server (<ip-address>)  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
WARNING  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot reply with invalid relay agent option from  
<intf_id>  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot request containing the relay agent option from  
<intf_id>  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot reply to unknown interface from <intf_id>  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot reply to inactive interface <intf_id>  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot reply to inactive interface <intf_id>  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot request packet with spoofed giaddr field from  
<intf_id>  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot request received on unknown interface from  
<intf_id>  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
WARNING  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot request on inactive interface <intf_id>  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot request with invalid hops field on interface  
<intf_id>  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
DHCR relay: Dropping boot request with invalid giaddr on interface <intf_id>  
DHCP Server Module  
Facility  
Severity  
Contents  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
DHCS server: <DHCP Offer | DHCP ACK> cannot be send due to invalid  
server identifier  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
LOCAL2  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
DHCS server: DHCPACK cannot be send due to invalid server identifier  
DHCS server: DHCPNAK cannot be send due to invalid server identifier  
DHCS server up  
DHCS server went down  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
737  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
System Logging Messages  
Dyndns Module  
Facility  
Severity  
Contents  
DYNDNS  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Connection failed to <dyndns_service> for client  
<dyndns_client>  
DYNDNS  
DYNDNS  
DYNDNS  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Failed to resolve host name <dyndns_service> for  
client <dyndns_client>  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Server Timeout(<dyndns_service>) for client  
<dyndns_client>  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Update failed to server <dyndns_service> for client  
<dyndns_client>  
DYNDNS  
DYNDNS  
NOTICE  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> client <dyndns_client> <"started"||"stopped">  
WARNING  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Update failed for client <dyndns_client>, incomplete  
configuration  
DYNDNS  
WARNING  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Update failed for client <dyndns_client> (<message>),  
host <hostname> has not been updated  
DYNDNS  
DYNDNS  
WARNING  
NOTICE  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Update failed for client <dyndns_client>  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Host <hostname> has been updated successfully by  
<dyndns_service>  
DYNDNS  
WARNING  
<DYNDNS_ STR_ID> Authentication failed to server <dyndns_service>  
Firewall Module  
Facility  
Severity  
Contents  
AUTH  
WARNING  
FIREWALL Hook: <hookname> Rule ID:<rule_id> Protocol: ICMP  
Src_ip: <ip_address> Dst_ip: <ip_address>  
ICMP message type: <message_type_name || message_type_id > Action:  
<action>  
AUTH  
WARNING  
FIREWALL Hook: <hookname> Rule ID:<rule_id> Protocol: <protocol_name>  
Src_ip_port: <ip-address:ip_port> Dst_ip_port: <ip-address:ip_port>  
Action: <action>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
738  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
System Logging Messages  
LOGIN Module  
Facility  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
Severity  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
Contents  
LOGOUT User <user_id> logged out on <connection_type> (<ip-address>)  
LOGOUT User <user_id> logged out on <connection_type>  
LOGOUT <session_name> session of user <user_id> killed (<ip-address>)  
LOGOUT <session_name> session of user <user_id> killed  
LOGIN User <user_id> tried to login on <connection_type> (from <ip-  
address>)  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
LOGIN User <user_id> logged in on <connection_type> (from <ip-address>)  
LOGIN User logged in on <connection_type> (<ip-address>)  
LOGIN User <user_id> tried to log in on <connection_type>  
Kernel Module  
Facility  
KERN  
KERN  
KERN  
Severity  
Contents  
WARNING  
WARNING  
EMERG  
KERNEL cold reset  
KERNEL warm reset  
KERNEL Controlled restart (after internal error or explicit system reboot)  
Linestate Module  
Facility  
Severity  
Contents  
LOCAL5  
NOTICE  
xDSL linestate up (downstream: <bitrate_in> kbit/s, upstream: <bitrate_out>  
kbit/s)  
LOCAL5  
NOTICE  
xDSL linestate up  
(downstream: <bitrate_in> kbit/s, upstream: <bitrate_out> kbit/s;  
output Power Down: <outputPowerDn> dBm, Up: <outputPowerUp> dBm;  
line Attenuation Down: <lineAttenuationDn> dB, Up: <lineAttenuationUp>  
dB;  
snr Margin Down: <snrMarginDn> dB, Up: <snrMarginUp> dB)"  
NAPT Module  
Facility  
Severity  
INFO  
Contents  
LOCAL4  
NAPT Protocol: <TCP | UDP | ICMP> Open port: <port> Helper: <app_name>  
=> <"failed" | "ok">  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
739  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
System Logging Messages  
PPP Module  
Facility  
LOCAL0  
LOCAL0  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
AUTH  
LOCAL0  
LOCAL0  
Severity  
Contents  
WARNING  
WARNING  
ERROR  
INFO  
PPP Link up (<intf name>)  
PPP Link down (<intf name>)  
PPP PAP authentication failed (<intf name>) [protocol reject]  
PPP PAP on intf <intf_id> no response to authenticate-request  
PPP PAP remote user <remote_user_name> successful authenticated  
PPP PAP authentication for remote user <remote_user> failed  
PPP PAP Authenticate Ack received  
NOTICE  
ERROR  
INFO  
INFO  
PPP PAP Authenticate Nack received  
INFO  
PPP PAP Authenticate Request sent  
ERROR  
ERROR  
INFO  
PPP PAP authentication failed (<intf name>)  
PPP CHAP authentication failed (<intf name>)  
PPP CHAP authentication failed [protocol reject(server)]  
PPP CHAP authentication failed [protocol reject(client)]  
PPP CHAP Receive challenge (rhost = <hostname>)  
PPP CHAP Chap receive success : authentication ok  
PPP CHAP Challenge Send (Id = <challenge_id>)  
PPP CHAP Send status response: {ack || nack}  
INFO  
DEBUG  
INFO  
DEBUG  
DEBUG  
ERROR  
ERROR  
PPP IPCP cannot determine remote IP address (<intf name>)  
PPP IPCP cannot determine locale IP address (<intf name>)  
PPTP Module  
Facility  
LOCAL0  
LOCAL0  
Severity  
Contents  
WARNING  
WARNING  
PPTP tunnel (<Pbname>) up:(<ip addr>)  
PPTP tunnel (<Pbname>) down:(<ip addr>)  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
740  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
System Logging Messages  
RIP Module  
Facility  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
Severity Contents  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
RIP Packet received from unknown interface  
RIP Packet size is smaller than minimum size  
RIP Packet size is greater than maximum size  
RIP Wrong RIP packet alignment  
RIP RIP version 0 with command <command-name> received  
RIP Reserved field not zero in RIP header  
RIP RIP is not enabled for network address <ip-address>  
RIP Packet's v<version_nr> does not match to RIP v<version_nr>  
RIP Packet's v<version_nr> does not match to RIP v<version_nr> on interface  
<intf-name>  
LOCAL1  
INFO  
RIP Packet v<version_nr> is dropped because authentication is disabled on  
interface <intf-name>  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
RIP Simple password authentication failed on interface<intf-name>  
RIP No authentication in RIP packet  
RIP Obsolete command <command-name> received  
RIP Unknown RIP command received  
RIP Response does not come from default RIP port  
RIP Datagram doesn't come from a valid neighbor: <ip-address>  
RIP Unsupported family from <ip-address>  
RIP Network is net 127, class D or class E network  
RIP Address <ip-address> is my own address, net 0 or not unicast  
RIP RIPv1 packet with incorrect must be zero fields  
RIP Route metric is not in the 1-16 range  
RIP Nexthop address is not directly reachable <ip-address>  
RIP RIPv2 address <ip-address> is not correct mask /<mask> applied  
RIP Not configured for sending RIPv1 packet on interface <intf-name>  
RIP RIP routing table is full  
RIP Neighbor <ip-address> is not connected to direct network  
RIP Interface <intf-name> has not any valid local IP address for sending RIPv2  
packets  
LOCAL1  
INFO  
RIP Interface <intf-name> has not any valid %s address for sending  
RIPv<version_nr> packets  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
741  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
System Logging Messages  
Facility  
Severity Contents  
INFO RIP IP Address <ip-address> not found in RIP table  
LOCAL1  
Routing Module  
Facility  
LOCAL1  
LOCAL1  
SECURITY  
Severity  
INFO  
Contents  
GRP Default destination is routed via gateway <ip_address>  
INFO  
GRP Default destination is not routed anymore via gateway <ip_address>  
INFO  
LABEL Rule Id:<rule_id> Protocol: ICMP Src_ip: <ip_address> Dst_ip:  
<ip_address> ICMP message type: <message_type_name || message_type_id >  
Label: <label_name>  
SECURITY  
INFO  
LABEL Rule Id:<rule_id> Protocol: <protocol_name> Src_ip: <ip_address>  
Dst_ip: <ip_address> Label: <label_name>  
Session Module  
Facility  
Severity  
Contents  
AUTH  
NOTICE  
SESSION TIMEOUT Timeout! (after <seconds> sec)  
SNTP Module  
Facility  
NTP  
NTP  
NTP  
NTP  
NTP  
NTP  
NTP  
NTP  
Severity  
Contents  
WARNING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
INFO  
SNTP Unable to contact server: <SNTP server ip>  
SNTP Server not synchronized: <SNTP server ip>  
SNTP Invalid response from server: <SNTP server ip>  
SNTP Synchronized to server: <SNTP server ip>  
SNTP Synchronized again to server: <SNTP server ip>  
SNTP Roundtrip exceeds limits  
INFO  
WARNING  
ERROR  
SNTP No server(s) configured, check configuration  
ERROR  
SNTP Systemtime update: time setting <systemtime> > new time setting:  
<new time>  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
742  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
System Logging Messages  
Software Module  
Facility  
KERN  
Severity  
INFO  
Contents  
SOFTWARE File <Filename> <receive || transmit> initiated  
KERN  
INFO  
SOFTWARE File <Filename> <receive || transmit><““ || not>  
successful terminated"  
UPnP Module  
Facility  
WARNING  
NOTICE  
NOTICE  
Severity  
SECURITY  
Contents  
UPnP<ActionName> refused for ip=<ip_address>  
SECURITY  
SECURITY  
UPnP <ActionName> (<Error_string>) for ip=<ip_address>  
UPnP action <ActionName> from ip=<ip_address> (<Error_string>)  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
743  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
System Logging Messages  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
744  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Supported Key Names  
44 Supported Key Names  
Contents  
This chapter lists all the key names supported by the Thomson ST, that can be used for completing CLI  
command parameters:  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
745  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Supported Key Names  
Supported IP Protocols  
For more information on the listed IP protocols, see RFC1340 or www.iana.org.  
Protocol name Number  
Description  
ah  
51  
8
Authentication Header (AH)  
Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP)  
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)  
Gateway Gateway Protocol (GGP)  
General Routing Encapsulation (GRE)  
Host Monitoring Protocol (HMP)  
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)  
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)  
PUP Protocol  
egp  
esp  
50  
3
ggp  
gre  
47  
20  
1
hmp  
icmp  
igmp  
pup  
rdp  
2
12  
27  
46  
6
Reliable Data Protocol (RDP)  
Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)  
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)  
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)  
Vines  
rsvp  
tcp  
udp  
vines  
xns-idp  
6to4  
17  
83  
22  
Xerox NS IDP  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
746  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Supported Key Names  
Supported TCP/UDP Port Names  
For more information on the listed TCP/UDP port assignments, see RFC1340 or www.iana.org.  
Port name  
echo  
Number  
7
TCP UDP  
Description  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Echo  
discard  
systat  
daytime  
qotd  
9
Discard  
11  
Active Users  
13  
Daytime  
17  
Quote of the Day  
chargen  
ftp-data  
ftp  
19  
Character Generator  
File Transfer (Default data)  
File Transfer (Control)  
Telnet  
20  
21  
telnet  
23  
smtp  
25  
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)  
Time  
time  
37  
nicname  
dns  
43  
Who Is  
53  
Domain Name System (DNS)  
Domain Name System (DNS)  
Oracle SQL*NET  
domain  
sql*net  
bootps  
bootpc  
tftp  
53  
66  
67  
Bootstrap Protocol Server  
Bootstrap Protocol Client  
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)  
Gopher  
68  
69  
gopher  
finger  
www-http  
kerberos  
rtelnet  
pop2  
70  
79  
Finger  
80  
World Wide Web (WWW) HTTP  
Kerberos  
88  
107  
109  
110  
111  
113  
118  
119  
123  
Remote Telnet Service  
Post Office Protocol (POP) - Version 2  
Post Office Protocol (POP) - Version 3  
SUN Remote Procedure Call  
Authentication Service  
SQL Services  
pop3  
sunrpc  
auth  
sqlserver  
nntp  
Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP)  
Network Time Protocol (NTP)  
ntp  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
747  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Supported Key Names  
Port name  
sntp  
Number  
123  
134  
137  
138  
139  
143  
150  
158  
161  
162  
179  
194  
201  
202  
204  
206  
213  
220  
371  
372  
389  
396  
444  
500  
512  
TCP UDP  
Description  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP)  
INGRES-NET Service  
ingres-net  
netbios-ns  
netbios-dgm  
netbios-ssn  
imap2  
NETBIOS Naming System  
NETBIOS Datagram Service  
NETBIOS Session Service  
Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) v2  
SQL-NET  
sql-net  
pcmail-srv  
snmp  
PCMail Server  
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)  
SNMP Trap  
snmptrap  
bgp  
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)  
Internet Relay Chat (IRC) - o  
AppleTalk RouTing Maintenance Protocol (RTMP)  
AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol (NBP)  
AppleTalk Echo  
irc-o  
at-rtmp  
at-nbp  
at-echo  
at-zis  
AppleTalk Zone Information System (ZIS)  
Novell  
ipx  
imap3  
Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) v3  
ClearCase  
clearcase  
ulistserv  
ldap  
UNIX Listserv  
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)  
Novell Netware over IP  
netware-ip  
snpp  
Simple Network Paging Protocol (SNPP)  
ISAKMP  
ike  
biff  
Used by mail system to notify users of new mail  
received  
exec  
login  
who  
512  
513  
513  
Y
Y
-
-
Remote process execution  
Remote login a la telnet  
-
Y
Maintains data bases showing who's logged in to  
machines on a local net and the load average of the  
machine  
syslog  
printer  
talk  
514  
515  
517  
-
Y
Y
Y
Syslog  
Y
Y
Spooler  
Like Tenex link, but across machine  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
748  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Supported Key Names  
Port name  
ntalk  
Number  
518  
TCP UDP  
Description  
NTalk  
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
utime  
rip  
519  
UNIX Time  
520  
Local routing process (on site); uses variant of Xerox  
NS Routing Information Protocol (RIP)  
timed  
525  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Timeserver  
netwall  
new-rwho  
uucp  
533  
For emergency broadcasts  
uucpd remote who is  
uucpd  
540  
540  
uucp-rlogin  
rtsp  
540  
uucpd remote login  
Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP)  
whoami  
554  
whoami  
ipcserver  
doom  
565  
600  
SUN IPC Server  
666  
Doom ID Software  
Internet Locator Service (ILS)  
H323 Host Call Secure  
NFS deamon  
ils  
1002  
1720  
2049  
5060  
6000  
6667  
7070  
8080  
h323  
nfsd  
sip  
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)  
X windows  
xwindows  
irc-u  
Internet Relay Chat (IRC) Protocol  
realaudio  
realaudio  
httpproxy  
HTTP Proxy  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
749  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Supported Key Names  
Supported ICMP Type Names  
For more information on the listed ICMP type names, see RFC1340 or www.iana.org.  
ICMP Type name  
echo-reply  
Number  
Description  
0
Echo Reply  
destination-unreachable  
source-quench  
3
Destination Unreachable  
Source Quench  
Redirect  
4
redirect  
5
echo-request  
8
Echo  
router-advertisement  
router-solicitation  
time-exceeded  
9
Router Advertisement  
Router Solicitation  
Time Exceeded  
Parameter problems  
Timestamp  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
parameter-problems  
timestamp-request  
timestamp-reply  
information-request  
information-reply  
address-mask-request  
address-mask-reply  
Timestamp Reply  
Information Request  
Information Reply  
Address Mask Request  
Address Mask Reply  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
750  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Supported Key Names  
Supported Facilities  
For more information on the listed facilities, see RFC3164.  
Facilty Name  
Hierarchy Syslog facility  
Code  
(listed according descending importance)  
kern  
0
Kernel messages  
User-level messages  
Mail system  
user  
8
mail  
16  
daemon  
auth  
24  
System daemons  
Authorization messages  
Syslog daemon messages  
Line printer subsystem  
Network news subsystem  
UUCP subsystem  
Clock daemon  
32  
syslog  
lpr  
40  
48  
news  
uucp  
cron  
56  
64  
72  
security  
ftp  
80  
Security messages  
FTP daemon  
88  
ntp  
96  
NTP subsystem  
audit  
logalert  
clock  
104  
112  
120  
Log audit  
Log alert  
Clock daemon  
local0  
local1  
local2  
local3  
local4  
local5  
local6  
local7  
128  
136  
144  
152  
160  
168  
176  
184  
Local use messages  
all  
-
All facilities (Thomson ST specific facility parameter value.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
751  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Supported Key Names  
Supported Severities  
For more information on the listed severities, see RFC3164.  
Severity Name  
Hierarchy  
Code  
Syslog severity  
(listed according descending importance)  
Emergency conditions, system unusable  
Alert conditions, immediate action is required  
Critical conditions  
emerg  
alert  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
crit  
err  
Error conditions  
warning  
notice  
info  
Warning conditions  
Normal but significant conditions  
Informational messages  
debug  
Debug-level messages  
IP Precedence  
Precedence  
Numbe  
r
Routine  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Priority  
Immediate  
Flash  
Flash-Override  
CRITIC-ECP  
Internetwork-Control  
Network-Control  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
752  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Supported Key Names  
Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)  
For more information on DSCP, see RFC3260.  
PHB  
ef  
PHB Name  
Binary value  
101110  
100110  
100100  
100010  
011110  
011100  
011010  
010110  
010110  
010010  
001110  
001100  
001010  
111000  
110000  
101000  
100000  
011000  
010000  
001000  
000000  
Expedited Forwarding  
Assured Forwarding 41  
Assured Forwarding 42  
Assured Forwarding 43  
Assured Forwarding 31  
Assured Forwarding 32  
Assured Forwarding 33  
Assured Forwarding 21  
Assured Forwarding 22  
Assured Forwarding 23  
Assured Forwarding 11  
Assured Forwarding 12  
Assured Forwarding 13  
Class Selector 7  
af41  
af42  
af43  
af31  
af32  
af33  
af21  
af22  
af23  
af11  
af12  
af13  
cs7  
cs6  
Class Selector 6  
cs5  
Class Selector 5  
cs4  
Class Selector 4  
cs3  
Class Selector 3  
cs2  
Class Selector 2  
cs1  
Class Selector 1  
cs0  
Class Selector 0  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
753  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Supported Key Names  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
754  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
appinfo  
applist  
arpadd  
arpdelete  
arplist  
assign  
A
aal5stats  
actlist  
add  
atm  
bundle  
cac  
debug  
oam  
cc  
addpriv  
addzone  
vclb  
adsl  
appconfig  
phonebook  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
755  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
qosbook  
config  
attach  
autolist  
autopvc  
autosave  
B
bind  
bindlist  
C
capture  
clean  
clear  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
756  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
upgrade  
connection  
ctdadd  
ctddelete  
ctdlist  
cwmp  
describe  
detach  
dhcp  
client  
debug  
server  
D
debug  
del  
rqoptions  
delete  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
757  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
txoptions  
disable  
dns  
client  
relay  
debug  
server  
debug  
spoof  
rule  
debug  
host  
server  
debug  
route  
lease  
dnsadd  
dnsdelete  
dnslist  
option  
dsd  
debug  
connection  
pool  
intercept  
syslog  
urlfilter  
rule  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
758  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
igmpsnooping  
dump  
dyndns  
rule  
host  
service  
vlan  
device  
switch  
E
egress  
env  
group  
mirror  
eth  
bridge  
dynvlan  
qos  
shaper  
share  
storm  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
759  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
flush  
vlan  
exec  
export  
expr  
F
firewall  
chain  
debug  
level  
rule  
debug  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
760  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
signature  
threshold  
G
get  
getaddress  
getflags  
grouplist  
ifadd  
grp  
rip  
ifattach  
gstats  
H
hostmgr  
ifconfig  
httpprobe  
I
ids  
parser  
pattern  
ifdelete  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
761  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
proxy  
debug  
ifdetach  
import  
info  
ingress  
instadd  
instdelete  
instlist  
interface  
ifflush  
iflist  
ip  
auto  
ifrenew  
ifscan  
ifwait  
igmp  
host  
debug  
debug  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
762  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
L
label  
mcast  
chain  
rule  
ipadd  
debug  
ipconfig  
ipdelete  
language  
iplist  
ipqos  
ef  
list  
queue  
K
Key names  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
763  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
macdelete  
maclist  
mapadd  
mapdelete  
maplist  
mbslist  
mbus  
client  
debug  
mcdadd  
mcddelete  
mcdlist  
memm  
debug  
lock  
listobjects  
listtypes  
load  
loadobjects  
locale  
mlp  
debug  
privilege  
M
macadd  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
764  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
O
optadd  
role  
optdelete  
optionlist  
overbooking  
modify  
P
ping  
policy  
portstats  
move  
ppp  
N
nat  
relay  
pptp  
nslookup  
profadd  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
765  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
profdelete  
proflist  
proxy  
ruledelete  
run  
S
R
save  
script  
reboot  
recycling  
refresh  
register  
removepriv  
removezone  
reset  
rights  
select  
send  
sendto  
service  
host  
root commands  
rtadd  
rule  
rtdelete  
system  
rtlist  
sesslist  
ruleadd  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
766  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
set  
synchronize  
settime  
show  
Syslog messages  
snmp  
community  
system  
sntp  
debug  
ra  
rtc  
software  
start  
stats  
systemlog  
T
timerclear  
timerconfig  
tmpladd  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0  
767  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
THOMSON Telecom Belgium  
Prins Boudewijnlaan 47  
2650 Edegem  
© THOMSON . All rights reserved.  
E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Tektronix Printer Phaser 8200 User Manual
Toshiba Cash Register FS 3700 R4 Series User Manual
Toshiba Vacuum Cleaner H6A HLS User Manual
TP Link Network Router 150Mbps Universal WiFi Range Extender User Manual
Triarch Indoor Furnishings 25412 User Manual
Trion Air Cleaner IMP 38 User Manual
Tripp Lite Power Supply WEXT5 BP48V48 User Manual
TV Manual On Screen Flat Panel Television PHONEBROADBAND TV User Manual
Verbatim Computer Drive Memory Cards User Manual
Viking Trash Compactor F1213F User Manual